IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 III I.I 1.25 AP IIII2.0 6" 1.8 1-4 III 1.6 '/7F/ V2 ^^/ e e2 '^M. 5^ w Photographic Sciences Corporation 33 WIST MAIN STRUT WEBSTIRN.Y MSBO '7161 •72-4S03 CIHM/ICMH Microfiche Series. CIHM/ICMH Collection de microfiches. Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiquss \ O \ ^ Technical and Bibliographic Notes/Notes techniques et bibliographiques The Institute has attempted to obtain the best original copy available for filming. Features of this copy which may be biblicgraphically unique, which may alter any of the images in the reproduction, or which may significantly change the usual method of filming, are checked below. □ Coloured covers/ Couverture de couleur □ Covers damaged/ Couverture endommagde Dl Covers restored and/or laminated/ ! Couverture restaurie et/ou pellicul^e □ Cover title missing/ Le titre de couverture manque □ a D D n n Coloured maps/ Cartes giographiques en couleur Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/ Encre de couleur (i.e. autre que bleue ou noire) Coloured plates and/or illustrations/ Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur Bound with other material/ ReiiA avec d'autres documents Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion along ir terior margin/ La re liure serr^e peut causer de I'ombre ou de ia distorsion le long de la marge intdrieure Blank leaves added during restoration may appear within the text. Whenever possible, these have been omitted from filming/ II se peut que certaines pages blanches ajouties lors d'une restauration apparatssent dans le texte, mais, lorsque cela Atait possible, ces pages n'ont pas Ate fiimtes. L'Institut a microfilm^ le meilieur exemplaire qu'il lui a dtd possible de se procurer. Les details de cet exempljire qui sont peut-dtre uniques du point de vue bibliographique, qui peuvent modifier una image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger une modification dans la mdthode normale de filmage sont indiquis ci-dessous. □ Coloured pages/ Pages de couleur □ Pages damaged/ Pages endommagies □ Pages restored and/or laminated/ Pages restauries et/ou pelliculdes >/ Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/ Pages dicolories, tachet^es ou plqu^es I I Pages detached/ D Pages ditach^es Showthrough/ Transparence Quality of prir Qualit^ Indgale de I'impression Includes supplementary materit Comprend du materiel supplAmentaire Only edition available/ Seule Edition disponible rri Showthrough/ I I Quality of print varies/ |~~1 Includes supplementary material/ I — I Only edition available/ Pages wholly or partially obscured by errata slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to ensure the best possible Image/ Les pages totalement ou partlellement obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata. une peiure, etc.. ont M film^es i nouveau de fapon i obtenir la meilleure Image possible. □ Additional comments:/ Commentaires supplAmentairos: This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/ Ce document est film* au taux de reduction indiqu* ci-dessous 1QX 14X 1SX nx 26X 30X / lax 18X 20X 24X 28X 32X The copy filmed here has been rep educed thanks to the generosity of: Seminary of Quebec Library The images appearing here are the best quality possible considering the condition and legibility of the original copv and in keeping with the filming contract specific Jtions. Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed beginning with the front cover and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All other original copies are filmed beginning on the first page with a printed or illustrated impres- sion, and ending on the last page with a printed or illustrated impression. The last recorded frame on each microfiche shall contain the symbol — •- (maaning "COfSI- TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"), whichever applies. Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at different reduction ratios. Those too large to be entirely included in one exposure are filmed beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to right and top to bottom, as many frames as required. The following diagrams illustrate the method: L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grSce d la g^nirositd de: S^minaire de Quebec Bibliothique Les images suivantes ont M reproduites avec le plus grand soin, compte tenu de la condition et de la nettet6 de I'examplaire film*, et en conformity avec les conditions du contrat de fiimage. Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en papier est imprimAe sont film^s en commenqant par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la derniAre page qui comporte une empreinte d'impressiion ou d'illustration, soit per le second plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires originaux sont filmis en commenpant par la premiere page qui compoae une empreinte d'impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par la darniira page qui comporte une telle empreinte. Un des symboles suivants apparaitra sur la derniire image de cheque microfiche, selon le cas: le symbole — ^ signifie "A SUIVRE", la symbole V signifie "FIN". Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent fttre film*s d des taux de reduction diff6rents. Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtro reproduit en un seul cliche, il est film6 A partir de Tangle supArieur gauche, de gauche A droite, et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre d'images nAcessaire. Les diagrammes suivants illustrant la mithode. 1 2 3 1 MrrciTELL*s j^uyr seiries op GEOGitA'PHIES-Entire{y jYetf, Text, Maptf and Illusirations—mclwAtt Mitchell's First Lessons in Geography, Mitchell's New Pri- mary Geography, Mitchell's New Intermediate Geography, Mitchell's N. a School Geography and Atlas, Mitchell's New Physical Geography, Mitcheirs New Outline Maps, and Mitchell's New Ancient Geography. MirCHELZ'S {OZf» SERIES OF GEOGHAl^HIES, Hevised and brought down to /.Sd*^— include Mitchell's (old) Primary Geography, Mitchell's (old) School Geography and Atlas, Mitchell's (old) Ancient Geography and Atlas, Mitchell's (old) Geograpliical Question Book, *nd Mitchell's Biblical Geography. STAGES OF SOCIETY. CIVIUZCB AND ENLIGHTENED HALF-CIVILIZED. It. MITCHELL'S SCHOOL GEOGRAPHY. Serised JEdiHon* A SYSTEM OF MODERN GEOGRAPHY, COMPRISINa A Dt.8CRIPTI0N OF THB PBK8ENT STATE OF THE WORLD, AND ITS GRAND DIVISIONS, merita, Sowt^ ^^mtrita, (Korope, gisia, g^frita, anb ©aanita, WITH THEIR SEVERAL EMPIRES, KI:;GD0MS, STATES. TERRITORIES, (SinbtUu^tb bg Itntnerons (Sngrabingi ADAPTED TO THE CAPACITY OF Y sV^ .^a\t® : .„«tsv AN ATLAS CONTAInWg d^ft Y-tft&fil MAPS. DRAW« AND ENOBAVEl 3. \:.^c ^• By S. AUGUSTfarklTC PHILADELPHIA(Slo.rii.JLln. 2R & ca^f/ PUBLISHED BY E. H. BtJ^L AND FOR SALE BT BOOKSELLERS THBOUQHoVt^ 1869. ..,„„,, ^""'"^'PMa, Nov. tern, iscs. -^ ROBERTJ^HEMPHILI,. *„«^. 18 C8«D W WHOIE, 6B » p.^, ,^ „ WUBK8 , UK m PART, IN SCHOOla IK Maine, yermani, Sh&de Zttand^ Conneciicui, ^'iw lor*, f^nsjyirania, thfan^aret 'Marytcma, rirffinia^ rregi rirginia, J^ortk Carolina^ South Carolina, Georgia, J^oriiue, Alabama, Mitsigtippi^ ^ouisiatia, Texat, Arkansas, Tennetsee^ •^iftoitriy Ohio, Indiana, ^tinois, ■Michigan, >f^i*contin, JoK^a, California, Minnesota, Oregon, ■Kantag, -Nevada. *""™ l«-W«of P..M,lT..r. "' "" ''°"«' States i„ ,a4 f„ ,j; Extern District of PennBylvania. *^^ ^"^**^ «*«*«« i" and for thi Entered, accortling to Act of ConerefiH in ♦». v^ongreas, in the year 1866, by S. AUGUSTUS MITCHELL Elf -X itroduced to ba ADVERTISEMENT. Mitchell's School Geography and Mitchell's School Atlas have been before the public more than twenty years. During all this time they have received a greater patron- age than has ever been bestowed upon any other Geogra- phy and Atlas published. Geography, as a science, is never stationary. Political Geography necessarily fluctuates with the national and governmental changes of the world, while Physical Geography is continually adding to its domain of ascertained facts concerning the condition of the globe. The aim of the Publishers of Mitchell's Geographies has been to keep both the book and the Atlas continually re- vised up to date. In preparing the present revised edition (which is printed upon new electrotype plates), this end has been kept steadily in view. The new States and Ter- ritories of the United States, the establishment of the Dominion of Canada, the new boundaries of some of the South American States, of Denmark and the Duchies, the acquisition of Savoy and Nice by France, the changes in Italy and the Ionian Isles, the remodelling of the Germanic Confederation, the Russian acquisitions in ^sia, of the Kirguis country, and of the region around the Amoor Kiver and south of it, extending more than 1000 milei 1 ADTTERTISEMENT. MeClintock, Kane, Hayl and H:ir""T, '''''''""• book and delineated on'I aL "^^ ''" "°'^ '" *"« oeeu.^. the, JeC et nT, ^ ^ : t f^^ that the work eete forth strictly th!r . ""*•■ '^ in addition to careful t^W^r^^^^^ "' ^''-^''^ ■ *^"-page .aps of new sCrL^lotf "T '^ given. territories have been The gather and publisher, in presenting tJ,- revised edition to the public, dlsire rZ^^'thdr? for the unexamt^ln^ ^ express their thanks generously shown t» them. ^ *"'"'' '» CONTENTS. PART I. GEOGRAPHICAL PAOS Natural Divisions of Water. 9 Natural Divisions of Land 13 Productions of the Earth 19 Form and Motions of the £arth 20 Latitude 24 Longitude 25 Map8 27 Zones 29 DEFINITIONS. PAS> Political DiTlsions 36 Races of Men 40 Stages of Society 42 Government 44 Religion 46 Languages 49 EzxROiSKS ON fHi Mapb 60 PART II. DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. IrAQB rhe Earth 76 A.nierloa> 79 NORTH AMERICA 82 ALASKA 87 Damsh America 88 British America 89 New Britain 91 British Columbia and VArcouvER Island 91 Dominion op Ca\ai)A, Ontario.... 92 *' Quebec 93 " New Brunswick 95 " " Nova Scotia 96 Niwfoundland 97 UNITED STATES 98 Bastcbn Statis 107 M PAGI Maine .^ 110 New Hampshire HI Vermont 113 Massachusetts 116 Rhode Island 117 Connecticut 118 Middle States 121 New York 123 New Jersey 127 Pennsylvania 129 Delaware 133 Southern States 134 Maryland 136 District of Columbia 138 Virginia 139 West Virginia 143 CONTENTS. North Carolina... *^! I South Carolina J^ | Georgia ^** Florida .' ^*^i Alabama ..........."." ^*^ Mississippi ^'^^ Louisiana.. ''^^ i Texas ." ^^^ \ Arkansas.: " "''"'"''''^^ 1^6 Kentucky .'.'.'. "^ Tennessee.... ^^ Ohio ^^1 Indiana ". ^^ Illinois ^®^ Michigan :::;::::;;:; ?s Wisconsin .... ^ Iowa ., ;;■;;;;■;; i«» Missouri California..,..,... ^^^ Minnesota '• "^^^ Oregoii "* Kansaa ^^^ Nevada ^^® Nebraska '. ^'''^ Colorado ^"^^ Dakota,.., ^^^ Wyoming ..Z!z;:z Ill Indian Territory, 'I New Mexico '"* „^ Washington ,„ Idaho,.,. ;;; }^^ Montana ... ^^^ Utah ;;;;; ^^i Arizona ..,„ ^^^ MEXICO.... ^^2 CENTRAL AMERICA.'; ,?f GUATEMALA ^" H0NDPBA8 ,... ^^^ San Salvadob......'.','.' }^^ Nicaragua ^® Costarica. ' ^^® WEST INDIES,.,",',*.*.'.".'!".! ??® Cuba VBNBZmA '^°' Ecuador. ^^ GuiANA .',",*!!.*.".'.'.'.'.'.'.■.'.* ^^^ PSRU. ^W Bouvu ••• ^^ Chili 202 Brazil 203 187 Porto Rico, iC.!!!.,'.'!! ■'" 3^® 189 Jamaica Hatti, Ac. ^^^ SOUTH AMERrci;;;;; ?!? U«"M> Statrs of Colombu 1921 1961 Uruguay ^ Patagonia.... ' ^^ Europe.... ^^^ SWEDEN AND Noi'wiy oJr NORWAT ^' Sweden.... ^^^ Lapland,,..'.*. ^19 RUSSIAN empire!'.!;; ^ RpssiA IN Europe t:: DENMARK . . ^23 HOLLAND .*.' ^ BELGIUM... ^^ BRITISH EMMr!^".!' f J England ^^ Walk* .'.'".■■;;;; 234 Scotland ..""" ^^ Ireland ' ' 239 PRANCE 242 SPAIN ,'.*; 244 PORTUGAL... ^^ GERMANIC CONpiDERiTroN'- 2^l' GERMAN STATES Bavaria 262 Saxont .""'*■' 262 WURTEMBERG..;; ^^' SMALLER GERMAn'sTATP^"" fff PRUSSIA _ "^^^^S.,.. 253 Provinces annexed "To'pinssi"" «^ AUSTRIA *'«PS8U.. 267 Hungary.. 268 SWITZERLAND ^^ ITALY .** 262 Kingdom 0F"ii!;i';';;;; f^ Papal Dominions.... rf San Marino.. ^71 GREECE 271 OTTOMAN "emWRE ^l Turkey in Europe.. S? ««i*a ASUTICBUSfiIA,Sli^U;'^; 277 280 CONTENTS. PAOK TURKEY IN ASIA 282 Syria 282 Palestine 283 ARABIA 284 PERSIA 286 AFGHANISTAN ... 287 BELOOCHISTAN 287 TURKESTAN 288 INDIA 289 HiNDOOSTAN 289 Farthsb India 293 ' Birmah 294 Anam 294 Siam 294 CHINESE EMPIRE 295 China 296 Thibet 298 COREA 299 Mantchooria 300 Mongolia 300 Elbe 300 JAPAN 301 A.£rloa 302 BARBARY STATES 306 Morocco 307 Algeria .308, TtNis 309 Tripou 309 Baroa 309 BELED-EL-JERID 310 GREAT DESERT 310 page REGION OP THE NILE 812 Egtpt sia Nubia 814 Abyssinia 316 WESTERN AFRICA 316 Seneoaubia 316 Sierra Leone 317 Liberia 818 UpperGuinea 818 Lower Guinea 819 SOUTHERN AFRICA 820 Cape Colony 320 Caffraria 321 ■ Natal 321 Orange River Repubuc 321 Trans-Vaal Repubuc 321 ZooLU Country 821 Hottentots 321 Bechuanas 321 EASTERN AFRICA 322 SoHAinjEs 323 Zanguebar 823 Mozambique 82S CENTRAL AFRICA 824 Soudan 824 Ethiopia 825 ISLANDS OP AFRICA 326 Oceciiiloa/ 327 MALAYSIA 329 AUSTRALASIA 881 POLYNESIA 834 INTRODUCTION. li useful .My. It op^ran^B w- ' r ^"f^'toimng and UgUj tion. of tKe various countries thtr *^'r'".'°<'; shows the sHua- and is of such imnortonce i'„ ;. "'""'"»""'' '"kes. rivers, fe -ithoutit that i„.p„.S,tta"ch ofT"'-''".'' """ "-'o'y '-hat' vorj imperfectly understood '^ •""'"' ""''^''e'' "ouM be 4o7lJ^dr:t\trr^.»^-»'=''.<>aU very early lived in and to deter^i„rrd .STh -^ -''h ^'■^.--''^ *h.^ directed the:.- Mtention to it *'"""'* "» boun^aties, naturally W rf:re;;: tSVleirt''' ^T^ "-»«■ --en they are their pr<^ucti„„Xw tW "„"' '""^ T «'"«"-)-wh:^ el.ar.cter of the inhabitanTs./o know Z""";.'"' ""'" ■" ""> POrtant, and will give «1| „i,^ ^ **""* '""ogs is very im- advantage over thoS who dono^ T "'"'"T"^ «■■•«■ 'hem an -i" be a s,t,v,„ti„„ trtheiXs'TortoTh ' '"""'""S"- ''^- prove that they hav, attended well rZrZC.""*"' "" "'" TO THE PUPIL. earl'^rniTdTp^trTse^^^^ '' " '"'"'" "' <""« "O" "■' our like an immense barc„ITh« 7 ' «""" "'"'"'"''• '* rolls side by th. planets and the^ countler'"''- 'r'""'"''''' "» °'«7 forming their stated .motions, undo" L^^'h*^' "' !."'™' "" P"' who called them into existence ^""''""'' "^ ""^ Creator ball'rh;rh!'T^,-^rd^^nrxt'''■'?, r-'- "■" n^- grow on it, and ships ^ ,^ZZ ve h™ '*''«"' "'"' l'l«"ts turning round -„ d round lik, a l,»'l/?h °*f ^ " *" ">« «■'■« air.. Itisd^nehythepotro^airL' ':L^^r_A^^^^^ "u Hie earth, with the sun fh« .« "" V"""'' "''' """^ **^ ^'""gs .tar« we se. in theTky '•. !„ Tl' ""'^ *^« ^'^"^ "'"^^'tude of he^ren »ad the earth" "the L! begmnm^. God created the • ' '*^* ^^»^«^' ««d all the host of them." L* P™'>"«''»'"' of point to anotlier. ' " "'onTeymg travellers from one 12. What do our shing Ul,. i„ „,u artfcies'"*' '*='« »"»"' «-■ tobaceo, rie^.^, ,,„y „^,^^ 18. What do they bring back in reton, -ilkgoodTwS^rret fo7c?l"^" "-"-. -''on, and -ni sugar; fr„n. others^l and Ji^^Si «•»■» «»»«. «offeo 1«. 'w^:fniSr '"'■"'' '^ '•'^-'^-f- to .anUnd. 16. In wliat „(h. J . _""^ P"*™ ol the Earth, A. The vapor" or'fo/lT -t ""'''"''"'''' "■'"'■'"d' GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. f^ 17. What else may be observed of the Ocean? A. Its saltness prevents it from becoming corrupt, and the constant agitation of its waters by the winds preserves it from the extremes of heat and cold. This shows how wisely God has created all things. NATURAL DIVISIONS OF WATER. TheOcoan. 18. How is the Ocean divided ? A. Into five great parts, likewise called oceans. 19. Which are the five Oceans ? A. The Northern, Southern, Atlantic, Pacific, and Indian Oceans. 20. What other names have some of the Oceans? A. The Northern is often called the Arctic, and the South- ern, the Antarctic Ocean; the Pacific Ocean is sometimes called the South Sea. 21. Into what other parts is the water divided? A. Into Seas, Arcliipolagoes {ar-ke-pela-goes), Bays, Gulfs, Sounds, Straits, Channels, Lakes, and Kivers. 22. WUtisaP.a? A. A body oi water, smaller than an ocean, and nearly 10 GEOGRAPHICAL DJEPInihons. sTr" b, land: .. eHe MedWnean Se, eHe Black 23. What is an Archipelago? cal ed the Columbiaa Arch peWo ^'"'''''' ^''°'«'™^ 24. What i, a Gulf or Bay f ^' Of Mex1o«t„tX; """"'''■S -'o ">« 'and: as, the Gulf 25. What is a Strait? Of tavis Strait. 27. What is a Chan- nel? ^- A passage v£ water wider than a fetrait : as, the Eng- iish Channel. ^J8. What is a Bar. A. A baj or inlet >i.rr A Harbor. ' ^'^^^n, and port are synonymous A Lake. 29. What is a Lake ? A body of water surrounded ^ke Winnipeg, Lake of Geneva Viand: as, Lake Superior, GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 11 •• as, the Gulf .wide 80. Where are the largest lakes ? A. In North America : some of the And deep that the larg^t ships may 31. Is the water of the lakes salt, or A. There are salt-water lakes and latter, the largest is Lake Superior. 32. Which is the largest salt lake ? A. The Caspian Lake, or Sea, in ^. large, are commonly called seaa: as, Dead Sea.* 33. How do lakes discharge their waters? A. Fresh-water lakes generally discharge their waters through a river into the ocean; salt lakes seldom have any visible outlet. ^ 84. What is a River ? A. A large stream of water flowing in a channel on land towards the ocean, a lake, or another river. 85. How are rivers formed? A. By small streams flowing from mountains or hills. 36. What are the small streams forming rivers called ? A. Brooks, creeks, rivulets, &c. other'rWer'caUedT ^^''' ^^""" * """' ''^'^'''' ^"*' *^* «^^ «^ ^»- A. Its mouth; tho place where it rises is called its source or head. 88. What is the channel of a river ? A. The place through which it flows. L»*kJ!;? mfr' "^*''" rJ' L*''^'" *^"'' '" ""' «'*"«'* » »«» i« the Great Salt Lake of Utah, explored by Colonel Fremont: it is 180 miles in circuit 12 ««0O»^PWCAL J,Mn^„Jom. *■«", or Cataract. ^^hioh, by meanr^/Cts^trli ""'=<' '"•* water tl. . Canal and Lock f W-oh . *: ! 'r^S'l^-'^-- -0 Holland. ^n Ohio; and the iJJin, iOIS flONS. GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 13 oods are convejred L'.lf.f" Holland. nited States? ;^.*inia Oanal 1 *he IJJinoia NATURAL DIVISIONS OF LAND. 43. What are the principal divisions of the land surface of th» Irth ? A. The E Jlecn and Western Continents, and Oceanic k. 44. What does the Eastern continent comprised A. Europe, Asia, and Africa. 45. What does the Western continent comprisot A. North and South America. 46. What does Oceanica comprise ? A. The Islands of the Pacific Ocean. NORTHERN OaJEAN. \ Baffin NORTH SOUTHERN OCEAN. 47. What are the Eastern and Western continents Mmetimes f called ? A. The Eastern and Western Hemispheres. The word hemisphere signifies half a globe. li OEooBAPHioAi Mnrnviom. I ^ A That part of tC^ZhTl'^'""' "°°"'"'** "^^^'"^ ' ''"'^'"'' "■* E^-to, a„d the South Pole." '""O -'J- bet-en the E,„at„. and the o^. What are tie natural ,i,v • ■ Mots----rs=:s:--- Empires, Kingd'o jl-^^/y™- J.oiitical division, .„„h , 68- What is a Continent ? 64. What is a Peninsular -A.. A tract of lanrl «« 1 -J South A^ericite SZ™""'^'' "^ -'- Afrioa 65. What is an Isthmus ^ 66. What are Islands ? BrUish^Cnd^auSd""'""'^"'^ "^ -ter: a., the 67. What is a Cape ? o^to^dS'HoTr'^'''^ «'» *e -: a,, the Cape 68. WhatisaPr„„„„,„y, treme end'of S if f "^'^*"'^'-? '"nto the sea fJ. point, and soJ^rh^Xr "'"'<' * -Pe^o^edtra■ 5N8. ^owB the Eastern and uator ? oiispheres. Equator and the prise ? Equator and the 'o^s the Northern Tface of the earths ■ises, Capes, and 'Visions, such as any countries. ^ater. Africa arts of a con- ' Isthmus of *^er: as, the »s, the Cape sea, the ex- ouietimes a GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 15 -5 Some Capes and Promontories have light-houses built on them: these are so called because they have a bright light burning on the top of them after dark, that ships may not sail too near the land. 59. What is a Mountain ? A Promontory and Light-House. A. A tract of land which rises considerably above the general surface. 60. How high are the highest mountains in the world ? A. They are about five and a half miles high ; others are two, three, or four miles high. 61. What is a chain or range of Mountains? A. A number of mountains connected together, frequently extending hundreds of miles. Plains. RanRe of Mountains. MnnntainH. Vajlov iiiiia Vn\--r-^ o"- "-•- - 62. What is a Volcano ? A. A mountain whic' asts out fire, smoke, and lava from Its interior. 16 OEOGBAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. E.^steJcotunZT'^' °' ""> "■»»' "elebrnted Volcanoes of th, A Pnoi * • • '^®^*ern Continent? -^ »»ter,andsomel™Sr • '"'"'' ''«''> b«n de t„vL\""'i'"' «<-"» Some moun^«,-„ °' ^°"* «^»°<'- ascend 1X7^/""^'' '*""P *«^ ^u^^ed .i, . • are more thin twolavs in '""'^^"«f the aC^^^ '"en going up JO d. The summUs of tie T'\"^^"« ^'*' ancf of "„ .Jff^- travellers i»ottest parts of the earth «^^V'^ "^^""tains even^'';."'""^ ^^o™ f • What is a Hill T'' "^ ^^^^^« ^--edViirie^/andnUV'^ A. A tract of hml t,- t , 'r r r '"- -o-t *^'' *^ ^»- '-i, but of "'• *^hat IS a Valley ? A \r^ . „- ^^ '" appearance ? — --. ^-'"me are covered wi-f J, ^ith sand. ** '""' S"«^. sonie with trees, and some NS. i Volcanoes of the 'bo-le). GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 17 70. What are plains covered with sand called ? A. They are called deserts; some deserts are covered with stones and gravel. Deserts are generally destitute of water. 71. What are the largest deserts in the world? A. The Great African Desert, and the Desert of Gobi in Asia. 72. With what is the African Desert interspersed ? A. Various fertile spots that are scattered here and there over the surface, like islands in the ocean. 73. What are these fertile spots called ? A. They are called Oases; they are generally inhabited, and serve as resting-places for travellers. is difficult to aen going up y- Travellers pr much from those in the and snow. The Great Desert. The Great Desert is frequently crossed by parties of travellers with camels ; these are called caravans ; both men and Lasts often suffer greatly from want of water, and sometimes perish from thirst The picture represents a smnll noro^or, »„:>_ xt !, . ™ tjursi. 74. What are Caves or Caverns ? A. They are openings in the earth, often wonderful on account ot their great size and extent. IS "^OOB^PHIO... »^j„,„„^^_ FingaJ'8 Oave. One of the most ^^ the west coast of Scotland. Us wiZl"^ formed with tJie regular- ity of walls of hewn t j,.^ -J-/ feet m length and 64 feet . i^eT --"6»i8uave. *"« presentb a «"blime and beautifni '"ost striking ex- world. ''^'^"^^f^I creations with which God h""^''. '' 'he 76. Is there any remark m '''''^' *^« T,4- The MaruLr^a;, -n " ^'^ ^^^^^^ «^^*es . Railroad. NS. GEOQRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 19 ^,£"7^ the most r S'l^ «^n island on the west coast f Scotland. Us sides are formed with tJie regular- ity of walls of hewn t j,.^ -J-/reetinIer)elb and 64 feet u ide and presentj, a most striking ex- has adorned the States ? 'ij remarkable )uud. to place. in the United an countries. PRODUCTIONS OF THE EARTH. 78. What are the productions of the earth ? A. They are either vegetable, animal, or mineral. 79. What are vegetable productions ? A. Things that grow out of the ground; as, trees, plants, I grains, fruits, and flowers, 80. What are the vegetable productions most useful to mankind ! A. Wheat, corn, rye, rice, potatoes, bread-fruit, &c. 81. What are the chief classes of the animal kingdom? A. Beasts, birds, fishes, reptiles, and insects. 82. What are minerals ? A. Substances of various kinds, that are dug out of the earth. 83. What are thv, principal classes of minerals ? ^ A. Four: the metallic, the inflammable, precious atones, a»d building-stones. 84. What are the most important metallic min«ralB ? A. Gold, silver, iron, copper, and lead. 85. What are the principal inflammable minerals? A. Coals, sulphur, bitumen, and asphaltum. 86. What are the most valuable precious stones ? A. Diamonds, sapphires, rubies, and emeralds. — ^V" »>, ^ •""^Niiliwr,;.*^" steam loco- ■ sometimes quantities 8 to place, uiamouvi lUTsr. Diamonds are highly valuable, and are often found among the earth at the bottoms of rivers. Tke engraving represents 4 river in 20 GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. \m Clroat Geyser. ""'by tl,e machine In ll"'^fl'i *«"«' of the pioure *i5 "«*" tzz «-'-'«" ii.reUr Iceland, wh,'chtb?n,'"« 'P"»«» «f P««ofrjar"^/,"Til'>'''«'o- «r 100 feet. ' '° ''*'«'"- of 90 r ;;■''""•' "■•""PO or forn, Of ,h„,„,^, A- Two, the dail,„„d the y J "'"' """- ""'^^ •very year. "^ ^'"^'' '» '»oves round the sun «„«. oft. Wt>ni i_1 , GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 2] ^estone, marble A. The change from winter to spring, from spring to summer, from summer to autumn, and from autumn to winter again. 97. What is the length of the path travelled over by the earth every year, in its passage round the sun ? A. Upwards of 567 millions of miles : so that in passing round the sun the earth travels more than a thousand miles every minute. 9". What is the effect of the earth's daily motion ? A. It produces a change from day to night. 99. It the earth did not turn round on its axis, what would be the effect? A. The day and night would each be six months long, and, consequently, there would be but one day and one night in the year. In that case, our earth would be scarcely habitable 100. What do these things teach us ? A. That the works of the Almighty are directed by infi- nite wisdom and goodness. 9 101. What, is the axis of the earth? A. An imaginary line passing through its centre, North and South. 102. What are the poles of the earth? A. The ends of tiie axis. 103. TIow many poles are there? A. Two; the North and the South Pole. 104. Where are the poles situated? A. The North Pole is the north point of the earth's axis and the South Pole is the south point. Point out on Map of the World, No. 1 of the Atlas, the North Pole and the South Pole. You will perceive that this map consists of the Eastern and Western Hemispheres,— that is, a map of both sides of the earth presented to view at once; and, altlion^h the words North Pole and South Pole are engraved twice, there is but one North Pole and one South Pole. 105. How far distant are the poles from each other? A. One hundred and eighty degrees. 106. How many miles is that? A. About 12.500 milcH, which is half round the world. 107. What is the size or bulk of the earth? 22 O^OOBAPHrc. I,.P«„,„,, -■'t l:iS*''^'' ""•'- - circumference . „ l "8. What i. ,!,„,. "lerence, and 8OO0 -f/ho ...erSt? ""^ *™P'-. 'l-e polar circles the na M , '3-Aro.a,,earo,e,a,,.k„. '^' '^^ Parallels, A. The nr„>„t .""""""tent? """1 are called tit' "'"^ ""'"'^iaM o:,lv are nf ,^ "t. What 1 'he?r' ""'''^- '™'' <'^'«■"- f -/Hat . ,he C;:'^ '"™-' - ealleai Jc t^' '"""d the elobt at {n^;:;'.! T^" ^"""-J'"*? oast an. •""U'The-V.-^^'^ '^ .t'rr"/"'" -""pole ""' "«• What i, the J. , " "'" '""i »'- ' J-xortii role, and fK« „ ^^^^es, or .•ihoiit G'>r.n ^ ., Tho exact si.^ , "~~ " II y to rtetennino those GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 23 117. What are the Tropics? A. Two imaginary lines encircling le earth, parallel with the Equator. 118. Where are they placed ? A. At the distance of 23 J degrees, )r 1625 miles, north and south from the Equator. 119. What are the names of the Tropics? A. The northern is called the Tropic |of Cancer, and the southern the Tropic of Capricorn. Point out on Map of the World, No. 1, the Tropics of Cancer and [Capricorn. You will find them between the figures 20 and 30 that I are printed on the edge of the map. Circles. 11 120. What are the Polar Circles ? A. Imaginary lines encircling the earth near the Poles. 121. Where are they placed? A. At the distance of 23 i degrees from each Pole. 122. What are their names? A. The Arctic Circle is the northern polar circle, and the Antarctic Circle the southern. Point out on Map of the World, No. 1, the Arctic and Antarctic circles. They are between the figures 60 and 70, which are engraved on the edge of the map. ParAliels. Mtrldiana. 123. What are the ParalU'ls? A Circles extending otist aiul west around the earth. 24 OEooEAPHicAr, mnmnot,s. i^b. How are tiiey reDrp«,P«* a ' • A. Sixty-uine and a ouartPrT ^''"" ''''•«'« ^ , 129. Hov will you fl„. ?, "'" '""""'on miles. Of .eg... /°"'""'"'— '«o^».i.e,ina„,,i„.„„„,^^ A- By .uul..p,,i„g ,he degree, by 691. LATITUDE. 130. What is latitude? A. It is distance from tho P« ^ ^«'- How i, ,„u,„,^ dTild ,''"'""' """"^ »' «»»'h- Pa™ne,r'"^'"'""»^-'-dwe.. The. lines are called A """'"-""-Oe numbered J -^"•'^""^"^"'""•^^^—^-he poles, .0.0 ■ '''« '-^- .eroa. Tr.. ..« Bo.o. t„.„ds eho GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 25 y given number L of the map, it is North Latitude; if they increase from le top towards the bottom, it is South Latitude. 136. On Map of the World, No. 1, Eastern Hemisphere. In what Altitude is Europe? Ans. N. Le. 1^7 In what latitude is Australia ? Ans. S. Lp. 138. In what latitude is Africa ? Ans. Partly in N. and partly m 139. In what latitude is Asia? Ans. N. Le. , '. ^, ,, 140. On the Western Hemisphere. In what latitude is North America? Ans. N. Le. jot 141. In what latitude is South America? Ans. N. Le. and S. Le. 142 What latitude have places on the Equator ? A. They have no latitude, for latitude begins on the ■equator. 143 What is the latitude at the Poles? A. It is 90 degrees, which is the full extent to which lati- I tude is carried. 144 What is the meaning of the word latitude . A It means breadth; it was applied long ago to distances north and south, because the world was supposed to be much less in extent in that direction than from east to west. 145 Do the degrees of latitude vary in length ? A. They are nearly all alike, being about 69i miles each. In consequence of the earth being flattened at the poles the degrees of latitude increase slightly in extent in going either north «r south ; but 69| miles is a fair average of their extent. o LONGITUDE. 146. What is longitude ? A. It is distance east or west from an established meridian. 147. How is longitude represented on maps? A. By lines extending north and south. 148. How is it reckoned? ^ ^ -r , , ._ J A. ^« i^«i. mnna it IS rccKonecl A In de";rees easr and wust, un ^.«> •— j- ^^ '^- - from the meridians of Greenwich and Washington. 149. How is it counted? A. From the place of beginning, 180 degrees each way: 26 «'OaK.PHIC^, ^^^^^^^^^^^ if fOH„„i,u marked? •»»« ">«» 180 , 7-;' '"« -d' 0. ,i::t:?dZ '"^ '^^ ^-^ bottom of tn, U2. Are th. ^ ^ ^^^v do nation. '„""', """Singly. " ""» "■« 'ongitude of ■ , '«?• We reckon '"'"' """i countrv I from Oreenwfch ,1?'""'^ '''"" "'" ""v of w , "^^ I Madrid. , • "- f renca f,.„,n i^ar^.^"^ 'X-' "l« Eng,,^ I 168. On the Fn„ . Spaniards from V - - -rtuus on thp li'rt l^wxus '-'-e,UeHaC:i^L'Xt GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 27 160. What is the diflFerence of longitude between Washington and [Greenwich ? 161. What is the length of a degree of longitude on the Equator? 162. What is it on the 42d degree of latitude? on the 60th degree? [on the 76th degree ? at the Poles? 163. Where is there no latitude ? 164. Where is there no longitude ? On Maps Nos. 1 and 28, you will find that the meridian marked crosses the Equator in the Gulf of Guinea. In thrt spot there is neither latitude nor longitude. 15 MAPS. 166. What is a Map ? A. A representation of a part or the whole of the earth's surface. 166. What are a number of maps made into a book, called ? A. An Atlas. 167. In what way are maps usually drawn ? A. The top of the map is north, the bottom south, the right hand east, and the left hand west. 168. What is meant by North, South, East, and West ? A. They are the four cardinal or principal points of the compass. 169. What is a compass ? A. An instrument used by naviga- tors at sea, to point out their course. 170. How does it point out their course? A. The needle, or bar of the com- pass, always points to the north. 171. In what directions are North and South? A. The North is towards the North Pole, and the South is towards the South Pole, 172. In what directions do East and West lie ? A. East is towards the point where the sun rises, and "West is towards the point where it sets. 173. If you stand with your ice towards where the sun rise^ 28 GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. and t^t^l",^^ - ^- left hand, the South on ,o«r Hght hand, A Map, 16 to Mtir't^T' '"'" "" ^'"™ "y ">"=' "»«» winding aooording dir^ti„^L™wVth SLVeTod'^ """ ""«" '»™ ^ ^I-a-lo in ti,« 176. Cities and towns are shown bv a hlnolr .!«♦ a .-^ of countries by a large dot with eighTri'onel'aroun'J'it"''''*'' 1-7. The boundaries of countries are made by lines. 178. Sandy deserts and sand-bank<* in ih^ great number of dots resembfing sS The oZ'"'' ^'' '^"^" ^^ * by lines, to separate it from the land. ' ' '''" ''^' ^' ^^^^ed 179. The latitude is shown bv Unna «^* j- side to side, and tlie longTude bv^fn " ?"^-'"«»" ""' ■»»?» from bottom, except on Map No 2 of I ^1^^'"^ *^''°" "'" '"P '» the shown by cir'iular line's extending ns„l°:l:'Sh''''' 'I".""' " ^:x rserf^t""" ^* ^•-'^'^-- — n"giv?»^^ tire,i°fc;HLt:trai-cCbi»^^^^^^^^^^ 182. Potnt out the capitals Ottawa, Washington, and Mexico. £ s. GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 29 n your right hand, nding according a shade in the and the capita^- round it. are shown by a f sea, is shaded the maps from I tlie top to the the latitude is er and farther iding from the tisaissippi, the idclphia, Bal- uato. Mexico. 183. Point out the boundary between the United States and [cxico, between the United States and British America, and be- tween British America and Alaska. 184. Point out the Great Interior Basin (see Map No. 5) ; and the Jrand Bank of Newfoundland. 185. Point out the Rocky Mountains, the Alleghany Mountains, le Sierra Nevada, and the Sierra Madre. 17 ZONES. 18G. What are Zones ? A. Divisions of the 'garth's surface, formed by the tropics and the polar lirclea. 187. What does the word Zone mean ? A. A belt or girdle. 188. How many Zones are there ? A. Five : one torrid, two temperate, (,nd two frigid zones. 189. What part of the earth's surface is occupied by the Torrid tone? A. The part which lies on both sides of the Equator, be- reen the Tropic of Cancer and the Tropic of Capricorn. hot meaning parched or dried 8 Torrid' up. 30 GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 191. What is the breadth of the Torrid Zone ? A. It is 3243 miles in breadth froiu north to south. 192. Why is the Torrid Zone the hottest part of the earth ? A. Because it is more exposed to the heat of the sun than any other part of the earth. 198. What are the seasons of the Torrid Zone ? A. Two; the wet and the dry. "* 194. To which of our seasons do they correspond? A. The wet season corresponds to our winter, and the drv to our summer. ^ 196. What is the climate of the Torrid Zone? A. During some parts of the year it is delightful: but at ' other times the heat is very oppressive, and the earth is parched and dried up. 18 196. To what is the Torrid Zone subject? .v^' To violent storms of wind, which destroy almost every thing within their reach. ^ 197. To what else is the Torrid Zone subject? A. It is more subject to earthquakes than the other parts ot the earth, and is also the seat of dangerous and deadly diseases. 198. For what is the Torrid Zone remarkable ? A. For the finest fruits, many of the most useful vegetable productions, and the largest and most ferocious animals! 199. What are some of the principal fruits of the Torrid Zone ? A. Oranges, lemons, pine-apples, cocoa-nuts, and the bread- iruit. 200. What are some of the most useful vegetable productions? A. Coffee, sugar, indigo, cinnamon, cloves, nutmegs and pepper. ' o ? 201. Which ate the most remarkable animals ? A. The elephant, rhinoceros, hippopotamus, cajnelopard, lion, and tiger. ^ r i 202. What are some of the birds and other remarkable animals? A. The ostrich and condor, with numerous birds of splendid plumage, and the largest and most venomous serpents and in- sects. ^ GEOOBAPHIOAL DEFINITIONS. 31 203. What are the complexion and habits of the people of the Torrid Zone ? A. They are generally of a dark or black color, and indo- lent and eflfeminate in their habits. 204. "What is their character ? A. They are seldom distinguished for industry, enterprise, or learning. 19 _. ble animfllH ? Temperate Zones. 205. Where are the Temperate Zones situated ? A. Between the tropics and the polar circles. 206. How are they distinguished from each other ? A. The one north of the equator is called the North Tem- perate Zone, and the one south of the equator the South Temperate Zone. 207. What does the word temperate mean when applied to cli- mate? A. Mild, moderate ; neither too hot nor too cold. 208. Where is the North Temperate Zone situated ? A. Between the Tropic of Cancer and the arctic circle. 209. Where is the South Temperate Zone situated ? A. Between the Tropic of Capricorn and the antarctic circle. 32 GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 210. What is th« breadth of the Temperate Zones ? \ A. About 2970 miles each. 211. What are the seasons of the Temperate Zones ? A. Four; Spring, Summer, Autumn or Fall, and Winter 212. What climate do the Temperate Zones enjoy f otht p^r^JoTS^aX '^"'^ ^"' '^^^*''^ ^^^-^^ ^^- -^ ber'Jf%h^elXSeTodtr.:r ^'^ '^"^' '^^« ^^ *^« -- A Tlie vegetable productions of the Temperate Zones are nmther so numerous nor so luxuriant as those of the Torrid perTttzre^s^^"" '*"" ^"""''^^^ vegetable productions of the Tem- mdkgJ!'^' ''^'^*' ^""^ "'"' ""'^^ ^^P^''' ^^^"^"^' P^^'«' «^i^««^ Torrid Z^nef' ''''"'*^' '^ '^'^ Temperate Zones like those of the A. No: they are generally of smaller size, and are less numerous and ferocious. "^ «io less 216. Of what kinds are the animals of the Temperate Zones? A.^ Chiefly of the domestic and useful kinds. 217. What are some of the domestic animals? A. The horse, camel, ox, ass, mule, sheep, hog, and dog. ^Ib. What are some of the wild animals ? A. The bear, wolf, buflalo, elk, deer, and fox TempLTe'w:/'' '^'^^ ^^' ^'^''^^^^'' '' *^^ -^'^^i^-ts of the vrhff. n?T ""^ *^' i'^'^'*^ Temperate Zone in particular have white or fair complexions, and generally more strength of body and mind than the inhabitants of the other Zon J 220. For whrt are they distinguished ? A. For industry, enterprise, and learning. 221 What do they comprise ? A. The most civilized and improved portion of mankind. --ii VTnat zone lies south of the United States ? peS-i:'ff„To:orot£l'''' ''°'* ^^-P-'-^O south T,.. 224. In what Zone do we live ? GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 35 20 Zone in the num- Frigid Zones. erate Zones ? liabitants of the 225. Where are the Frigid Zjjpes situated? A. Between the polar circles and the poles. 226. How are they distinguished ? A. The one north of the equator is called the North Frigia Zone, and that south of the equator the South Frigid Zone. 227. Where is the North Frigid Zone situated ? A. Between the arctic circle and the North Pole. 228. Where is, the South Frigid Zone situated? A. Between the antarctic circle and the South Pole. 229. Why are the Zones about the poles called Frigid ? A. Because their climate is excessively cold. 230. Why is the climate of these Zones colder than that of other parts of the earth ? A. Because the rays of the sun are there less direct, and impart a smaller degree of heat than in countries nearer the equator. 231. With what are the Frigid Zones covered? A. Chiefiy with ice and snow. 232. What are the seasons of the Frigid Zones ? A. Two ; a long cold winter and a short summer, without spring or autumn. 34 QEOGBAPHIOAI, DEMNITIOMS. nearest to'the t1P!L ^ "''"^ ^"^ ■" "^"^ ?»«» m What kind of animaU live ihere? reitdeor'!! *^ ■"<»' ''«<'^-- -. the white bear, musk-ox 5ark complexions. ' ^^^^^ ^^^ture, and have 236. In what are they deficient ? and M^tet:-"!,^^^^^^^ "^ -<•'»« -d writi.,, Q^NS ON THE I,™^, ,,,,3 the cIu^5efe'a;^i:°;rTo'';Hi'£'-" "-'^P^-, point out PutaJd ;; rtVBr "' *'"•'* "'^ -''"'^ «f C.-Aa., Ca., Ga., .oftTaorz: o7\h?jr '' " "-^ ''""" ^«-- "^^--^ .t .ho I 0.^-^'^ c! v'l' ^"-^ ""'■' ^^■' ^«- N-Ca., Sy., Gn., Ms., I th.1a».rrHe;t;t:.°»"'"- "■ ""> ^o™" ^one on .be Map of I i^^Vf.^zf,:^:3't'Z :^^^ -^. «»., I of Ca., parfc of Aa. ' P^" ^^ ^o., Sm., part I Wesfern Ho^i^p^L*^: ""'^^"" ^^ *^« ^-^^ Temperate Zone of the I ., ^' J^^^y «re part of Aa. noff «<• xt r.^ . ■ !!!!J^^«^« 0^^^^^ Mo"'""'"*' """"' P^'* ^*' ^^-^ * The letters Mo n A« a IT"" -— — _ " .ho.. o„.„..,. ih.tvl^,^-?;;i;s;r--,':- - .h.^^^^ GEOaBAPHIOAL MBfflNITIONS. 35 242. Point out the islands. A. They are the An., Vr., Nd., Ae. 243. Point out the countries in the North Temperate Zone of the ilastern Hemisphere. A They are Sn., Fe., ly., Aa., Ty., Ra., By., part of the H.-Dt., Et, part of Aa., Pa., Ty., part of Hn., Tt, part of ja. 244. Point out the islands. A. They are Id., Bh.-Is., Sn., Jo., Nn., Ku., Lo., part of |Fa., Ma. 245. Point out the countries in the South Temperate Zone of the [western Hemisphere. A. They are Ci., Ae.-Cn., Pa. 246. Point out the islands. A. They are N.-Zd., Ce., Fd., Ta.-Fo., S.-Sd., S.-Oy., S.- Ld. 247. Point out the countries in the South Temperate Zone of the Eastern Hemisphere. A. They are Ce.-Cy., Ca., part of Aa. 248. Point out the islands. A. They are Tn.-Aa., Mn. and Cs., Ks., part of Mr., Ta. 249. The countries in the North Frigid Zone of the Western Hemi- sphere are part of Aa., part of N.-Bn., part of Gd. 250. The countries in the North Frigid Zone of the Eastern Hemi- sphere are Ld., part of Sa., with the islands Sn., Na.-Za., N.-Sa. 261 The only land in the South Frigid Zone of the Western Hemi- sphere is a part of Qm.-Ld., Va.-Ld. ; and in the South Frigid Zone of the Eastern Hemisphere there is Ey.-Ld. and the Ac.-Ct. In what Zone do tho United States lie? N. Te. What Zone contains the largest animals ? Td. Which Zones contain the most useful animals? Te. Which Zones produce the most hardy animals? Fd. Which Zone is most subject to violent storms of wind? Td. In which Zone are the people the most industrious? N. Te. Which Zone is the most subject to earthquakes? Td. In which Zones is the climate most healthful ? Te. Which of the Temperate Zones contains the most powerful and civilized nations ? N. Te. 36 GEOGilAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. - 22 ^^^ITICAL DIVISIONS. times ai^i:^t^ ^^Kin^cir ' ^^^ ^^^ ^-- -7 earl, various kinds. ^P^^^s, Kingdoms, Republics, and States, of 268. What is an Empire ' iS5. What do other Empires comprise' MmrhEit"""" '" <'"'*'™'" P''*»f *e earth: as, . 266. What is a Kingdom ^ Spat.!"""'^^ """"^ ^"^'-'^ "y » i-g: as; Prussia, Palace at Versailles 267. What are Palaces? 268. What is a Republic f ..,»?Si"/2 ^^»* are the various .f*tn. wk:.!, .___ =«iraiTiucar "-....ii luna our iiopubiic A. Into oonnties, e,<»pt m South CaroJiua. where the, am GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 27 I called districts, and in Louisiana, where they are called par- lishes. 261. How are counties subdivided ? A. Generally into towns and townships. og: as,' Prussia, City of St. Petersburg , 202. What is a City? A. A large collection of houses and inhabitants. Cities differ greatly in extent ; some have no more than 8000 or 4000 inhabitants; while others, such as London, Paris, New York l&c, have a hundred times as many, or even more. * 263. In what way is a city particularly distinguished from a town ? A. By being incorporMed with peculiar privileges, and in [being governed by a Mayor, Aldermen, &c. 264. What is a Town, and what is a Village ? A, A town is a collection of houses and inhabitants, smaller than a city. A village is smaller than a town. 23 265. What is a Township ? A. A tract of country often including villages and towns md sometimes cities, within its limits. 266. What is a County? A. A division belong! g t^ a State, comprising in many cases a large extent of country. 267. What do counties generally contain ? A. Nearly every county in tho United States contains a [oounty town and a court-house in the county town. 38 GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 268. What are held in county towns ? .r.^i\. ^""7^ f justice are held in county towns, and offenders are there tried and punished. '^"ut-ia 269. What ia the capital of a State ? LegUktare!"^ *"" '*'""' "'"""' ^°' ** """^'-S "^ ^''^ State 270. What do the capitals of States usually contain? ..hl^^ State-House, State Prison, the Governor's residence and offices connected with the government of the State ' most instances, ho^ever,7c°r;a7po'sftr£'cL'^r*"''"^''- '» 272. What is the State-House ? 'A. The building where the Legislature of the State meets. 278. What 18 the Legislature of a State ? A. A body of men who have power to make laws. 274. Who is the Governor of a State ? A. The person who executes the laws of the State. 275. What is the capital of the United States ? ArtJ!"^ ""'% ""t Washington, the place adopted by the American people for the annual meeting of the National Con! 276. After whom was ii named ? A. George Washington. 277. What is the National Congress? the'^peile ''''""^^^ """^^""'^ '^' ^^P^^^^^^^^ives elected by 278. What two bodies does Congress comprise? A. The Senate and the House of Representatives. 24 the^people" [ ^^^' ^'^^'^^ '' "^^ ^'' '^' representatives elected by «„^; J^'"" "^embers of the Senate are elected for six vears and those of the House of Representetives for two ^ ' 280. What are the duties of Congress ? A. To make the laws by which the nation is governed. GEOGRHAPICAL DEFINITIONS, 39 >wns, and oflfendera eting of the State atives elected by 281. In what building in the city of Washington does Congress I Lola its meetings ? * A. In the Capitol, which is one of the finest edifices in America. Capitol at Washington before the extension 282. Who executes the laws passed by Congress ? \ A. The President, with the aid of the other officers of government. 283. What position does the President occupy ? A. He !<=< the chief magistrate or head of the government. 284. By whom is he selected for that office ? A. By electors chosen by the people. 286. During what period does he hold his office ? A. For four years. 2G6. What forms the American nation ? A. The whole of the people of the United States. 287. The word nation signifies a distinct body of people living mder one government. ^ r r b 288. What is a country ? A. A large tract of land ; a region ; one's native soil. 289. What are the boundaries of a country ? A. The lines which separate it from other countries. -flO. Wh&t is the interior of a country ? • A. The central or inland parts. "^ 40 GBOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 291. What is the frontier of a country ? An^^hJ^^?^' "^^ fu^ *^° Northern frontier, the Southern frontier &c., according as the parts are situated North, or South. °""^'^' 293. What are the maritime parts of a country ? A. Those parts which border on the sea-coast. 25 Aaiatic. Malay. European. African. American. 111! RACES OF MEN. 294. Man is the most perfect of the works of God, being created in his own image, and formed by his wisdom to subdue and eSse dominion over all the earth. exercise 295. From whom has the whole human race descended ? A. From our first parents, Adam and Eve. 296. What docs the human race present ? A. Several ynrioties, differing greatly from each other in color, form, and features. 297. What is the cause of the varieties in the human race? _ r H i^V^'^^^l^b owing to differences in climate, food, and undeTstonr' ^""^ ^^ ^^"'^*' ^'''""^ tonsauses which we do not 298. What are the various races of mankind ? OBOQRAPHIOAL DEFINITIONS. 41 iary; the outside I I each other ir A. They f^re five ; the European or Caucasian, Asiatic or Mongolian, jVmerican, Malay, and African or Negro. 299. How may they be classed in regard to color ? A. Into the White, Yellow, Red, Brown, and Black races. 300. What nations does the European or White race include ? A. The nations of Europe, Western Asia, and the North [of Africa, with all the white inhabitants of America and I other regions. 801. What nations does the Asiatic or Yellow race include ? A. All the nations of Eastern Asia (except the Malays of Malacca). 302. What other nations belong to this race ? A. The Finns and Laplanders of Europe, and the Esqui- maux (es'ke-mo) of America. 303. Who constitute the Copper-colored or Red race ? A. The Indians of America. 304. What nations does the Malay or Brown race include ? A. The people of Malacca and Malaysia, with those of Polynesia and New Zealand. 305. What part of the earth does the African or Black race inhabit? A. All Western, Central, and Southern Africa, with a con- siderable part of Madagascar and Australasia. « 306. A large number of this race are found in both North and South America. 307. The European or Caucasian is the most noble of the five races of men. It excels all others in learning and the arts, and in- cludes the most powerful nations of ancient and modern times. The most valuable institutions of society, and the most inportant and useful inventions, have originated with the people of this race. Which is the most noble of the five races of men ? In what doc. it excel all others? What does it include ? What has originated with the people of this race ? To which of the races of men do the greater pai't of the people of the United States belong ? To which race do you belong ? 42 aEOORAPHIOAL DEFINITIONS. 26 STAGES OF SOCIETY. knowledge, laming, and re/neLnt,trSTkm7n thTm^^^^^^^^^^ JZif:7S:/ZlZ:tY ''''''' .^^^^^'^^^ '^ ^^- ^^^i^« of life A. Into five classes, viz. : savage, barbarous, half-civilized i civilized, and enlightened. «*" wviiizea, j 310. How do men live in the savage state ? nf f];«'^^^""/''%.?^'°^' ^"^ ^" *^^ spontaneous productions of the ground. They are generally clad in the skins of wi?d 311. What is the general character of savage nations? A. They are generally bloodthirsty and revengeful : some savage nations eat the flesh of the enemies they take ii waT and nearly all treat their women as slaves. ' 312. What de- gree of know- ledge do they possess ? A. They pos- sess little, or no knowledge of agriculture or the mecha- read^ or .nte, and are without a regular fotT/grr « 313. What portion of mankind are examples of this class? thp Tni;. f^f^g^nes of Australia and New Guinea, most of the Ind an tribes of North and South America, and the Kamt. schatdales or people of Kamtschatka. ' 314. In what manner do barbarous nations live ? A. By agriculture and the pasturage of cattle, sheer, ko Habitations of the Kamtschatdalos, GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 48 316. ' Vhat nations are examples of this class ? A. The roving tribes of Tartary, Arabia, Central Africa, and the people of Abyssinia. 27 317. How are half-oivilized nations distinguished ? A. They have some knowledge of agriculture and many of the arts, possess written languages, and have some acquaint- ance with books. 318. They have also established laws and religion, and some foreign commerce, but are very jealous of strangers, and treat their women generally as slaves. 319. What nations may be considered as belonging to the half- civilized class ? A. Birmah, Siam, Persia, Japan, China, &c. 320. How are civilized nations distingHi shed? A. The arts and sciences are well understood, and the people derive their subsistence principally from agriculture, manufactures, and commerce. 321. What is the condition of the people in some civilized states ? A. Many of them are very ignorant and superstitious: there is likewise a great diflFerence between the condition of the upper and that of the lower classes of society. 322. What countries rank among the civilized nations ? A. Spain, Portugal, Greece, Mexico, &c. 828. What is the character of enlightened nations ? A. They are noted for intelligence, enterprise, and industry; among them ateo the arta and sciences are carried to a high state of perfection. 324. How are they otherwise noted ? A. Females are treated with politeness and respect, the principles of fre«^ government are well understood, and edu- cation is more general than among other nations. 325. What nations belong to this class ? A. The United States, Great Britain, France, Switzerland, and the German States. Wss 44 GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. Waterloo Bridge. 326. Enlightened and civilized nations are distinguished by the number and variety of their public buildings and works of national utility ; ef these, colleges, hospitals, libraries, bridges, raihroads, canals, &c., are amgngst the most prominent. 28 I 1 = GOVERNMENT. 327. Iii every part of the earth it has been found necessary to have some system of government, or some power or authority, that shall protect the good and punish the wicked. 328. Without government, no one could be secure either in his person or property, and the world would be a scene of confusion and bloodshed. 329. What is government ? A. The power or system by whicb the laws of a country are made and executed. 830. What is the object of government? A. To afford protection to life and property, and to insure the happiness or the people. 331. What ."ft the different kinds of government? A. Monarcny, Aristocracy, and Democracy! 832. What is Monarchy? A. That form of government in which an emperor or king rules during his life. 333. What are the forms of Monarchy ? A. Absolute Monarchy and limited Monarchy. 834. What is au Absolute Monarchy ? A. A government where the monarch rules according to his own will. GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 45 '.S'^^^^r: 335. What countries are ruled in tliis manner ? A. China, Turkey, Persia, and . generally all the states of Asia aud Africa. 336. Some countries are ruled by tyrants, vrno treat their people with great cru- elty, and in consequence are afraid to go abroad without being surrounded by soldiers. 337. The picture repre- sents the Emperor of Mo- rocco, who is one of the most despotic sovereigns in existence. When he appears in public, every Emperor of Moroaco. one he meets must fall ,., ^^ j * v«- with his face to the earth, and rtmain there until the desj)ot hai passed. 388. What is a Limited Monarchy? A. A government where the power of the monarch i» limited by a constitution. 839. What states are ruled by a limited monarchy ? A. Groat Britain, Holland, Sweden, &c. - 29 ad to insure 840. What is an Aristocracy ? A. A goverument wh§re the power js vested in a few per- soRS, called nobles. This does not at present exist as a distinct form of government, but is frequently found combined with others. 341. How is aristocracy frequently found combined? A. With monarchy and democracy. 842 This is the case in Great Britain and other limited monarchies. The king represents the monardiy, +he nobles the aristocracy, and the representative body the democracy, A. A free government, in which the people phoose thei^ own rulers for stated periods of timo. 46 GEOGRAPHICAL DKriNITIONS. l^^'ir'"**'' ^*'^' democratic governments? Js^tl """'^^ '^^*"' ^"^ --^^ ^" the Spanish Ameri. T'Z^''\7''^ *^' ^''' ^^"'^ «^ government ? • I 846. Does this kind of government still exist? A. Yes; but only among rude and barbarous tribes. l^^'rl^V^^^ *''* g^^^'^ed i»» this manner? iJe^XZ^Zu^^^^^^ ^"^ ^^^ ^-^ ^-rt, the Lap. 848. How did Patriarchs become chiefs ? i 849. How did Chieft, &o. become monarchy ? 850. What titles do rulers assume in Asia » A. Nabobs, Sultans, Shahs, Eajahs, Imams, Khans, &c.~ 851. What are they called in Europe ' A. Emperors, Kings, Princes, Dukes, Electors, &c. 352. What are they called in America » 30 - RELIGION. 853. All races of men evpn fh« r««t,* the existence of some i'nVsSe be n7p rS^/f- *« believe in that of man The various methods fn wS this f??^ •'' '"P"-""^ ^' form many different modes of relia- on ,n^ t^^is faith is manifested striking diversities by which na fn« '„ ^w^'^'* ^"^ ^^ ^he most other. ^ ^^'""^ ""^^'^^s are distinguished from each 864. How may the different fnrmB «^ ..i-._.. . Into true and false. gioa Be divided ? QEOORAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 47 I? Spanish Ameri- 355. In what does true religion consist ? A. In worshipping God according to his revealed will. 356. In what does false religion consist ? A. In the "worship of idols, and the rejection of the true ler or patriarch B God. 857. What are th'e principal systems of religion ? A. The Christian, Mohammedan, Pagan, and Jewish, us tribes. ■ 353. Who are Christians ? A. Those who believe in Christ as the Saviour of mankind. Desert, the Lap. 1 numbers, and| rful, conquered I doms, &c. Khans, &c. >rs, &c. e different re- ar to believe in (ver superior to 1 is manifested ne of the most ied from each ivitied ! I A Christian Cliurch. 859. Into what churches are Christians divided ? A. Catholic, Protestant, and Greek. 360. In what do these agree ? A. In the necessity of redemption through the Saviour. 361. In what do they diifer? A. In minor points of doctrine and modes of worship. 862. How are Protestants divided ? A. Into various sects ; of which the chief are Methodists, Baptists, Episcopalians, Presbyterians, Lutherans, Friends, &o. 363. Who are Mohammedans, or Mussulmans ? A. Those who believe in Mohammed, a religious impostor who arose in Arabia about 600 years after Christ. 48 GEOGRAPHICAL DEFINITIONS. 364. How are Mohammedans divided ? A. Into two sects; the sect of All, and the sect of Omar. A Mehammodan Mosque. 31 , 365. Who are Pagans, or Heathens ? half .h'eWbitlnts of "ho eS.*°' "'"' """"" "'°''= "''■' ""'I A Pagan Toniple. 307. Who are the Jews? Net* 2r ""^'l ^1!''' ^'" ^^' ^^^ Testament, but reject the .^L " . ^^ "^ ^^'^^''»"'' jet to come. J ^ « powertJan S,^rs''anr!;Z T^^"'^' '"^'''''"' '" knowledge and inHucnoo of hTl ' *'';"'«'• ♦'>'^ increase of their colonies, the dour n tt coir"?' T^ "'' ^^'^•"'''^"^ "^^ missionaries, will no »ot, in the courie of „ f.,. generations, Bproud their religion over greater part of the cnrth. X GEOCraiAPHIOAL DEFINITIONS. 49 sect of Omar. 369. The importance attached by mankind, in all quarters of the mild, to religious worship, is strikingly displayed by the number If costly and splendid edifices erected for that purpose. 370. Among Christians, these buildings are called churches, cathe- |rals, and chapels ; among Mohammedans, they tak« the name of losques ; among the Pagan Hindoos, they are termed pagodas. What nations are superior in knowledge and power to all others ? What will cause their religion to be spread over the greater part If the earth? ^ f To what do mankind, in all quarters of the world, attach im- lortance ? How is it strikingly displayed ? 32 LANGUAGES. 371. The diversities of language form one of the most striking loints of distinction between the various nations of the earth. The knguages of cultivated nations are both written and spoken ; those If savage and barbarous races are merely verbal, and are not re- luced to writing. 372. The number of original languages in the world is about 80 ; lie various dialects or branches derived from them amount to 8664^ If which 1624 are American, and 587 European. In Asia and ^coanica there are 1177, and in Africa, 276. How many original languages are there in the world ? How many branches or dialects arc derived from them ? IIow many of these are American ? How many are European? IIow many are there in Asia and Oceanica ? IIow many are there in Africa ? 373. The Chinese language is spoken by the greatest number of beople, but the English is most widely spread, and will probably kecome more general than any other. It is now spoken in every juarter of the globe, and is distinguished for simplicity, concise- ness, and strength. 374. There are more books printed in English, probably, than in fny other language ; and the influence of English literature is more fcxtcnsive than that of any other existing, tin, _ i »_ . . ... TTiiai language is npoKcn Dy iiie greatest number of people ? Which is the most widely spread ? Where is it spoken ? For what is it distinguished? In what language is it probable that the grcutest number of books ■• printed ? 50 GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. 33 I- V EXERCISES ON THE MAPS. MAP OF THE WORLD, No. 1, BEFORE THE LEARNER. Of what Hemispheres does this Map consist? En. and Wn. What does the Eastern Hemisphere comprise ? A. That part of the earth lying east of longitude 20 degrees I west from Greenwich. ' Hemisphere signifies half a globe. What great divisions does the Eastern Hemisphere contain? Ee. Aa., Aa. and part of Oa. ' These divisions form the Eastern Continent, or Old World. What does the Western Hemisphere comprise ? A. That part of the earth lying west of longitude 20 degrees i west from Greenwich. ' What great divisions does the Western Hemisphere contain ? N Aa., S.-Aa., and part of Oa. and Aa. These divisions form the Western Continent, or the New World. What ia a Continent ? Refer to No. 63, page 14. What great divisions lie partly in the Eastern and partly in the Western Hemisphere? Oa., Aa. Oceanica is composed entirely of islands. Which Hemisphere contains the greatest amount of land ? En. Which Hemisphere contains the greatest amount of water? Wn. Which Hemisphere contains the largest islands ? En. Which are the two largest islands in the world ? Bo., N.-Qa. Australia is now called by geographers a Continent. Which is the largest division of the Eastern Hemisphere ? Aa. Which is the smallest division ? Ee. /la. Which division of the Eastern Hemisphere extends farthest soutli Which extends farthest north ? Aa. Which extends farthest south, Europe or Asia ? Which extends farthest west? Aa. Which extends farthest east? A,i. Aa. ,'{ Which is the most southern land in the Eastern HemisDhero' Ey.-Ld., Ac.-Ct. ^ The most «outhern in the Western Heraitiphere? Va.-Ld., Um.-LU. QEOGBAPHIOAL EX£BCISEfl. 51 ' What is an Ocean ? A. A vast body of salt water. What five Oceans in the Eastern Hemisphere? Nn., Sn., Pc, jlc, In. What four Ocean, in the Western Hemisphere ? Nn., Sn., Pc, Aor There are five Oceans, of which four extend into both Hemispheres. I The Indian is the only Ocean that is wholly in one Hemisphere. Which is the largest Ocean ? Pc. Which is the second in extent' Ao. Which is the third in extent ? In. Which is the fourth in extent ? Sn. Which is the fifth in extent ? Nn. Which is the largest division of the Western Hemisphere ? N.-Aft. Which extends farthest east? S.-Aa. Which extends farthest west? N.-Aa. Is Norh America in Nortn or South Latitude? N.-Le. Why is it in Norih Latitude ? 135. Is South America mostly in North or in South Latitude? S.-Le. Why is it mostly in South Latitude ? In what direction does South America lie from North America? S.-B. What islands lie south and southeast of South America ? S.-Sd., B.-Oy., S.-Ld., G.-Ld. What region lies soutUwest of South America? Va.-Ld. 35 farthest sou (li? MAP OP THE WORLD, No. 2. What, Hemispheres does this map comprise ? Nn. and Sn. Which Hemisphere contains the most land ? Nn. Which Hemisphere contains the most water? Sn. What great divisions are wholly in the Northern Hemisphere? Aa., Ee., N.-Aa. What great divisions are partly in the Northern Hemisphere? Aa., S.-Aa., Oa. What does the Northern Hemisphere comprise 1 A. All that part of the earth north of tho Equator. What does the Southern Hemisphere comprise? All that part of the earth south of the Eciuator. Wliat great divisions are partly in the Southern Hemisphere ? Aa., S.-Aa., Oa. t^2 t Nearest the South P.,e. Va -td 4 . "' «'- «-2-.' «'»'t%"a"s^«c«»«-t...<,ij„t:^^ the Eost exten^fJ^'P^.^^^^o^' commanded bv n^^^^ ^^, *^« United Captain James Weddel] i" I823 °°" ' »av4^t" ,t" rittHf'" ««» "■"- of tie S„„ti p„, , went within 602 ^i^n i ""a™' '» lie North P„if ^ "'"• Some " bea,ta „e™ rhT:;er "" """ -' '"d no""^, J SeXl" Whatn "^'* '"'• "-"OK™ AMERICA. What Ocean bounds Nortl, 4 m ■ «a* Ooean hounds irortifeTertr-pr '"'" ^- 5'":: or:;'zr:r^^ ^«- Wha* «io„ V . iJntish America? Pr "'flat &ea between the Wpsf Tr.^- , What great Gulf lies east nf \t • o W.at 0„,f between Mr^L"/""'""' *'"• Wba. auif west Of NewC„r '■; Tr " "^^"''■'""■•- ^- What great Ba^ aoTtCt ^ P^'iTw",';!"' '-™ «"-a„d f !,„ What Bay between Nora J .• ! '"""" ^and f Hn. What two Bav. ontuZl , '"'' '*'" "•''"'s'vick ? p; What Bay ea^t oTyl;:::.';-";/;' "'« "■"'«" ««-v '^;.. c. Who* »...^ * ^ entral America '/ Ga, _-•--• -'v u-of^r of Alaska? HI What 18 a Baj. t 24 ^840 by the United 'tenant Wilke3; it is great continents )Ie? outhPoIe. Some e: Captain Parry 619 miles, when a the sea, even in :ns of either birds GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. fThat Strait between America and Asia ? Bg. What Strait west of Greenland ? Ds. What does it connect ? B.-By. and the A.-On. What three Straits north of Labrador? Hn., Fr., Cd. What Strait separates Newfoundland from Labrador ? Be. What is a Strait ? 26. 53 vVhat two Sounds in BaflSn Bay? Lr., Js. What Sound on the east coast of Greenland ? By. What two. Sounds in the Territory of Alaska? Nn., P.-Wm. What Sound north of Cape Hatteras ? Ae. Describe a Sound. 26. What five Lakes are in the northern part of the United States' br., Mn., Hn., Ee., Oo. Into what river do they all flow ? S.-Le. Name the three principal Lakes in British America. Wg., G.-Se., What Lake in the west-ern part of the United States ? G.-S.-L. What Lake in the southern part of Central America ? Na. What is a Lake ? 29. 37 Me. Into Norton Sound ? What River flows into the Polar Sea' Kk. Name the two cliief Rivers that flow into Hudson Bay. Nn., CI. What River of the United States flows into the Pacific Ocean? Ca. What River flows into the Gulf of California ? Co. - Which two large Rivers flow into the Gulf of Mexico ? Mi., R. What River flows into the Gulf of St. Lawrence? S.-Le. ' What River flows into the Gulf of Georgia ? Fr. What River flows into San Francisco Ba^ ? So. What River flows from Lake Nicaragua? S.-Jn. Describe a River. 84. How are Rivers shown on Maps ? 174. -Go. What Peninsula in Alaska? Aa. niiai reninsula north of Ilutlson Bay? Me. What Peninsula oast of New Brunswick? N.-Sa. What Peninsula in the southcrti part of the United States? What PeuinBula m the western part of Mexico ? O.-Ca. Fa. 64 GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. What Peninsula in the eastern part of Mexico ? What IS a Peninsula ? 64. Yn What Island lies east of Greenland f Id What Island west of Greenland? Do * What Island in Hudson Bay ? Sn. What Islands in the Gulf nf « Kooky btaTi"' a-Rt'r„dTMt,'"°"« "•» "-'-" --' of the United S uTe's"' 'I;""'""' =^'™"' ""-e" '"e eastern part of the United S..Es'.:Vr'° ■"°""""»' «'» '» '"e southern part of Alaska Territory? ^. the western part jf Uritish Ameriea ? Bn., Hr What IS a Mountain? 59 »n., nr. What Highland, are in the northern part of Ore,nl«.d ? A.-Hs. GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. 55 )f British Co- Mountains and Hills are often called Highlands. What three peaks are in the western part of the United States ? Fs., Ls., Ps. Fremont's Peak is named after General Fremont, who, in 1842,' ascended to its summit and ascertained its height to be 13,760 feet. Mountains that are higher than those around them are sometimes called Peaks. What Pass immediately south of Fremont's Peak ? Sh. What Volcano is in the southern part of Mexico ? PI. What two Volcanoes in Central America? Wr., Ca. What is a Volcano ? 62. Point out El Llano Estacado or Staked Plain. This is an exten- sive sterile plain, and was so named because the Santa F6 traders once placed stakes at convenient distances, to guide them in their journeys to the settlements on the Gulf. Which is the most western division of North America t Aa. This was formerly Russian America, but is now a part of the U. S. Which is the most eastern division of North America ? Id. Greenland and Iceland are called Danish America, because they belong to Denmark. Which is the largest division in the North ? B.-Aa. This is called British America because it belongs to Great Britain. What great division is in the centre ? U.-S. Which is the largest division in the South ? Mo. What division lies south of Mexico ? C.-Aa. This division was formerly called Guatemala. What small division lies north of Central America? Be. What great Archipelago lies east of Mexico and Central America ? W.-Is. What is the Capital of British America ? Oa. What is the Capital of the United States ? Wn. What is the Capital of Mexico ? Mo. Which is the largest City of Central America? Ans. N.Guatemala. What division of North America is crossed by the Tropic of Cancer? Mo. What are crossed by the Arctic Circle ? Gd., B.-Aa., Aa. In what Zone is the northern part? N.-Fd. What countries of North America are in the North Frigid Zone ? Part of Gd., part of B.-Aa., part of Aa. 66 f 1 r GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. tr-^^XTMo.**" '" '"^ ^^'*^ ^-P--^« Zone ? Part of B.-Aa , What countries are in the Torrid Zone? Part of Mo C -Aa W T- In what Zone as the largest part of North America ? N^^ ' 39 MAP No. 5.— UNITED STATES What country bounds the United States on the North ? B.-Aa wL G^ulf "f.'«°'*'^^'^^^^ ^'' 0- the West? pt nnat Gulf 18 on the South ? Mo Itl TT"^ 7TY ""' "''"'■•■' ?"•' otth.VniM states ? Mo S.^^!Mi:t.X!' ■" '^« ''°"''-' P-' ot the United States i What Lake lies east of Lake Ontario ? Cn. What Lake lies northwest of Lake Superior ? Ws .. ^at Lake in the northern part of Utah ' G -St * What great Riyer flows through the United States ? Mi Which are xts three great western branches? Mo., Ae./Rd. Which 18 Its principal eastern branch? Oo ' ' ' InU^ what Gulf does the Mississippi flow? Mo StaTesf Ca.'"' ''''''''' ^""'^ "^ *^« ^-^-^ P-t of the United bia''S;e:'t:lrilf ri^e7'^^:?P^^^« ^'^ ^^"^^^^^ ^--^ ^' ^^e Colum- What Rivers flow into San Francisco Lay ? So., 3.-Jn. CaUforn/aTco"" ""' ^"' '' '^^ "^^^^^-^ ^^^-^^ Arizona and ^ What Rivers flow into the Atlantic 0. 3an north of Cape Cod ? Pt., What three between Cape Cod and Cape Charles? Ct., Hn., De Wha Rivers flow into Chesapeake Bay ? Sa., Pc, Js. ' What Rivers flow into Albemarle Sound ? Cn., Re What two flow into Pamlico Sound ? Tr Ne ' 40 There are eleven Capes on the Atlantic coast of fh« TT„n„^ i^auie tbem Cd., Mr., My., Hn., Cs., Hy., Hs:, U ""^^^ .. at. What two Crpes are on the west wnat Cftpe west of Apalachee Bay ? S.-Bs coast of Florida ? Rs.. £ ates, Fr., CI, Fa. I GEOaRAPHIOAL EXERCISES. 57 What Capes on the Pacific coast of the United States ? Fv. Lt Ao., Mo. ^ ' '' What Points on the same coast? S.-Ge,, Cn. What Bays between Cape Cod and C. Hatteras? N.-Y., De., Ce. What Bays on the west coast of Florida? Cm., Ta., Ae. What Bays between Cape St. Bias and the mouths of the Missis- sippi River? S.-As., Ce., Pa., Me,, Bk. What Bays on the coast of Texas? Gn., Ma., As., Cs.-Ci. What Sounds between Cape Cod and C. Lookout? L.-Id., Ae., Po. What Island lies on the coast of Maine? M.-Dt. What two Islands lie southeast of Massachusetts? Nt., M.-Vd. What Island lies south of Rhode Island ? Bk. What Island lies south of Connecticut? L.-Id. What Islands lie south of Florida? F.-Rs., Ms.. Ts. Reefs signify low sandy islands. What Islands on the southwest coast of California? S.-Ba. What Mountains in the western part of the United States ' Rv 8.-Me., S.-Na., Ct. •''' What Ranges in Washington, Oregon, and California lie near the coast of the Pacific ? Ce., Ct, What three Ranges of Mountains are in the eastern part of the United States? Cd., Ay., B.-Re. ^ These three are called the Great Alleghany Range. In what State is Mount Mitchell ? N.-Ca. What Mountains in Pennsylvania? Be,, Ay., C.-Re. What Mountains in "Virginia? B,-Re,, Ay. What Mountains in Tennessee? Ay,, Cd. What Mountains in Vermont ? Gn. In New Hampshire ? We. Between what . juntains does the gold-region of California lie ? Ct,, S,-Na. 41 How many States are there in the United States ? Thirty-seren. How many Territories ? Nine. Co., Da,, In., :T.-Mo., Wn., lo,, Ma., Uh,, Aa. There is also a District called the District of Columbia, which you will see on Map No. 10, It contains Washington City, the capital of the United States. There is also the new Territory of Alaska, formerly Russian America^ There are 14 States lying along the Atlantic Ocean, between New Brunswick and the Florida Reefs. What are they ? Me N.-H., Ms., R.-L, Ct., N.-Y., N.-J., Do., Md., Va., N.-C, S.-C, Ga., Fa. » » i 58 GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. What State lies north of Long Island Sound ? Ct. To what State does Long Island belong ? N -Y What five States lie on the Gulf of Mexico ? Ts.', La., Mi., Aa., Fa. la. Mi!, 1:.,'^." '" °" ^"' "^^^ '' ^^^ ^-«-^PPi ^--? Ma., What States lie on the Pacific coast ? Ca., On Da^ W*/Ma'°ro' n' m''\'^' Mississippi and the Rocky Mts. ? Vlcllcel^i ^w'n!C-lIh.!Aa^^'""^ ^'^ ^^^^^ ^^«- ^^ '^^ TerKy.fls.,®wi'' "' "^''"''^^ '"'' "^ '^^ Mississippi River? Mi., What States lie on both sides of the Mississippi ? Ma La SuperiLf ' Mn' ''"^''' '" ^''' ^^ ^^'^« «"^^"' Mic'higan, and WhatthreeStatesareboundedinpartbyLakeErie? N.-Y.,Pa Oo What State IS bounded in part by Lake Ontario ? N.-^Y • What two States does Lake Champlain separate ? N -Y* Vt What two States are separated by the Connecticut River ? N -H Vt What two Stat,es are separated by the Delaware River ? Pa N j' What two States are separated by the Potomac River? Va' Md * ^ What two States are separated by the Savarmah River? S. -Ca.*, Ga! a1 '"'" ®*^*'' ""'' '•^P^^^*^^ ^y the Chattahoochee River? Oo! Ky.f W.^l:''' "'' '^""'^^ ^" P'^^t "^y *h« Ohio River? la., Is., ^Wh^t States are separated in part by the Cuu^berland Mountains? W.^V^! I%Z Te. ''^"'"''^ ^^ '^^ ^^'^^^^'^y Mountain.? Va., 42 What is the largest State ? Ts. The smallest ? R.-I. What is the capital of the United States ' Wn Which of the Eastern States have each two capitals ? Ct., R -I ine SIX Eastern States are Maine, New HimnshiVa v^„ \ Massachusetts, Rhode Island, and Connecticut ^'''' ^''""°"*' WhatistheCapitalofeach?Aa.,Cd.,Mr.,Bn.,Pe._Nt. Hd -N ITn The four Middle States are New York Nnw t..„.„ ^,. .^ , ' . " '' Delaware. " r *•- t. .,-.z=cj, x^iiuasyivauia, and What is the Capital of each? Ay., Tn., Hg., Dr The elcYcn Southern Stateu are Maryland, Virginia, West \ irgima, GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. 69 North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, Alabama, Missis^ sippi, Louisiana, and Texas. The Capital of each? As., Rd., Wg., Rh., Ca., Me., Te., My., Jn., B.-Re., An. The sixteen Western States are Ohio, Kentucky, Tennessee, Michi- gan, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Arkansas, Wisconsin, Minnesota, Iowa, California, Oregon, Kansas, Nevada, and Nebraska. What is the Capital of each? Cs., Ft., Ne., Lg., Is., Sd., J.-Cy.. L.-Rk., Mn., S.-Pl., D.-Ms., So., Sm., Ta., C.-Cy.Tln. Through what States does the 40th parallel of latitude pass? N.-J., Pa , W.-Va., Oo., la., Is., Mc, Na., Ca. Through what Ter- ritories? Co., Uh. Through or near what Capitals does it pass? Tn., Hg., Wg., Cs., Is., Sd,, Dr. These places have the same, or nearly the saiae, latitude.* What four Capitals have nearly the same latitude as Washineton City? Ft., J.-C, Ta., So. * By placing a finger on the map on the place named, and moving it parallel with the lines that cross the map from East to West, the pupil will see at once all those places which have the same or nearly the same latitude. What two Capitals have the same latitude as the City of New York? S.-L.-Cy., Ln. What Capitals have nearly the same latitude as Boston ? Ay., Lg. Through what States does the meridiaa of Washington pass ? N - Y., Pa., Md., Va., N.-C. Near what Capitals does it pass ? Rd., As., Hg. These places, therefore, have nearly the same longitude as Wash- ington. What four places have about the same longitude as Boston ? Nt., Sm., Ph., Dr. 43 MAP No. 21.— SOUTH AMERICA. What Ocean bounds South America on the E»ei, / Ac. What on the West ? Pc. What Sea bounds it on the North ? On. As. What are the principal Mountains of South America ? What is their length ? The highest peak. Mount Aconcagua (ah-kon-kah^gwah), is nearly five miles high. It is the highest mountain in America, and also the highest volcano in the world. In what part of South America are the Andes ? Wt. What Mountains on the East? Bn. What Mountains near Rio Janeiro? On. «0 I! OEOGRAPHIOAL EXERCISES. What Mountains are in the west part of Brazil ? Gl What Mountains are between Brazil and Guiana? Ay. Which is the largest River in South America ? An Which 18 Its largest branch? Ma. ' . Which is the second River in hnttth 9 Am, P5« ^ i t.,. Which is the third? ^„,. Para" a ^^^ ^^° ^« ^^ ^^^ta. Which is the fourth? Aub. Orinoco Into what Ocea. do all these but the Magdalena flow ? Ac. What River flows into the Car bean Sea? Ma Which is the most northern Cape of South America? wiiich is the most southern Cape ? Hn. W;hich is the most eastern ? S.-Re. Which is the. most western? Bo. Gs. What two Gulfs are on the Caribbean Sea? Dn Va What two arfe on the west coast? Gl Pa '' ' What are the principal Bays on the west coast ? Pa Co WhataretheprincipalBaysontheeastcoast?A.-Ss 8:-Ms-.,S.-Ga What Islands are in the Caribbean Sea ? Ca., B.-Ae., Ma di'si:>;\rth7rst^L^JL'^'^^^^^^^ ^o- ^^^ souther. ;s the only West IndiantU^s ^ntd^ "^i^S^^^ What Island lies between the Amazon and Para Rivers » J, What Islands east of Patagonia? Fd., S.-Ga What Island south of Patagonia? T.-Fo! What Island east of Terra del Fuego ? S -Ld What Island east of Staten Land ? S.-Ga What Island south of Terra del Fuego? Ht. What Islands west of Chili? Ce., Wn What three Archipelagoes west of Chili ? Cs., M.-D« Cs .k. ^aac rwo gruups of Islands farther west of Chili? J ^^"' Tv. What Islands west of Peru? Ls.. C«. ' ^^ ^' What Island in Gulf of Guayaquil ? Pa. GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. 61 44 ., Ga., Bs., Me. What Lake lies in the northwest part of Venezuela? Mo. What Lake forms part of the boundary between Peru and BoUvUT Mm* What other Lakes in Bolivia ? Uy., Pa. What three Lakes in the Argentine Confederation? Ps., Bo., Br. What two Lakes are in the southern part of Brazil? Ps., Mm. What Lake in Peru forms the source of the Amazon River? Rs. What are the extensive grassy plains in the eastern part of Brazil called? The Sert&m (mir-tahuff^). •"*»*" What are the elevated plains in tlie western part of Brazil called ? Campos Parens (.kahm^poce pah-ray-sheece^). Point out in Brazil the word Llanos {Vyah^noceX and in the Ai- gentme Confederation the word Pampas."^ These are the nimeg givea to extensive plains. They are, like the Sertam in Brazil, the Prairies in North America and the Steppes {.teps) of Asia, covered with grass, on which vast herds of cattle roam. coverea Which are they ? Va., H.-S.-Ca., Er. I the^e^vritaS"^ '■^"'"'''' ""'" °' ''-■ -" O"" ««"•< What are their names ? Pu-, Ba, Which is the largest division of South Ameriea? Bl. Which is the smallest division? Uy. Which division belongs to the British, Dutch, and French ? Ga. Which is the most northern division of South America ? U.-S.-Ca. Which is the most western division ? Pu. Which is the most eastern division ? BL Which is the most southern division ? Pa. Which are separated fcy the Andes ? A.-Cn. and Ci., and Pa. and CL Ba. Of Vene- What is the capital of United States of Colombia ? I zuela ? Cs. Of Ecuador? Qo. Peru? La. The Argentine Confederation ? B -Aa. Of Bolivia? Se. Of Brazil? R..Jo. Of Paraguay? An Of Uruguay? Mo. Of Chili? So. Throuorh what StAt«fl rlnoA fho ii^ni>af<%» .>»«^« m n- « ^ _ i^aaB-. iji., ^.-o.-va., jsr. » ** J ••tt^v. What is the Equator ? 116. Through what States does the Tropic of Cap; A.-Cn., Ci rioornpasfl? BL, Py «2 GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. In what Zone is that part south of the Tropic of Capricorn ? S -Te orYmallesu'lt^^ ^°''^^ ^^""''^ '' '"^ *^** ^^'"^ Zone-the largestl How do you know it is in the Torrid Zone ? 189. S.-L«. In what Latitude is the greatest part of South America? Why is it in South Latitude ? 131. What is Latitude ? 130. ^ In what Longitude is South America, reckoning from Greenwich! I How do you know it is in West Longitude ? What is Longitude ? 146. 151. 45 MAP No. 23.— EUROPE. Ac. What Ocean bounds Europe on the West ? What Ocean bounds it on the North ? Ac. What Sea bounds it on the South ? Mn. What Mountains and River bound it on the East? Ul., Ul. f) '^^xtI® ^t'^® *;*^«lve Seas in Europe. What are they?' K» We I Be, Nh., Ih., Mn., Ac, Ao.. Ma., Bk., Af., Cn. ^ ' '' What Seas on the north of Russia? We., Ka. What Sea between Rujsia and Sweden ? Be. What Sea between Scotland and Denmark ? Nh. What Sea between England and Ireland ? Ih. What Sea between Europe and Africa ? Mn. What Seas south of Turkey ? Ao., Ma. What three Seas south and southeast of Russia? Bk., Af,, Cn What is the name of the Sea between Greece and Asia? Ao. What is an Archipelago? 23. What large Islands lie west of the continent of Europe ? B-Is. Britain ^^'''''* containing England, Scotland, and Wales is called Great | What TnlRnf) Iiau -araat rwf ri-.Ani n_U-:_ O TJ IsirrSiro^Tcf"^ ^^^^""^^ '''"® ""^"^ """"^ north Of the British j What groups of Islands lie west of Norway ? Ln., Fe., Vn. GEOGRAPHICAL EX15ROI8ES. 68 lat lies north of the! America? S.-L«. What are the principal Islands in the Baltic Sea? Ad., Do., 01., Gd., Od., Rn. What Islands in the Mediterranean belong to Spain ? Be. What Island belongs to France ? Ca. To Great Britain ? Ma. To Turkey ? Ca. What Island south of Italy ? Sy. What Mountain in Sicily ? Ea. What Island east of Greece ? Nt. What Island east of Corsica ? Ea. This island is remarkable for being the place to which Napoleon Bonaparte was banished, in 1814. What Islands north of Sicily ? Li. What Island west of Italy ? Sa. What Gulf between Sweden and Russia ? Ba. What three Gulfs in the Baltic Sea? iu., Ra., Jh. What Gulf south of France ? Ls. What Gulf north of the Island of Corsica? Ga. What Gulf in the White Sea ? Oa. What Gulf in the Black Sea ? Bs. What Bay north of Spain ? By. 46 What Channel between France and England ? Eh. What Channel between Wales and Ireland ? S.-Gs. What Channel between Ireland and Scotland ? Nh. What Channel between Denmark and Norway ? S.-Rk. What Channel between Denmark and Sweden ? Ct. Wliat Channel between the Marmora and Black Seas ? Channel of the Bosphorus. Da On what coast is the Firth of Forth ? Sd. What Strait betr/een Europe and Africa ? Gr. What Strait between Corsica and Sardinia ? Bo. What Strait between the Archipelago and the Sea of Marmora t What Strait between the Black Sea and the Sea of Azof ? What Strait between Italy and Turkey? Oo. £e. What Mountains are between Europe and Agia? Ul., Ci. What Mountains between Sweden and Norway? Kn. What Mountains between France and Spain ? T?§. id 64 , What What What What What What What What OEOORArHIOAL EXERCISES. Mountains in France? Cs., Ae. Mountains in the north of Spain ? Cn Mountains in the south of Spain ? Sa.-Ma., Sa.-N». Mountains m Switzerland ? As. Mountains extend through Italy ? Ae. Mountains in the east of Austria ? Cn Mountains extend through Turkey ? Bn Mountains extend from the Black to the Caspian Sea^ Cs. Which Which Which Which Which Which Which Which Which is the is the is the is the is the is the is tlie is the is the most most most most most Ibost most most most northern Cape of Europe ? Nh. southern ? Mn. southern Cape of Norway ? Ne. western Cape of England ? Ls.-Ed southern Cape of Ireland ? Cr northern Cape of Spain ? 01. western Cape of Spain ? Fe. southern Cape of Portugal ? S.-Vt. southern Cape of Greece? Mn. What Rivers flow into the White Sea ? Oa., Da., Me. la^^Sa., nrCrT '""'^ *'^ ^'^^^ ^' ^<>^^-^ ^a., Ki., Ta., Kx.. r>:X^^::<^^^^ -« — Ocea^^s;."^;.!^^ Mo. What Rivers flow into the Mediterranean Sea? Eo Re Tr What River flows into the Adriatic Sea ? P ' ' What Riyers flow into the Black Sea ? De./pr., Bg Dr What Rivers flow into the Sea of Azof? D„ Kn What two Riyers flow into the Caspian Sea ? Va.,' Ul. 47 What PoninHula lies west of the Biltio q«n „r j »i /^ ,* nia? Sn. and Ny. ^ ^^^ ^^'^ *^'6 <5ulf of B'>ih' What Peninsula lies south of Norway ? Dk. What Peninsula lies southeast of Prsp^e^ ^- —■ • ^- What Peninsula lies south and west of "tie AdriaCsea? ly What Peninsula lies south of Turkey ? Oe What Peninsula lie. southwest of the Sea o*f Aiof ? Ca OEOOBAPHIOAL EXERCISES. 65 3 Gulf of B-)th' What What What What |Sn., Ny, What What What What What What What What What I Ed. What What What, grand division of the Earth lies east of Europe ? Aa. country lies east of the Ural Mountains ? Sa. is the largest division in Europe ? Ra. divisions lie west of the Baltic Sea and the Gulf of Bothnia! lies south of the Baltic Sea ? Pa. lies west of the Black Sea ? Ty. lies west of the Archipelago ? Ge. lies south and west of the Adriatic Sea ? ly. lies north and east of the Adriatic Sea ? Aa. division west of Italy lies north of the Mediterranean ? west of the Mediterranean Sea ? Sn. lie on the Black Sea? Ty,, Ra. seven lie on the North Sea? Ny., Dk., Pa., Hd., Bm., Fe. Sd., lie on the Baltic Sea? Sn., Dk., Ra., Pa. lie on the Atlantic Ocean? Ny., Sd., M., Fe., Sn., PI. lie on the Mediterranean Sea? Sn., Fe., ly., Ty., Ge. What is the capital of Sweden? Sm.— Of Russia? S.-Pg.— Of Denmark? Cn.— Of England? Ln.-Of Holland? He.--Of Bel- gium? Bs.— Of Prussia? Bn.— Of Saxony? Dn.— Of Bavaria? Mh.— Of Switzerland ? Be.— Of France ? Ps.— Of Spain ? Md. —Of Portugal? Ln.— Name the two capitals shown in Italy: Fe. and Re.— The capital of Austria? Va.— Of Turkey? Ce.—Of Greece? As. In what Latitude is Europe? N.-Le. — How do you know it is in North Latitude ? In what Longitude is it mostly ? E.-Le. — How do you know it is in East Longitude ? What parts of Europe are in West Longitude ? PL, Sn., Fe., Ed., Sd., Id.— Which is the most Northern country of Europe? Ny.— Which is the most Southern? Ge.— Which is the most Eastern? Ra -Which is the most Western ? Id. 48 MAP No. 28.— ASIA. What great division bounds Asia on the Northwest ? Ee. U/ ria^ #w»«An4 ^]a«*sa«j^'*% 1« -^ ii.. i"ii liTT^ a\a Zt sjix^ziTt t. 71 ^^o2Ci What great division lies on the Southwest? Aa. What Ocean bounds it on the North ? Ac. What Ocean bounds it on the South ? In. What Ocean bounds it on the East? Po. 66 !ii- GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. An. What Sea between Asia and Africa ? Rd. What Hea separates Hiixdoostan from Arabia ? What Sea lies west of Syria in Turkey ? Mn. What two Seas lie north of Turkey ? Ma. Bk. What Sea lies east of Kamtschatka ? Ka. ' What Sea lies west of Kamtschatka ? Ok. What Sea lies west of the Kurile Islands ? What Sea lies between Niphon and Corea ? What Sea lies west of Corea ? Yw. What Sea lies east of Cochin China ? Ca. Asia contains three interior Seas: which are they? Jo. Jn. Cn., Al., Dd. WJiat Mountains between Europe and Asia ? Ul., Cs. What Mountains bound Siberia on tho South ? L -Ai' G -Ai ^ What Mountains extend through Soongaria and part of Mongolia? What Mountains bound Thibet on the North ? Kn. ^^'hat Mountains bound Hindoostan on the North ? Ha Which is the highest of the Himalaya Mountains ? Et ' mifes'high.''''*^''' "' *^' ^'^^^'^ '"^ ^^' ^"^^^' ^^^ i« fi^« ^°d a half What Mountains in the southwestern part of Hindoostan ? Gt What Mountains in Turkey ? Ts. What Mountains in Persia ? Ez. What Mountains bound Turkestan on the South ? H.-Kh. What Mountains in China ? Pg., Ng. What three Gulfs in the northern part of Siberia ? Oe., Yi., La What Gulf between Beloochistan and Arabia? On. What iwo Gulfs on the west coast of Hindoostan ? *Ch., Cy What Gulf separates Hindoostan from Ceylon? Mr. What Gulf south of Pegu ? Mn. What Gulf between Siam and Cambodia ? Sm. What Gulf east of Anam ? Tn. What near the Yellow Sea ? Pe What Gulf north of Kamtschatka ? Ar. WUeh Wkich is the Whieh is the most northern Cape of Asia ? C.-Vi. most is tke most eaHtern Capw? S.-Ts. southern Cape? Ha. GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. 67 ? Cn., Al., Dd. oostan ? Gt. low Sea ? Po. Which are the most s. ithem Capes of Hindoostan and Pegu? |Cn., Ns. _-— 49 What three great Rivers flow into the Northern Ocean? Oe., Yi., La. What River flows into the Channel of Tartary ? Ar. What two large Rivers flow through China ? Ho., Yg. What River separates Cochin China from Cambodia ? Ca. What River flows into the Gulf of Martaban ? ly. What two Rivers flow into the Bay of Bengal ? Gs., Ba. What River in the western part of Hindoostan ? Is. What two Rivers unite and flow into the Persian Gulf? Es., Ts. What Rivers flow into the Caspian Sea ? Va. , Ul. What two Rivers flow into the Sea of Aral? Ao., Sn. What River flows through Little Bokhara ? Cr. What What What What What What What What What What Island west of Syria ? Cs. Island south of Hindoostan ? Cn. Islands in the Bay of Bengal? An., Nr. Island west of Malacca ? P.-Pg. Island south of China? Hn. Islands east of China? Fa., L.-Co. Islands form the Empire of Japan ? Jo., Nn., Se., Ku. Islands south of Kamtschatka ? Ke. range of Islands east of Kamtschatka ? Islands north of Siberia ? N.-Sa. An. Sr. What Strait separates Asia from North America ? Bg. What Strait between the Islands of Jesso and Niphon ? Wliat Strait between Corea and Japan ? Ca. What Strait between China and Formosa ? Fa. What Strait between Malacca and Sumatra? Ma. What Strait between Arabia and Africa ? Bb-Mb. What two great divisions a.e separated by this Strait? Aa., A^jt. What Peninsula lies between the Persian Gulf and the Red Sea? Aa. What Peninsula south of Siam ? Ma. What Peninsula between the Yellow Sea and the St a of Japan? Ca. What Peniniula between the Seas of Ochotak and Kamtschatka? Ka. 68 GFEOGRAPHIOAL .EXERCISES. What Isthmus between the Red Sea and the Mediterranean Sea ? 8t What two great divisions does it unite ? Aa., Aa. What Isthmus west of the Gulf of Siam? Kw. 50 What two Lakes are in the southern part of Siberia? Bh. BI What one in Soongaria ? Z.-Nr. ' The word Nor, in Central ar Middle Asia, means Lake. What Lake in Little Bokhara? L.-Nr. In Afghanistan ? Zh. What Lakes m China ? Tg., Pg. The Caspian, Aral, and Dead Seas, are Lakes, but are called S.>«, because their waters are salt. Lakes which ha;e no coLSmntatLn With the Ocean are generally salt. «uinmunicauon To'What Empire do the Northern parts of Asia belong ? Rn Wiiiit Empire in the middle and eastern parts of Asia ? Ce. Which great division in the south of Asia ? la. What omtry; north of the Altai Mountains ? Sa. What great division south of the Altai Mountains ? C.-Ee What division east of the Caspian Sea ? Tn. What country south of the Black Sea ? Ty. What country east of the Mediterranean Sea ? Sa. What country enst of the Red Sea ? Aa. What country south of the Caspian Sea ? Pa., What countries east of Persia ? An., Bn. What country between the Arabian Seii and the Bay of Bengal? Hn What countries east of the Bay of Bengal ? Bh., Sm. What division east of the Cambodia River ? Am' What countries in Anam ? Ca., C.-Ca., Tn., and part of Ls. What country north of Anam ? Ca Afghanistan includes two States : what are they ? Ht CI What Empire lies east of the Chinese Empire? Jn. What does India include ? Hn., Bh., Am., Srx, Ma. What are tbf Cnr>{fftlo nf n.« «♦„*-» ,^« m._ >. . . and Bokhara ' KairKa:; Bal-O^ Je", ' •'" tT' ^'t'^'.^^^^' State. Yen,™, i,ed,M aud OmanM;,' ^ -d, If'JLo? HeStrf Ma-Of Herat! Ht.-Of Cabulf Cl.-„, B^LiZtJ? ^^ GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. 69 rraneanSeaTSjL Thibet? La.- —Of China? -Of Bimah ? My.— Of Siam ? Bk.— Of Anam ? He. Pn.— OfCorea? Ko.— Of Japan? Yo. Through what country in Asia does the Arctic Circle pass ? Sa. Through what countries does the Tropic of Cancer pass? Aa., Hn., Bh., Ca. In what Zone is the northern part of Asia ? N.-Fd. In what Zone is tne central part of Asia ? N.-Te. In what Zone is the southern part of Asia ? Td. In what Latitude is Asia wholly ? N.-Le. How do you know it is in North L ititude ? 135. In what Longitude is Asia from Greenwich ? E.-Le. How do you know it is in East Longitude ? 161. 51 MAP No. 80.— AFRICA. What Sea bounds Africa on the North ? Mn. What Sea bounds it on the East ? Rd. What Ocean bounds it on the East ? In. What Ocean bounds it on the West ? Ac. What Strait separates Morocco from Spain ? Or. What Strait separates Abyssinia from Arabia ? Bb-Mb. What Gulf between Tripoli and Barca ? Sa. What Gulf between Berbera and Arabia ? An. What Gulf south of Upper Guinea ? Ga. What Bays on the so thern part of the west coast? G.-Fh., Wh., S.-Cz., S.-Ha. What Bay on the east coast south of Mozambique ? Da. What Channel between Madagascar and Mozambique ? Me. Bn. Which ip the most northern Cape of Africa ? Which ie the most southern Cape ? As. Which is the most eastern Cape ? Qi. Which is the most western Cape ? Vd. What celebrated Cape near the southern extremity of Africa ? G. -He. What two Capes on the desert coast ? Br., Bo. ^ What Cape at the southern extremity of Liberia ? Ps. What Capo at the northern extremity of Mozambique? Do. What two Oapes north of Cape Delgado? Bs., Oi. \ 70 GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISBfl. Which is the principal River in Africa ? Ne. gated from the earliest timp tf« ^^' ^'^^ ^^<>^° ^«d navi! certainty until the year 1864 ' ''' ""'' ''"' determined wit! I^to what Sea does the Nile empty ? Mn. What are Its three chief branches? St. Br -Ak Te ofMHll^i^'ll^X Kl^^*^ *"^ ^^^^^^^^ 0-— the we.t coa«t What River in Liberia ? S -Ps What River empties into the Gulf of Guinea? Nr. What Rxver between Loango and Congo? Co. . What River south of Benguela ? Ne • Whal t.Tr ^'?^^^^-- ^--^ary of Cape Colony ? Qe ^ Whatjxver flows xnto Mozambique Channel north of\elagoa What other River flows into the Mozambique Channel 9 zi Which are the two largest Rivers of Zanguebar ? R ' jf * What Rxvers flow into take Tchad? Yu! Sy. What Lake in Barbary ? JA. What three Lakes in Soudan? Do., Td., Fe. What Lake in Abyssinia ? Da Name the four Lakes in Ethiopia. Va.-Na., Ta.. La -Ne What Lakes in Southern Africa? Ni Ni Ba. 52 tnllf t! mTXv?'^"'^ ^" *^« ^^^-^- Ocean belong to Por- What group of Islands belo.,, to Spain? Cy ^ What^t^ree Islands in the Gulf of Guinea belong to Portugal? P., Which is the moat northern Island in the Gulf of Guinea? F Pn aZTeI: '''''''' '^^'"^ ^' '^^ ^^-tor belong to Great BrLin. ment -trui^roT^ap^^^^^^^^ of imprison- after a r«sid«"»- -^ „:_P ®°" Bonaparte. He died ther^ in iftoi taken to France; "" "" "^ '''*'"^' '" '^^^ ^^^"^ ^**^«' ^^^ remains were il ::'i; What great Archipelago in the Indian Ocean ? En. GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. 71 hout receiving the known and navi- determined with ., Te. on the we«t coaut h. for 20 centuries, jars since. > Colony ? Oe. srth of Delagoa B of imprison- here in 1821. remains were What are its principal Islands and groups ? Mr., Co., Se., Ae., Ma. Which are the Mascarenha Islands? Bn., Mi. The latter is often called the Isle of Franc What Islands belong to Great Britain? Ma., Se., Ae.^ What Island belongs to France ? Bn. What three Islands east of Zanguebar? Pa., Zr., Ma. What Islands between Madagascar and Mozambique ? Co. What Islands east of Cape Guardafui? Sa., A.-Ca. To what power does Socotra belong ? Zr. What Mountains extend through Barbary ? As. What is the highest Peak of the Atlas Mountains ? Mn. What Mountains between Soudan and Upper Guinsa ? Kg. What Mountains between Ethiopia and Lower Guinea ? CI. What Mountains in Cape Colony ? Sw. What Mountains on the eastern boundary of Ethiopia? Ka., Ko. These mountains were recently discovered by missionaries travel- ling in this part of Africa. Their height is about 20,000 feet. To what range of Mountains do Kenia and Kilimanjaro belong? Mn. What Mountains in Madagascar ? Ra., Rd. What What What What What What What L.-Ga. What Zr. What What What Ns., Hs. What great division occupies the northern part of Africa ? By. States does Barbary include? Mo., Aa., Ts., Ti., B.-Jd. great division lies south of Barbary? G.-Dt. great divisions lie south of the Great Desert? Sn., Sa. great divisions lie south of Soudan ? U. -Ga. , L. -Ga. , Ea. great division lies west of Soudan ? Sa. great division on the west coast on both sides of the Equator? great division on the east coast on both sides of the Equator? desert north of Soudan? G.-Dt. colony occupies the southern extremity of Africa? C.-Cy. nations inhabit the country north of Cape Colony,? Ds., nation east of the Kalihari Desert ? Bs. What countries lie on the Red Sea? Et., Na., Aa. In what country are the mouths of the river Nile ? Et. What is the laud between the outlets of the river Nile called? Da. 72 GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. What is signified by the word Delta? the outlets of rivers «rA BoU m, .t- ® <*^'^^"cts embraced by .pol», called Oases, i^f of whTrt !,!; VhrbuJ " '"""'"' °' '"'"^ Whioh are the five princ.pal Oases ? Fn., H., Ar., Bh., Ty ^ TW are four other Oases: .hich are they? Aa., 8h., E.-DI., Wh»t_ is the western part of the Great Desert called ? D -Ct What Desert between the river Nile and the Red Sea ! Nn ' What Desert west of the Bechuaaas ? Ki »•"■>. — .OfN„Kio% ir ^^i T, li.—Of Fezzan? Mk.—Of Effvct? Tn Of Dahomey' Tr^ZV^'^^f J"'^ AshantfeT Ce II Timbuetoo? Tn^'77f T. I ™;- Ma.-Of Kaarta? Ko.-Of 5orn^T?°°ka.Z^Vle g„"„r*;r Oflb-^' ^'T"' «°'-^' S.-Sr._Of Aneola » S -P ' r » 7^ n '**'y=!"'."' I O""— Of Congo ? .a.M,uer M^^doft^^^rn??'^^^":!:^™"^^ G.-m: Er'*' °' ^'"°» »" «'°»-»' "^ '"» T-Pi« of CanfrT What parts by the Equator ? L.-Qa., Ea., Zr What parts by the Tropic of Capricorn? T.-Rc, Me.. Mr in What Zone is the greater part of Africa ' Td lu what Zone is that part of it north of the Tropic of Cancer ? N -Te g In^what Zone .s that part of it south of the Tropic of Capricorn? Situated ? N.-Lei l^atitude, then, is the largest part Africa comprises more than 60 deerPflq nf Po«* t -j. , about 18 degrees of West Longitude TnwW ^^^*' .}^'>^Sitnde, and principally? E.-Le. ^^ what Longitude, then, is it 54 MAP No. 38.— OCEANICA. Whioh are the three grand divisions of Oceauioa? M»., A ., Pa, f Africa? G.-Dt. ic of Cancer? GEOGRAPHICAL EXERCISES. Wiich is the largest division of Oceanica ? Pa. Which i^the smallest division of Oceanica? Ma. 73 inlTa^tf l%t,T''"^'^^ '^'^'^ ^-« '^^ Equator pass What Island lies southeast of Sumatra ? Ja. What five Islands east of Java? By., Sa., Ja., Fs., Tr. What Islands east of Celebes ? Se. What Islands east of the China Sea ? Pe. Whicharethethreelargest of the Philippine Islands? Ln.,Mo.,Pn. What Strait separates Sumatra from Malacca ? Ma. What Strait separates Sumatra from Java? Sa. American vessels generally pass through the Strait of Sunda in going to or returning from China. What Strait between Borneo and Celebes ? Mr. •- What Islands between Borneo and Mindanao ? So. What Mountain in Sumatra directly under the Eonator ? Or. What Continent in Australasia ? Aa. Its divisions? N.-Aa., W.-Aa., S.-Aa., Qd., N.-S.-W., and Va. What Colonies on the east coast of Australia? Va., N.-S.-W., Qd. ^hat Colony on the west coast ? W.-Aa. What Colonies on the south coast ? W.-Aa., S.-Aa. Va. What Island south of Australia ? Ta. What Strait separates Australia from Tasmania ? Bs. What Strait separates Australia from Papua or New Guinea? Ts. What Gulf north of Australia? Ca. Gulf south? Ss. Which is the principal River? My. Largest Lake? Ts. Which are the principal Mountains in Australia ? Be. Which is its largest City ? Me. What What Bn,, Le, What What -r ilUL What Zealand What large Island north of Australia? Pa. or N. -Ga. Islands northeast of Australia ? S.-Ao., N.-Ga., N.-Id., N.- Islands east of Australia ? N.-Hs., N.-Ca., Nk., N.-Zd. Sea between Australia and New Hebrides ? CI. Strait between the two largest Islands of New Zealand? Ck. Strait between the middle and southjernmost Island of N^w ' Fx. Bays in the northern part of Xew Zealand ? Is., py. 74 GEOGRAPHICAL EXER0I8E8. - 65 ^^Through which Archipelago of Polynesia does the Equator pass? «n!Iw?fif®i^® principal Archipelagoes and Islands of Polynesia north of the Equator ? Mn., An., Ce., Le., Sh., Aa fro?GrettL'h Wi" °" '"' '''^^ "^"'^^^ '' ^°"«^*"^« -«^ «ritll[?i w.tff *^* principal Islands east of the 160th meridian of Lon- e^: A\:Pn.:pT, Gr:"i^^.;j^-r'' ^^ *^^ ^^-^- ^ ^^^ ^-^ Which are the principal Islands that lie west of the 160th meridian Fy^^Ffrnt "S! Kr ^'^^^^^^^' ^^^ «°^^^ «f tl^« Equator Nr! What is the most northern Island of Polynesia? Mh. Whifch are the most southern Isles of Polynesia ? Kc. Which is the most eastern Island of Polynesia ? Er. * Which are the most western Islands of Polynesia? S.-As. *!, ^Smf °^^ important group of Islands belonging to Polynesia is or, the 20th parallel of North Latitude. Which is it ? g^ '^ °^ Which is the principal of the Sandwich Islands ? Hi. (Map 84 ) What high Mountain is on the Island of Hawaii ? M -K What distinguished personage was killed here in the year 1779? What Tropic crosses the northern part of Oceanica ? Cr. What Tropic crosses the southern part ? Cn. What great Circle crosses the central or middle part ? Er In what Zone is the northern part of Oceanica? N.-Te. In what Zone is the middle part ? Td. In what Zone is the southern part? S.-Te. Ladtude!'* <'oniprises 60 degrees of South Latitude, and 40 of North In what Latitude is it principally ' Sh gitS„°^reCic\*""' '' •"'^''^ °''^«»' -"■ ^2 of W,,t Lon. In what Longitude ia it principally ? Et. DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 76 e Equator pass ? ids of Polynesia Longitude west leridian of Lon- tor? Sy., Gn., 160th meridian Equator? Nr., PART SECOND. DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. The Earth. id 40 of North 56 1. The Earth is a yast globe or spherical body, similar in shape to a ball. Its surface contains about 200 millions of square miles, of which one-fourth, or 50 millions, is land; the remainder is covered with water. 2, Many ignorant people suppose the earth to be a flat body, bounded on all sides by the sea and sky. More attentive observers have ascertained that it is a globe or sphere, similar in form to a ball or apple. 1 . What IS the earth ? What does its surface contain ? How much 13 land ? How much is water ? 2. What do many ignorant people suppose the earth to be? What of more attentive observers? 5»ra- 76 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. the s„„ and ?hc Corthe'cSalh "/'"' Vr'''S ''^"'«'=° thereby thrown on the moon! "" "*''"= <'""' """"S thrown from it on tiU moon would a?L. T"^ "">'"' "■» """low appearance of an „™l, of a sZiehf w T" "' °"""' ?"«<"" 'he ferenurom that whioL it has al"^^ & L^t: e^hlf ^-^ '^''■ fort. tlSntnTh'aVnS' T*; "^ "^ «'»^">- port, Philadelphia forLtufo^ ?„f °-f-' ''^ '""""^ ""y 'lo- west from it a« the fonn^f the d?ff ''""'^' "' """^^ "i' «' -it, may go round thelrM and retrn t llf'"?""^ ^'' ^'- -u a d.rection opposite- to that f^^':2i' ^t^J'^^ '^^ «^s!-alr;ii-rr^r,4»:jiin»»„;^.c^^^^^^^^ three hundred year/a^.o. Jt. was fori f^f- ''^'''^^^^^^ more than undertaking, but it has been ofTat^ yeirs L'^^;, considered a great It i« now thought an enterprise oTliCZ^^rilLll ^'''''^^' ^^^ - 57 preaches, the Wcr^ p 1 teTet " /'^^^^ '' «^^ ^P- bod, of the vessel, J.es^ dttinTv i„ otvJ"\^\V""' t^ wer. not spherical, the hull would helVZ\It Z "^' •ar^h trr hf ;?o:re?.:'ti,nit-,vr'^ ^^-^^-^ ^-^-^ ^^^ him; when he roache. the Equator it L'''' V^ ^^^"^^^'^ o^er after ho has passed (he Emf; "r 'he Ln T'" ^'f'*'^ overhead; northward, and will seem farther a^^fWH '^"!u *" '^PP^"^ ^^ ar8? Ilnw many die every year? How lo^^b'''^^'^ ^""^^ ^^^ many evQij hourT Ho«r many evory minutef 1^. How long ban the world been created? How many generation* ft • t 78 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. W ''^''^ ^^^ generations of men have existed since that nAffJ"" *^^ ^"^^ ?^^' ''^ *^^ ^^"^^' however, the duration of ife was greater than at present: therefore, it is probable 58 U. The world comprises six grand divisions, viz • NortI, World, but usually the Western Continent. . 16. Europe is the smallest of the .i errand divisions hm populous grand division of the earth. Isthmn^nf'^ '' "" g/?at peninsula, united to Asia by the Isthmus of Suez. It is the least known of any of the Land divisions of the earth. ^ ^^'^°^ Continents "" ''^'' ^^' ^''^^''•" ^"^^ ^ K.f^* ?^ !?"" population of the earth, about 500 millions belong to the European or Caucasian raec, 450 milHons Jo ^le Asiatic or Mongolian race, 51 nnllions o the A fr can or to the American race. "^amutr (Is situ- Wcstcrn of thirty-three years each havo existfl.H 1Q wi ., . tion of life groafor fhnn at vrJZnn Tl \v] \ ^'^^n.^as the dura- com,,r„„f ao. Of .h„ p„p„,„,i„„ „f ,„„ „„;;,i.™l'r„:l;:r; »';';■"!•.■' Am^rSr" '*""' ",o A.,atior The African F TiioMila;?'!.^: I ed since that the duration it is probable have existed viz.: North ad Oceanica; , Kingdoms, )arated from 3d the New ivisions, but of the most id comprises ' IS the most ^sia by the f the grand slands situ- ihI Western 00 milh'ons millions to African or remainder IS the dura- world com- ot Europe? iM Ocoaniiji .. K«l 1- alayf Tbo AMERICA. AMERICA. 70 ■«s,-f= Lauding of Columbua. 59 1. America is an extensive continent, forming the grand divisions of North America and South America. It contains about three-t^enths of the land on the surface of tJie earth, and is washed on all sides by vast oceans. 2. Its climate is various, embracing that of the torrid, the temperate^ and the north frigid zones. It is colder, generally, than in corresponding latitudes of the old world. 3. This continent is remarkable for the variety and rich- ness of its vegetable productions, the number of its mines of gola, silver, and precious stones, and the freedom of its political institutions, 4. The inhabitants number about 74 millions, of whom 60 millions are whites. 7 millions Indians, 7 millions negrocd, and 10 millions of the mixed races. 5. The whites arc cinefly English in the North, and Spaniards in tlu' houth, with some Tronch, Portuguese, Germai.s, Dutch, &o. Th« n( groes arc Africans and their deacondants. 6. The aboriginal population consists of two distinct races : the p ^,'"'''"'<^,'^- rth Auierican JuiliiiriB. 61 1. North America k tlie northern grand division of the Western Continent. Jt extends from the Arctic Ocean to the Isthiiiiw of Panan>a, a distance of 5000 miles, and is from 2600 to 3200 miles in breadth. Area, 8,043,000 square miles. 2. The Rivera, l^kes, Plains, and Mountains of North America are all on a grand scale, and among the most re- markable in the world. 8. The Mississippi, with itn largest branch, the Missouri, surpasses in longUi any river of the Eastern Continent. Lake Superior is the largeat body of fresh water known. It forms, with the great lakes connected with it, a vast interior se*, affording a nearly continuous navigation for hundreds of miles. 4. The precious and useful metals and minerals arc found in groat abundance. The gold deposits on the mountains »nd in the valleys of the far west are the richest in the world. Gold, silver, copper, and tin are found in Mexico; and gold, North America. Q.~1. What of North America ? What is its ex- tout? Area? 2. What of the rivers, &o. ? 3. What is said of the «<. What Hpwumf or n»i«uc aDouir.i ; tti:..- ;r =„;--. ^-^ -tr^- wild turkey, &c. ? 7. What other birds are mentioned ? 8. Of the 84 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. The rattlesnake i. peculiar to the Npw W ''5?^.^ • ^ '^' Carolinas. the deadly venom of Us bite? '^'^'^' '^ '' remarkable for TheIntnl"arnsuanv^Tl?'"\r^*^^ °"S^^^^ inhabitants, copper-color with hih ch;Ih'^^*' ^''^ f '*^' ^" ^^^°^' of » dark thrEsquima«rare short and ;^r ^"/ i°"^ '^'^^^^ ^l^«k hair; complexion, ke Ltter Le ifv.l '^^\^ of a dirty reddish-yello^ appear to be more social „n.l ^ ^ ^?-'* ^^^^""^"^ ^" disposition ; they usually are ^""^ domestic in their habits than savages the\n^:^S! tLtaTlLS 1X^x7 ^'^ ^^^"^"^ ^^ S-oVrat titar?oL?r1 -^n^^^^' ^^^ --^^'-i" the great lakes ' '^"'P"^'"^ ^^^ principal regions north of OBSERVATIONS OF THE ftUESTIONS. Ame^^ca, south bAePaS. Ocean „t7''° 0-». east by Brhis'l^ and bring Strait. ^'"'' ""'' ""'«' ">? 'le Pacific Ocea^ «re"n, 'ri'rir?u*;r^^'nci!S^L°;n'™t':ln' -^' -™«e, .ho, nected: thus, Baffin Bav i, hn^nZ. . !!' ™''"'' they are coi;- 'tr'r ""■^-"^^^^^'"'-'"'^^^^^^^^^^^ "^" "^ Oceit S;' r.!'S r„n'r„^:"?f' S'-''^«eP-ate, and what Canada and the DnitTs^i? ;.?nd°°fl'„S';'n:oTh?stt'°' '" n^"" Stqfft wiio,.^ T> • > ""*^ ^"0 '"c fet. Lawrence River «n?:t7trer^s ™"rtn7,h *"ri' ^° """^ -"»'"•- "-y belonl part of British Amer ca it Im. Ih \ "^"^ l""^'" '" "' 'he soulheri^ Gulf of St. Lawrence „n tL Sorth In^ '.' Z"^ ?" ""' """• ""' east. ""' """". and 'Iw Atlantic Oooan on the State Where Islands_^^r^^itn^Ued^nJ_^ir direction fro^u th, tetLid-o7'lLTn'd^ans%''"'r'.l'"'p'''"""'' "' "■" «™"-J" *— v« -_^ciica poiiwuaiiy divided / ^ ** ' in TI I NORTH AMERICA. 85 nearest Continent or from other islands : thus, Cuba is in the West Indies; it lies south of the United States, east of Mexico, and north of Jamaica. State where Mountains are situated, in what direction they extend and what countries they separate or pass through : thus, The Rocky Mountains are in the western part of North America ; they extend through British America, the United States, and Mexico. In the latter country they are called the Sierra Madre. State where Rivers rise, in what direction they flow, and where they empty : thus. The Mississippi rises in Lake Itasca, flows south- ward through the United States, and empties into the Gulf of Mexico. Mention also the branches which "orm main streams : thus The Alleghany and Monongahela form the Ohio ; the Mattapony, in Vir- ginia, is formed of the Mat, the Ta, the Po, and the i^y Rivers. USE OF THE SCALES. By means of the Scales of Miles, which will be found on nearly all the Maps, the learner may measure the length and breadth of Continents, Seas, Gulfs, &c. Thus, for example, take with a pair of compasses, or a slip of paper, the length of the Scale of Miles of Map No. 4, and measure with it from Smith Strait to the southern extremity of North America ; it will be found to extend nearly five times the length of the scale, or about 4800 miles. On north latitude 40 degrees, the breadth of the Continent is 2600 miles ; on latitude 52 degrees, 3000 miles; and from Nova Scotia to Porto Rico the distance is 1800 miles. These exercises will give variety to the studies, and impress on the mind of the pupil the length and breadth of countries, and their distances from each other, in a more simple manner than could be done by any other method. By studying the Explanation on the Maps, the learner will under- stand how the capitals of countries, the population of cities and towns, and the lengths of rivers, are represented. _ 62 Map No. 4. — How is Alaska Territory bounded? British America bounded? Capital? United States bounded? Capital? Mexico bounded? Capital? Central America bounded ? Balize bounded "^ Capital? How is North America bounded ? Where is Coronation Gulf? G. of Boothia? Welcome G. ? G. of St. Lawrence? G. of Mexico? G. of Teliuantepec ? G. of California? G. of Georgia? What is a Gulf or Bay? 24, page 10. Where is Bristol Bay ? Baffin B. ? Hudson B. ? Musquito B. ? Ungava B. ? James's B. ? B. of Fundy ? Delaware B. ? Chesapeake IK f Trnm-nn "0 9 T» «4^ rt.,..., — --!, „ ') Tt _i' TT 1 a T> - i> /^ niaia {yaiv-te-mah'lah or gwah-tay-mah'lah) ' San Francisco B. ? 86 DESORI->TIVE GEOGRAPHY. Where is Norton Sound? Prince WUliam S. ? Melville S. ? Lan- caster S. ? DavyS.? Jones S. ? Albemarle S. ? What is a Sound ? 26, page 10. vJ^^T 'I ^^ L'""^ ^^'TF^ ^^^'"*^ ^^^^« S- ? Cumberland . . ? Frobisher S. ? Hudson S. ? S. of Belleisle {bel-ile') ? Gut or S. of S.T'^'fox ChanneT?* ^""^ ^'^^^ '^ ^^^ving S. ? Vhere is Smith What is a Strait ? 25, page 10. Wi!LY« T f''®^* Bear Lake? Great Slave L. ? Athabasca L. ? Winnipeg L. ? L Superior? L.Huron? L.Michigan? L. Brie? L. Ontario ? L.Chapala(c/%aA-j,aA7aA)? Great Salt Lake ? L.Nica- ragua {Mk-ah-rah'gwah) ? . What is a Lake ? 29, page 10. Where is the Peninsula of Alaska? Greenland? Nova Scotia? Florida? Yucatan? Old California ? Boothia? What is a Peninsula ? 64, page 14. Where is Cape Prince of Wales? C.Bathurst? C. Brewster V C Farewell? C. St. Lewis? C. Race? C. Sable? N. S C Codi^ C.Hatteras?C. Sable? Fa. C. St. Antonio? C. Gradas a Dios igrah'se-as ah de'ocey. C.Gorda? C.St. Lucas? C. Morro Hermoso ' C. Mendocino Point De Witt Clinton? Point Barrow? Capes are frequently called Points. ^ What is a Cape or Point ? 57, page 14. mfYi'f ? '^ 9^ n"'''''^?Jl (r""*-"'-^"^^') Island ? Kodiak Island ? Sitka Island? Queen Charlotte Island ? Vancouver Island ? North Georgian Islands ? Southampton Island ? Disco Island ? New- foundland I AnticostiL? Prince Edward L ? Cape Breton 7^ Bermudas Islands? Bahama Islands? The West Indies? Cuba^ Hayti? Jamaica? Porto Rico? The last four are called the Great Antilles Where are the Caribbee Islands? Where is CurtTcoa' Margarita? Buen Ayre (6r^m eVay) ? Oruba? Tortuga? Orchilla' The last six are called the Lesser Antilles. ^ v/n.uuia . What are Islands ? 56, page 14. 63 ifajpJVo 4.— Where are the Rocky Mountains? and what is their length? Where is the Sierra Nevada? The Beaver Mts ? Alle- ghany Mountains ? and their length ? The Sierra Madre ? Where isMountSt.Ehas? Mt. Brown? Mt. Hooker ? What is i he height ofMt.StElias? Of Mt. Brown? Of Mt. Hooker? Wh^re is7rt mont s Peak ? Long's Peak ? Pike's P. ? Popocatepetl (po-po-kah^ tay-pefV) ? The Water Volcano? The last two are Volcanoes. What is a voioanor oz, p. 16. I NEW TERRITORY OP THE UNITED STATES. 87 Whore is Mackenzie River ? Kwichpak ? Great Fish ? Churchill ? Nelso ? St. Lawrence? Simpson? Frazer? Columbia? Colorado? Rio Grande? Mississippi? What is a River ? 34, page 11. What stream dc you observe extending along the coast of thb United States from Florida to the Grand Bank of Newfoundland? Gi Sm. This is a remarkable current in the Atlantic Ocean, which flows in its narrowest part at the rate of 5 miles an hour, lessening in rupidity as it widens and flows north. The water is warmer in the Gulf Stream than in the ac^acent parts of the ocean, and is of a dilFerent color. Where is IF( lington Land? Grinnell Land? The Open Polar Sea? These were discovered by Dr. Kane, in 1 854, in his Arctic voyage in search of Sir John Franklin. Sir John sailed from England, in 1845, in command of an expedition to find a "northwest passage," but never returned. Several expeditions afterwards left England, as well as those of Lieutenant De Haven, Dr. Kane, and Dr. Hayes, from the United States, t scertain his fate, but without success, until in 1859, when Capt. McClintock, of the Royal Navy, in the yacht Fox, discovered the remains of the expedition in the north- eastern part of King William Island. It was found by the records that Sir John died on board his ship, June 11, 1847. A northwest passage has been often attempted within the last 250 years. The object was to sail from Europe to China and India west- ward along the Arctic shores of America. It T<'^as at length accom- plished, in 1852, by Captain McClure; but, owing to the severity of the passage, and the impediments from ice, it will be of no practical utility. 64 ALASKA TERRITORY. 1. Alaska, formerly Russian America, now a Territory of the Uuited States, comprises the most north-western part of the Continent, and is separated from Asia by Behring Strait, and from Brit'sh America principally by the 141st degree of west longitude. 2. It is a cold, dreary, and almost unknown region, inhabited chiefly by Indians and Esquimaux. The coast is rocky and elevated, and in many places rises into mountainous peaks. Of these the most remarkable is Mount St. Elias, an ext* net volcano. 3. Trading factories are established along the coast, the principal of which is New Archangel, on Sitka I. Here the traders barter fire-arn^^, beads, tobacco, and other articles, with the natives, for furs. Alaska, the new Territory of the United States. Q. — 1. What of 2. Of the inhabitants? Of the coast? Remarka- ble peak? 8. What along the coast? How do they trade with IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) /. h ms'.i' 10 ■- I.I " lis III 2:0 1^ 1-25 III 1.4 1.8 1.6 o^. m w Photographic Sciences Corpomtion n WIST MAIN STREST WCBSTER.N.Y 14S80 (716) 3-<"i<4S03 # ^ V .^\^^ Moantains in the eoutheast? S E° P, T { A*— '^''»' *"» Archangel , 8..-What Eive, flow:inlVo?t''„:s"„'Jd'r Kt ""'^ - 65 DANISH AMERICA. ore cold, barren regioL ( Jrl„? f •"' "* """'"' '""""lo. ""^ v.rt„a t„ Chri«iani„ ,, the ^^i.. ^^^:if:^!Xi:^ :;£ How are they divided? ^^ ^'''''^ ^^^^^ ^o they contain? Danish Amrrica. Q J What. H n • What is said of Greenland and Iceland'^' oTn ^"^«^'«a comprise? people do the native inhfth. Rh ??1 wI'TT^**^ territory on the east coast ? Lr.~On the west ? Bh -Ca.-What large Bay in New Britain ? Hn—Between New UruT ^""a ^r^'l^''^ ^ Bn.-Name the four largest lakesTn Sew Po Tr Sea? m/" ^:««-' ^a. Wg.--What large ri?er flows into tl^ j-oJar bea ? Me. --What river flows into Lake Wiunipeir ? Sn — Wh J river connects Lake Winnipeg with Hudson Bay?^ Nn~Wha I:^P S^? uVi f •■ , :^' B.-Aa.— Country south? U.-S.— Ocean west of British Columbia ? Pc- What mointains east ? Ry "°®*'' ^®'^ 68 ONTARIO.* 1. Ontario, a province in the Dominion of Canada, ex- tends from Ottawa Kirer to Lake Superior. The climate is generally l^ealthy. The summers are more moderate and the winters shorter and less rigorous than in Quebec. Indi J^;,nrn"J"^^! ^^^^Y parts yields abundant crops of oats, wheat, Indian corn, flax, &o. , Large quantities of maple sugar are made 8. The most important canals in British America are in Ontario- eXdYf '^" ^ ;^^'^\*^."*^ '^' ^^^"♦^'^d Canals. The Rideau C^iai Take ErilTIt W T n 7' •*" ^l"«^*°" ' ^^« ^^^'^'^^ Canal uni?es ct'lderTbll burdet' ^'^"""- "^^^^ ^'"'^ ™^^ ^'^^ --«^« <>' 4. On the Niagara River, which flows from Lake Erie into Lake Ontario, are the Falls of Niagara, 166 feet high. This IS one of the most magnificent of Nature's works. It o^n^llf^*; '" ^"^""^' V^'^ ^'^P^^"^ °f *^« Dominion of Canada. Kivn? V o -f "" "PP"''' f V^ "" ^°^^'" ^«^'»' '^"^ i« Situated on Ottawa foTSm • . K-t "'/^t^* Montreal. It is a thriving town of about ierere"cteS\?ere!' ^''^«'^^«««"^ Parliament-buildings have recently 6. Toronto, the capital of Ontario, is pleasantly situated on a bay of the same name on the noith shore of Lake Ontario; it is regularly laid out, and has a number of handsome buildings. 7. Kingston, at the lower end of Lake Ontario, has a good harbor and considerable commerce ; it is at the southern extremity of the Ontario. Q.—l. What, is said of the extent of Ontario? What IS said of the climate ? 2. The soil ? What does it yield? 8. What IS said of canals? 4. Of Niagara Fulls? 6. Of Ottawa? 6 Of * Upper and Lower Canada long formed separate provinces, but were united in the year 1841, under the namos of Canada W-^st and Canada Sffn. f°,|^8^'(^"^««« P«>v'nces united with Now Brunswick and Nova bcotia, a. the Dominion of Canada: Canada West waP th«.. named On- tario, ami Canail . Ea*it Quebec. "»uioa wu QUEBEC. 98 •v'\>j-v.'n. t fBSatf^V Falls of Niagara. Rideau Canal, and is strongly fortified. Naval and military esta- bliahments of the government are located here. 8. Haniilton, at the upper end of Lake Ontario, is one of the most flourishing towns in Canada. London, on the Thames {tvmz) River, Qoderich, on the east shore of Lake Huron, and Niagara, at the mouth of the Niagara River, are flourishing towns. — See Map 11. Map No. 5. — What lakes separate Ontario from the United States? Oo., Ee., Hn., Sr. — What river, in part, from New York? S.-Le. — What river from Quebec ? Oa. — What is the eastern part of Lake Huron called? On.-B. — What isles in the north part of Lake Huron? Me. — These are supposed by the Indians to be inhabited by the Great Spirit. — On Map No. 10, state what battles were fought in 1814, near the Falls of Niagara. F.-£e., Ca. 69 QUEBEC. 1. Quebec, a province in the Dominion of Canada, lies northeast of Ontario, and extends on both sides of St. Law- rence River, from its mouth to 45° north latitude. The northern part is rugged, cold, and sterile j the southern part is fertile, well watered, a^d more moderate in temperature. All sections have, however, the climate of Sweden, though the latitude is that of France. 2. More than three-fourths of the inhabitants are of French Toronto? 7. Of Kingsf^n? 8. What is said of Hamilton ? Of Lon- don ? Of Goderioh ? Of Niagara ? Qmbte. ^. — 1. Where is Quebec? 2. What is said of 7 94 BESORIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. ! 1 i rSll*^^Vi?''^ the French language, and are principally Catholics. The remainder are mostly natives of Great Britain or their descendants. ' 3. The native French Cana- dians are csilled habitans. They are gay in disposition, courteous and polite in manners, and strongly attached to their religion and native country. 4. Quebec produces wheat, In- dian corn, and other grains com- mon to the northern parts of the United States. The exports are timber, grain, flour, furs, pot and Canadian Habitans. peail asheS, &C. City of Quebec. 5. The city of Quebec is the capital of the province, and is situated partly on a plain along the river St. Lawrence, and partly on a steep perpendicular rock, 350 feet high. These divisions are called re- spectively the upper and lower towns. It is very strongly fortified. 6. Montreal (mon-tre-ator) is on Montreal Island, in the St. Law- rence River, 180 miles above Quebec. It is the largest town in British America, and has an extensive trade with the United States It is connected with Quebec, New York, Boston, and Chicago by railroads. 7. The town of Three Rivers is on the north bank of the St. Law- rence River. William Henry, fit the mouth of the Sorel River Richmpnd on the St. Francis, and St. Thomas on the St. Lawrence' p^ro thriving towns. ' ill tlie inhabitants? 8. What is said of the French Canadians? 4 Produce? Exports? 6 What of the Capital? 6. Describe th^ position of Montreal. What further of it? With what cities is it connected ? 7. Nnme other towns. NEW BRUNSWICK. 9& Map No. 5. — What lies west of the province of Quebec ? Oo. — What States lie south ? N.-Yk., Vt., N.-H., Me. — What State lies east? Me. — What river separates Ontario and Quebec? Oa. — The principal river of Canada ? S.-Le. — From what lake does Saguenay River flow ? St.-Jn, — What river unites Lakes Champlain and St. Peter? SI. — What four lakes in Quebec? St.-Jn., St.-Pr., Ka., Gd.— What rivers flow into the St. Lawrence? Sy., S.-M., Oa., SI., S.-F., Ce. 70 NEW BRUNSWICK. 1. New Brunswick, a province in the Dominion of Canada, is situated east of the State of Maine, and north'^est of Nova Scotia. 2. New Brunswick contains extensive forests; and but a small portion is partially cleared. The soil is generally good, especially along the banks of the river St. John and other streams. 3. Many of the inhabitants are employed in the fisheries, which are a source of wealth; lumber and the produce of the fisheries are the chief articles of export. Ship-building is carried on to a considerable extent. 4. The Bay of Fundy, which separates this province from Nova Scotia, is remarkable for the great and rapid rise of its tides, which at the head of the bay often attain the height of 70 feet. 5. Fredericton, the capital, is situated on St. John Jliver, 84 miles from its mouth. It is built chiefly of wood, and contains the govern- ment offices, several churches, and a college. 6. St. John is the largest city in New Brunswick, and has an extensive commerce. St. Andrew's, at the head of Passamaquoddy Bay, and Campobello, on the island of the same name, are the next in extent of trade and population. Chatham and New Castle are small towns on Miramichi {mir-r&-me-she') River. • Map No. 6. — ^Which is the chief river in New Brunswick? S.-Jn. —What island lies near it? P.-Ed.— Gulf east? S.-Le.— Two bays northeast? Cs., Mi. — Bay on the south? Fy. — Peninsula southeast? N.-Sa. — On what river is the city of St. John? S.-Jn. — St. Andrew's? S.-Cx. — Fredorioton? S.-Jn. — What strait separates Prince Edward Island from New Brunswick ? Nd. New Brumwick. Q. — 1. How is New Brunswick situated? la what is it included ? 2. What is said of the forests ? Soil ? 3. Chief articles of export ? Ship-building ? 4. The Bay of Fundy ? 6. ThecaDital? 6. St. John? St. Andrew's? C&mtiohello .frn. 96 II. ■ II DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 71 NOVA SCOTIA. 1. Nova Scotia, a province in the Dominion of Canada hes southeast of New Brunswick. It was captured from the i^rench in 1710, and ceded to Great Britain in 1713. 2. It is a peninsula, 280 miles long, and from 50 to 100 broad. On the coast the soil is poor, but in the interior and northern parts it is moderately productive. 3. Wheat and other grains, and potatoes, are produced Coal and gypsum, or plaster of Paris, are found in vast quantities: these' with fish and grindstones, are largely exported; cop^per, iron, and other minerals abound ; gold is found in small quantities. 4. Halifax, on the southern coast, is the capital. It has one of Uie finest harbors in the world, and contains the most extensive dock-yard m British America. Lunenburg, Liverpool, Yarmouth, and Pictou are all places of some trade; from the latter coal is shipped to the United States. 5. Cape Breton Island.— Cape Breton (brift'nY an island, IS separated from Nova Scotia by the Gut or Strait of Canso; it is about 110 miles in length, and from 30 to 80 in breadth, and is divided into two nearly equal portions bv an arm of the sea called the Bras d'Or {hrah-dm-e'). .H^' ?"\^ little attention is given to agriculture; the cod-fisherv attracts the chief industry of the people. This island was, in 1820 pohtically attached to Nova Scotia. ' 7. Louisburg, which the French carefully fortified, was once a place of great importance, but is now entirely deserted. Sydney is the chief town In its vicinity are several valuable coal-mines. Anchat {ah-re-akaht'), on Isle Madam, is the largest town ^^ %£\ ^r^^^* Province lies northwest of Nova Scotia ? K- Bk.--What islands he east and northeast? Se., C.-Bn.— What island north? P -Ed.— What separates Nova Scotia and Cape Breton? G. -Co.— What Ocean on the southeast? Ac— What bay on the northwest ? Fy.— What Bank south of Cape Breton ? S -Id -Bk iVowa Scotia. Q.~\. Where is Nova Scotia? What is said of it? When ceded to Great Britain? 2. What is it? What is said of the soil? 3. Productions? Coal, &c.? Minerals? 4. The camtal and other towns? 5. What of Cape Breton? How is it divided? 6. What is said of its agriculture, &c. ? What occurred in 1820, &c. ? 7. What is said of Louisburg, Sydney, &c. ? NEWFOUNDLAND. m 72 r, iron, and 1. Prince Edward Island. — Prince Edward lies north #f Nova Scotia, in the Gulf of St. Lawrence, nearly parallel with the coasts of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick. 2. The soil is good and well adapted to agriculture, which is in a more improved state than in any of the neighboring colonies. Char- lotte Town, the capital, is situated at the head of a fine navigable bay. NEWFOUNDLAND. 3. Newfoundland is a large island, at the mouth of the Gulf of 'St. Lawrence, and is the most eastern part of British America. The soil is mostly barren, and the timber scanty and of small size. Labrador, on the mairland, is politically attached to Newfoundland. 4. The Newfoundland cod-fisheries are the most valuable in the world. The fish are caught in great numbers at the Great Bank, a vast shallow place in the sea, southeast of Newfoundland. 6. The bank fisheries are carried on chiefly by Americans and French ; the inhabitants of the island have established their fisheries along the shore. 6. The fishing-business is dangerous, but profitable ; it is an ad- I irable school for the hardy seamen of the New England States, and lurnishes an important article of export to other countries. Seal- fishing has of late years attracted much attention. 7. St. John's is the capital ; the houses are nearly all built of wood, and the town has in consequence suffered severely from fires. Harbor Grace and Placentia are small towns. Map No. 6. — What separates Trince Edward Island from New Brunswick? Nd.-St. — What btftinds Newfoundland on the east ? A.- On.~On the west? G.-S -Le. — What Strait separates it from Labra- dor ? Be. — What Bank is near the Island ? How long and wide is the Grand Bank ? Which is the most northern Cape ? Bd.— South- ern? Re.— Western? Ry.— Where is Trinity Bay? The Ocean Telegraph extends 1980 miles from Bay of Bulls, on the west side of Trinity Bay, to Valentia Island, Ireland. Where is Miquelon I. ? St. Pierre I. ? These belong to France, and serve as fishing-stations. They were ceded by Great Britain in 1814. Prince Edward Island. Q.—l. Where is Prince Edward Island? 2. What of the soil ? The capital, &c. ? Newfoundland. (> —3. What is Newfoundland? What is politically attached to it? 4. What of the cod-fisheries? 5. Of the bank f^^ueries? Of the inhabitants? 6. The fishing-business, &c.? What does it fnrniah? 7 WVini nf St. .Tohn's? Harbor Grace? Placentia? 98 Hi DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 73 UNITED STATES. 1. The United States is a republic, composed of thirty, seven States, ten Territories, one District, and Alaska Te^l tory m the northwest part of North America. It is one of the most powerful and commercial nations of the dobe. Area including Alaska, 3,577,000 square miles. ' .JLu^^^ ^"^'-f ®r *^' is distinguished for the freedom and excellence of its political institutions, for the rapid increase of population and for the intelligence, industryf and enter- prise of the inhabitants. J> ^ ^"''er 3 The United States extends from the Atlantic to the Pacific Ocean; it ranges through nearly 25 degrees of lati- tude, and more than 57 of longitude. The frontier outline has an extent of upwards of 10,000 miles, and a line drawn trora northwest to southeast would measure upwards of 2800 1X1 lll^o* 4. In a region so vast there is a great variety of surface soil, and climate. It is well watered by noble rivers, which not only give fertility to their borders, but serve to convey ITnited States. Q.--1. What is the United States ? What does it occupy? Area? 2. For what is it distinguished? 3 What is •aid of Its extent? 4. What of surface. &c. ? kow watered? UNITED STATES. 99 the gifts of the earth to the ocean, and to bring back to the inhabitants the products of other climes. 5. The soil yields an ample harvest to the husbandman, and the climate is favorable to nearly every production of the earth that can sustain life or increase its luxuries. 6. The agricultural products are greater in proportion to its popu- lation than those of any other country. In 1860 the wheat and corn produced amounted to 1000 million bushels, the hay to nearly 19 million tons, and the cotton to 2000 million pounds, or 5 million bales. 7. In the Southern States, sugar, cotton, rice, tobacco, and various tropical fruits are produced ; in the Middle, Northern, and Western States, wheat, corn, oats, hay, apples, pears, peaches, in short, nearly all the productions of the temperate zones, are found. In Ohio and California there are many vineyards, and considerable quantities of wine are made. 8. The changes of temperature are greater in the United States than in the same latitudes in Europe, the summers being generally warmer and the winters colder. In most parts the climate is as con- ducive to health, energy, and longevity as that of any other country in the world. 9. Minerals of almost every variety abound. Gold is found in California, Nevadd, Colorado, Idaho, and in other places ; copper in Michigan ; lead in Illinois, Wisconsin, Iowa, and Missouri ; iron in Pennsylvania, Maryland, Tennessee, Kentucky, and Virginia; and coal in Pennsylvania and other States. Th6 coal-fields of the United States are estimated to be thirty times greater in extent than those of all Europe. Many varieties of marble, granite, and other build- ing-stone are found. 74 10. Manufactures are numerous and extensive. The principal are cotton and woollen goods, paper, glass, leather, fire-arms, and machinery of all kinds. In ship-building the United States is not surpassed by any other country. 11. The commerce of the Union, both foreign and domestic, is one of the most extensive in the world. It is carried on by great numbers of vessels, especially steam-vessels, by the more than 30,000 miles of railroad, and by the canals and telegraphs by which all the settled parts of the country are connected. 5. What of the soil? Climate? 6. Agricultural products? How much wheat and corn in 1860? Hay? Cotton? 7. What of the products of the Southern States? Middle, Northern, and Western States? 8. What of the temperature? About health? 9. What minerals? What of gold? Conner, &c.? What of the coal-fields ? What of marble, &c. ? 10. Of manufactures ? What are the principal ? About shiip-building ? 11. What of commerce ? 100 BESCJttlPTIVB UfiOQRAPHY. il ^!li ii ::i WlMjle li^bery.-€utting un a Whale. ^el7o lySLT"" ^*^"« United States is coa>.posed of the white descendants, and we'.^.rS; sit. T"' *"" ^^"I*"' *°^ ^^'^'•• *he population was 34,5Srm '^^^'' * '^'^ *^* »^^^^ fr*«- ^^ 1866 they^:i"o?cty«t!t ""^l* *'' ^''^'"^^^^ disappearing before or enurSration of h« i'^;i J %'*'*' *^ot counted in the population in I860 wlfest^jlted to b^iofi I^!" "ST<^? f unciTili.ed Indians 44 000 . ^llZ °® ^95,400, and ii %t of the civiliajed Indian^' 4'»,tV0, making an aggregate of 839,400. ' from ncnh to soufh CllLl "''T 'V^? ^'^""^'^ *^«««^^^'" P«««i"g Charleston, and Sa;an Ah^^^ ^^" ' ^-^'' P^Iadelphia, EalLore! tho lar«.Lt xm^n de^^^^^^^ Chicago, on Lake Michigan, is the Gu& of Mexico ^hLai T'^^' ^"^ ^"^«*"« (^rV.-tJnz), n;ar for it, exporfrof cotton San r'"'^- ' ™^'' f' ^^'^^^^^^ ^« *^^o"« commerci'al al.ltTZ wercLTrX^trict!^ "^"''^^ ^^ '^' «^*^^ 'rg ^^^ reliBi.Ibo'i!;i'vft f f^'"^''?'' '""'^h i" the Umtcd State., relipon being .eft to (h^ voluntary ohoi« of the pc.ple ; yet UNITED STATES. 101 of the white, Inglish, Ger- ns and their 56. In 1866 kring before 3 population led Indians !ed Indian", pita! of the , in passing , Baltimore, mis, on the [ichigan, is -^nz), near ' is famous s the great d States, jple; yet religious Instruction and observances are as faithfully dis- pensed and perfonned as iu any other country in the world. 17. A great majority ©f the people arc Protestants: cf these the Methodists, Baptists, P-esbyterians, and Episcopalians are tha most numerous. In most of the States there are Friends or QuakeTs,^ Unitarians, Unlrersaliats, Moravians, Swedenborgians, and in Utah Mormons. There are ali?o, in ail the States, many Catholiog. 18. The United States is a Federal Republic, or Union of States. Each State is independent in its local affairs ; but the defence of the country, the regulation of commerce, and all the general concerns of the natioa, are committed by the Conetitution to a general govern- ment. 19. The government comprises three distinct powers, the Legisla- tive, Judicial, and Executive: the first-named power makes the laws, the second expounds them, and the last executes them. 20. Tke Legislative power is nested in a Congress, consisting of & Senate and a House of Representatives. The Senate corsists of two members from each State, who are elected for six years, one-third oi the number beiag changed every two years. The members of the Ho;ise of Representatives are elecjted by the people for two years. 21. The Judicial power is vested in a Supreme Court, composed of one Chief and eight Associate Judges, wL: :i-«^ appointed by the President, with the advice and consent of the Senate, aul hold their oflSces during life or good behavior. 22. The Executive power is vested in a President, who, together with the Vice-President, is chosen for four years, by electors from all the States, The principal subordinate officers of the Executive Department aro the Secretary of State, of the Treasury, of War, of the Navy, and of the Interior, the Postmaster-General, and the Attorney-General. These officers form the Cabinet, and aio re- movable at the will of the President. 23. The inhabitants of the United States numbered in 1700 about 4,000,000; in 1810, about 8,000,000; in 1880, about 18,000,000; in 1850, about 23,000,000; and in 1860, 31.443,822. The Indians are not estiiiieted as a part of the population. 24. This number, in proportion to the vast territory of the Union, ia small, compared with the dense population of some European states , hut when it is considered that the inhabitants have increased 80 rapidly, it oxhi! its the most striking instance of national growth to be found in the history of manKxnd. 17 ^ ine uatfioiiCB r lo. vvnai 18 the United States? 19. What is said of the government? 20. Legislative power ? Senate? House of llepresentativeH? 21. Ju- dicial power? 22. Executive power ? Subordinate officers ? What do they form ? 23. How many inhabitants at various periods t How many Indiana? 24. How does it compare with the populatioa It ■'") 102 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 76 25. The United States were formerly colonies of Grea* whh T'JukH' ^T '^^? theynumJred thirteen States with a population of nearly three millions. At that time 26. They were forced to this by the injustice of the BritUh Parhament, wh.ch taxed the colonists wi'thout their c" ^hnSr ™"°"' "^^"^"^ ^^'' '" "^'"^ "»«? '»"W °o' Battle of Lexington April 19. 1776. On Se'^th VjuT/',77rT*""', *'^«»•«l>»«ett,, 2!). At .he close of .he war, the Am.r ,.an ar„,y. ,h„„gh offering 1:,17 SrP^""."*."'-.'. 25. What wore the inerly ? When did th.pv i-h "tr xiy ;iriK,-5 r liti. ',?, 'l'"L..?I-,7''"f. •".•'. "I- ■diT.'h.lr.r United States for- Why were they forced battle take place? What occurred on the 4th of July 778 V wk / • ' T Great Britain? Of General wlhl'L^^riL^S What l» «»JV hat are i»« ^rand principles? 31. How many ProHidonts have Hioreboen? Who were from Virginia? Massan'., setts? Tennessee? Now York? Ohio? Louisiana? NewHampt;. v,? Pennsylvania/ 104 5ESCEIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 77 II 1 What city is the Capital of the United States? Wn 4'eVofwuJ fighTitn'ots alrft frrn r -^« ^^ « Which are the six Eastern States ? Me., N.-H., Vt., Ms., k -I Ct Name the Capital of each. ' Which are the four Middle States ? N.-Y., N.-J., Pa., De. Name the Capital of each. Which are the eleven Southern States? Md., W -Va V« N P S.-C., Ga., Fa., Aa., Mi., La., Ts. ' ' ^•'^> Name the Capital of each. T ^S^*^,^'® *^® sixteen Western States? As Te Kv Mi t« la., Oo., Mn., Wn., la., Ca., Ma., , I^ , Na.! Na ' ^" ^'" ^'" Name the Capital of each. lo.™:.' vZ M. '^^"^--«^* Co-' !>-, Wg., In., N.-Mo., Wn.. How many States are there ? 37.-How many Territories ? 10 bia'I'Srtntn; Te LT l°f"^^' '""'"^ '^^ ^^^ ^^^^t of Colun.- Alaska- « fhaJA?! i— • "/ government, and the tcrriiorv of Alaska. «. that the divisions of the United States are 49 in numbeV: r./^??''^A'!'^^^^Tu"°^^ ^^"'on? Michigan (m,AV^«„)? Erie (e^re)^ Ontario? Champlain (.Aam-p/an./) ? l\ of the wiods ? Which two Lakes are wholly in the United States ? Mn Cn .^aTl^IJn^^'^Ttir?' 'itca.^T^";?-^^- .^-^^^-trlin (;,.„- lake. iVhoVe is Zny LakSr Red ?%'"']?"" Ff ^'7.!^^'' hohW^ Nicollet («.-/«./w)? Tnl// '/ V9 ?'^'^*?»>*? "»"- Walker? Mud Lakes? ^ Tule (/oaVa^)? Pyramid? Carson? pop«UtioJ.^":rZ '^:ifAlt*?.r_'^'!'J: ^- --t. ''t flrsf. of a .ufficient i'he Governor ftntl othfir""offi««r."oi^. ?'' VH/""^*« '"'lependent HtateH. with the advice and 1 ent^7 the So^K^'Cf o'^ '"f ;"^- -'^ '^"'^ represented in Conirrosa hv a .l«l„! , "^r' ° , '*f«a»"«ed Territory is I UNITED 8TAT£S. 105 78 North? the I made by a I capitals of , with a dot >., il.-L, Ct. De. Va., N.-C, ., Mi., Is., -Mo., Wn., 'i#« 10. of Colum- •rritory of n number. in) ? Erie Woods? »., Cn. rain {pon- from fiiiH t? Huni- Carson ? i tuffloient int Ktafes. nt. by and 'erritory is nnot votft riei. \ Map No. 5. — Where is Passamaquoddy Bay? Penobscot Bay? Casco Bay ? New York Bay ? Delaware Bay ? Chesapeake Bay ? Chatham Bay ? Tampa B. ? Apalachee {ap-ah-lah^che) B. ? Pensa- cola B. ? Mobile {mo-beein B. ? Black B. ? Barataria B. ? Atcha- falaya {atch-&-f&-W ah) B. ? Vermilion B. ? Galveston B. ? Mata- gorda B. ? Corpus Christi B. ? Monterey B. ? San Francisco B. ? On the Great Lakes, where is Saginaw (sag^e-naw) B. ? Thunder B.? Green B.? Where is Long Island Sound ? Albemarle S. ? Pamlico S. ? How many miles long is each of these ? also Chesapeake Bay ? — See Map No. 11. Map No. 6. — Where is the Mississippi River ? Where does it rise? L.-Ia. Where does it empty ? What are its chief tributaries on the east ? On the west ? Where is the Missouri River? Yellow Stone R. ? Nebraska or Platte (/>k<) R. ? Kansas R, ? Arkansas R. ? Canadian R.? Red R. ? Des Moines (de-moin^) R. ? Miiuiesota R. ? Wisconsin R. ? Illinois {il-lin-oyz^ or il-lin-ot/^) R. ? Where is the Wabash {waw'bash) R. ? Ohio R. ? Alleghany R. ? Monongahela R. ? Kanav*ha (kH-nau/wah) R. ? Cumberland R. ? Tennessee R. ? Where is the Rio Grande ? Pecos {pay'koce) R. ? Colorado R. of Texas? Brazos R.? Trinity K.? Sabine R.? TombigbyR,? Alabama R.? Chattahoochee R. ? St. John's R.? Fa.— Altamaha («wZ-, 1r *^' ^T ^^20, it wa. a part of the S J of Massachusetts, under the title of the District of Maine h«f k!?? i»orthern portion is covered with thick forests, and has but few mhabitents,-the greater part of the population hvmg between latitude 45° and the sea-coast. In the ?n e Her fcl^C^4^^^^^^ ^' ^'^^^> ^^^^ ^--^-^' ^ ^^« 3. The soil is varied; much of it is fertile, but in eeneisl It IS better adapted for grazing than for tillage. One" ±5^^^"-'' '' ^^"!^^\?^ which a larger amount is cut and sawed than in any other New England State. 4. The coast is remarkably indented with bays, and has many good harbors; it affords great facilities for commerce. Ihe tishenes are extensive and profitable. 6. The people are extensively engaged in ship-buildinj^ and navigation, and export vast quantities of lumber, fish, beef lit r.^: w® f ^"i important export te the Southern States also to the West and even to the East Indies. Maine. Q.-^l. Where is Maine? Of what did i* ft.«~ - * v. ^Z ]ST '^' ^^*.' '^^'"''^ °^ ^^« northern part of Vhe'state f "bhief part of the population? Lakes? The largest? 3. What is said of the 80x1? 4.0fthecca8t? 5. Of ship-builW&c ? lIw?! NEW HAMPSHIRE. Ill 6. Augusta, the capital, is on the Kennebec River, 50 miles from its mouth ; it contains a handsome State-house, of granite, a United States arsenal, and a lunatic asylum. 7. Portland, on Casco Bay, is the largest and most important city in the State ; it is well laid out, and handsomely built, and has an extensive foreign and coasting trade. Bangor, at the head of navi- gation on the Penobscot Eiver, is one of the lavgest lumber markets in the world. 8. Bath is noted for its ship-building, and Thomaston for its ex- ports of lime, marble, and granite. Saco (saw'ko), Biddoford, and Lewiston Falls are important manufacturing towns. 9. Gardiner and Hallowell upon the Kennebec, Belfast upon the Penobscot, and Eastport on an island in Passamaquoddy Bay, are thriving towns. Waterville is the seat of Waterville College, Bruns- wick of Bowdoin (bo'din) College, and Lewiston of Bates College. Map No. 7 — What province bounds Maine on the north? C.-Et. —East? N.-Bk. — What ocean on the south? Ac—Province and State west ? C.-Et., N.-H.— Name the five principal rivers that flow into the Atlantic Ocean. S.-Cx., Pt.. Kc, An., So.— What river rises in Maine and flows into New Brunswick? S.-Jn.— Which are the three principal lakes ? Md., Ck., Gd. How long are the first two ? —The principal mountain, and its height? Kn.— The largest island? M.-DL— Which is the most eastern county? Wn — The most northern? Ak.— The most southern ? Yk.— In what county and on what river, is the capital situated ? Kc— How many miles is it from Maine to Nova Scotia ? To Spain ? To Circassia ? 83 NEW HAMPSHIRE. 1. New Hampshire lies southwest of Maine. It is called the Switzerland of Ameri^m, on account of its beautiful and varied scenery, its mountains, lakes, rivers, and cascades. It has also received the name of the Granite State, from the great quantities of granite found within its borders. 2. New Hampshire has only 18 miles of sea-coast, and has, m consequence, a small commerce. It is distinguished for its productive agriculture and flourishing manufactures. tj. nnat is yam oi Augusta ? 7. Of Portland? Of Bangor ' 8 Of 13ath? Saco, &c? Q.Gardiner? Waterville, and Brunswick"? New Hampshire. ^.—1. Where is New Hampshire? What called? By what other name called ? 2. What of the sea-coast ? Commerce ? 112 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 3. The surface on the coast is level; in the interior U • d:jer.fied by hills and valleys, and mou'nt'ain'r of fSrall'e' .„„t J *''f ' P"?''' "' *'"' ^''"« Mountains are coTcred with snow for a great portion of the year. They are visible from a Jelt distance at sea. Travellers in the summer montts cCh fw summits to observe the wild and sublime seen"; WinnTpleol 6. Concord, the capital of the State, is on the rifirht bank of tb Mernmac River: it is a pleasant and flourishin/toXand contat • the State-House, State Prison, and other buildinls. pJrnonth t V Yard iT^'Vrr '^" ''"• ,/! ^"^ ^ ^"^ ^^^^°^ Portsmouth^ Navy: the river ^^' ^ '"^^^ *''''' ^" ^^^^°'' ^° *^^« ^PP^^^^e side o^f 6. Manchester, on th.. Mernmac River, the moat important city in ^em to.be ^en ^ited ? " Whal'^; ^'^^IX ^n^^^^^ yJ^T'^w^i^T-''^'-. P/^*«"»«"th. Where is Port.mou?h Navy! Yard ? 6. What is said of Manchester and other lowna ? VERMONT. 113 (he State, is a noted manufacturing place. Nashua, Dover, Somers- worth, Exeter, and l^w Maiket, are also important manufacturing towns. Hanover is the seat of Dartmouth College. Kecne, Amherst, Meredith, Haverhill, and Conway, are flourishing places. Map No. 7. — What State and province bound New Hampshire on the north? Vt., C.-E.— State and ocean east? M., Ac— State south? Ms. — West? Vt. — What river separates New Hampshire from Ver- mont? Ct. — What river runs through the centre of the State? Mc. —How long is it?— What lake flows into it? We.— How long is it?— What mountains :ire in Coof-i {ko-os') county ? We. — Which is the principal peak? VVn.— How high is it?— On what river is Concord ? Mc— What lake iu i\v\ northern part of the State? Ct. — Wh.at lak« partly in thi:. State and partly in Maine? Ug. — Into what rivMT" does it flow r An. 84 VERMONT. v*i Baft on Lake Ghamplain. 1. Vermont lies west of New Hampshire. It is moun- tainous, but a healthy and productive State. The Green Mountains, from which it derives its name,* extend from north to south, dividing it into two nearly equal parts. 2. The soil is fertile, and all kinds of grain suited to the climate are Droduced in ahundanfip.. nntilp nf varmna tin/la Vermont. Q.~ \. Where is Vermont ? What is said of the Green * French vert, green, monf, mountain. w i m h i.' DESCRIPTIVE GEOaAAPni. are raised, and live stock is an important product. There IS more butter and wcol produced here than in any other State m JNew England. 3. This State is entirely in the interior; but by Lake Champiain, the Champlain Canal, and the various railroads re- cently constructed, it has communic&ciou with the great com- mercial marts of the country. rutrZf''^ *^f *^4 ^''^^'' r®^ ?y ^^"^ <'*"*^ *^ Albany, pavt doT^n Lake ^hamplain to Montreal, and part by railrcad to Boston and Mon! treal Immense rafts of timber are often seen passing up the lake HudJon R?Ter!*'' ' '" ' ''^^ ^^ ^^^"''^ ^^^ ^^" *"^^« ^" ^^« 6. The territory included in Vermont was first explored by the f/nH, ^'°"? ^^"''^"' ^"' ^^« '-'''^ ^y '^' English more th^an a century and a quarter ago. During the Hevolutionary War the in- nabitants acted a conspicuous part, and the name of Green Moun- tain Boys has ever since been regarded as a title of renown. 6. Moutpelier {mont-peel'yer), the capital, is a thriving town on Winooski River. Burlington, on Lake Champlain, L tlie iZe." Place in the State, and the most commercial towu ;n the lake I 18 the seat of the University of Vermont. 7. Bennington, in the aonthwest corner of the State, is celebrated for the victory gamed by General Stark over a detachment of Hes bians belonging to Burgoyne's armv, August 16 1777 ^^P^o. 7.— What river bounds Vermont on the east? Ct -What State does it separate from Vermont? N.H.— What I ke bonml Vermont on the west ? Cn.-What Ctate does it separate from Ve! Tuth? Y^-^i^P^^^'^f^^'^rth of Vermont? c'-F. -What State Le W- o;"~Wh« f • rT' ^"'^ '"*^ ^""^^ Champlain? Mi., S Hn "tV WK '^'' 1?^""^^ *'■« ^" ^'*'^« Champlain ? N.-Ho S.-Ho.-These, with a small peninsula lying north of them form tie in' ra/«f ?"^^ Isle.-What lake is partl/in this StaJe a;d p^r ty in Canada? Mg-WThat mountains extend tl,ro„gh the State' On — Which 18 the hio-hest reak 9 MA iT^w i.: i • ■. i ?,V, ceaks ? C K« i?« wf * Md — How high is it ?— What other peaks? C.-Rp Kn.— When was the battle of Bennington foucht? -What rivers fiow into the Connecticut? We Wt »o»g"if Mountains? 2 Of the soil ? Cattle, &c. ? 8. What further of this f"" \^^r,}rV ?^^'*««o" Lake Champlain? 6. The fir explorers? Tlio llcvolntionarv War? 6. What is Raid nfM^.r p.Uer? 7. Benningtdn? a Middlebury and othe^owL^^^ MASSACHUSETTS. 115 luct. There y other State )ut by Lake railroads re- e great com- vt doTpn Lake on and Mon- g up the lake towns on the >lored by the more than a 1 War the in- 3reen Moun- lown. ing town on 3 the largest the lake. It is celebrated aent of Hes- Brattleboro', 5 flourishing iddlebury of 85 ? Ct.— What i-ke bounds e from Ver- -What State slain? Mi., n? N.-Ho., 3m, form the and partlj State? Gn. What other ton fought? thor of this 5. The firnt 1 of Mont- ns? liritiBh Troops evaluating Boston. MASSACHUSETTS. 1. Massachusetts lies south of New Hampshire and Vermont, and is the oldest and most important of the Eastern States. It is the most densely-settled part of New England, and is distinguished for the enterprise and public -spirit of its citizens. 2. The eastern part of the State is generally level. Ap- proaching the Connecticut River the surface is varied and hilly, while west of it there arc mountains, some of which are from 2600 to 3500 feet in height. Many of the inhabit- ants are engaged in agriculture; and in no part of the country has this important branch of industry received more careful attention. 3. Manufactures, commerce, and the fisheries are the chief objects of pursuit. In commerce, Massachusetts rnnks as the second State in the Union: in manufactures of leather, cotton, wool, and paper, «!( the first. Three-fifths of all the fishing tonnngc of the country belongs to this State. 1 M -Kt 1 ii_ 1 ji__ _* __si I j_ ^^_i.j__ 1^ Ja- bs -X. ;Ts;i5r:;ii;:i!!r;r!S3 aaf» iimrc luncs ui isiiruau, jii j;ri:{:t:!-i luii tu its area, than any other State in the Union. There is scarcrly a town M '^^'^'' ^-'-^»-^; 8. Charlestown and Cambridge are connected with Boston by bridges. Charlestown is situated on a penin- sula, in the centr«3 cf which is Bunker Hill, celebrated for the battle fought there during the Revolutionary War. The Bunker Hill Monument, built to commemorate this battle, is of gran- ite, 220 feet in height. Cambridge is the seat of Harvard Uuiversity. Roxbury is a flourishing and import- ant city, noted for its many beautiful residences. 9. The above cities, with many other flourishing towns immediate- ly adjoining Boston, compriHing a population of more than 300,000, are so closely connected that for all gcogriiphical purposes they may bo considered as one city. Bunkar mil Momimont. is said of the railroads ? 5. What is said of the literary and other institutions ? Of Harvard Univer.sity I 6. The War of the Rovolu- Bunker H. ? / What is said of Boston ? Its shipping ? Railroads ? Public buildings? 8. What is said of Chnrlostowu? What of Btmker H.n Monumont ? Whal c.f Cambridge ? Far what h Uoxbury noted ! 11. What ol all these cities % * BHODE ISLAND. 117 86 10. Salem has considerable foreign trade. Barnstable, Gloucester [gloa'ter), Newburyport, and Plymouth are largely engaged in the cod and mackerel fisheries. New Bedford and Nantucket are exten- sively employed in whale-fishing. 11. Lowell is more extensively engaged in cotton and woollen manufacture than any other place in New England. Lawrence, on the Merrimac River, and Holyoke [hole'yoke), on the Connecticut, are new and growing manufacturing towns. Taunton {tan'tun) and Fall River are important manufacturing places. 12. Andover is the seat of the oldest theological seminary in the United States. Lynn is noted for the manufacture of shoes. At Plymouth the first settlers, or Pilgrims, landed, in 1620. Worcester * (woos'ter) in the central part of the State, and Springfield, upon the Connecticut River, are important and flourishing cities. Northamp- ton and Greenfield, upon the Connecticut, and Pittsfield, in the western part, are noted for their beauty and fine scenery. Map No. 7. — What bound Massachusetts on the north ? N.-H., Vt. —On the east? A.-O.— On the south? A.-O., R.-L, Ct.— On the west? N.-Y.— What two mountains are in the western part? Se., B.-Pk. — The range west of the Connecticut River is called the Housatonic or Tacon'ic Mts, : it is a continuation of the Green Mts. — Which are the principal rivers? Ct., Mc. — How long are tuey? — Name the other rivers. He, Hk., Dd., Wd., Ms., Ce., Na., Cd.— What capes are on the coast? An., Cd., Mr. — What bays? Ms., C.-Cd., Bs.— What islands? Nt., M.-Vd. — What counties do these islands form? Nt., Ds. 87 RHODE ISLAND. 1. Rhode Island is the smallest State in the Union. It lies south of Massachusetts, and has good facilities for com- merce and manufactures. 10. What is said of Salem ? Barnstable, &o. 1 Of New Bedford and Nantucket? 11. Lowell? Lawrence and Holyoke? Taunton ami Fall River? 12. Of what is Andover the seat? For what is Lynn noted? What is said of Plymouth? Of Worcester, Spring- field, Northampton, &c. ? Rhode hland. Q.-^\. Where is Rhode Island? What is said :; I ;i i 'ii 118 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 2 The face of the country is generally level, except in the northwest, where it is hilly and rocky. Part of the State has a poor soil, but the islai ds in Narragansett Bay are fer tile, and are celebrated fOr their fine cattle. 3. This Statewasthefirstthatengaged in the cotton manu- tacture. The first cotton-mill erected in the United States was built here, m the year 1790. 4. The Legislature of Rhode Island holds its sessions annually at Providence and Newport. The Governor and Lieutenant-Governor are members of the Senate: the former presides in thatbod^ ftA^;,f '"J''*''"??' ''''^ °^ ^^^ capitals, on the river of the dame name, 85 miles from the sea, is the second city of New England in popula- tion. It contains the State-House, Brown University, the Arcade. «c. Its manufactures are various and important. 6. Newport, the other capital, is noted for the beauty of its situa- tion and its salubrious climate. It has a fine harbor, and is a foshionable watering-place. The island of Rhode Island, on which Newport IS situated, is called, on account of its beauty and fertility the Eden of America. *^' 7. Bristol is a flourishing town, and has considerable foreign and coasting trade. In its vicinity is Mount Hope, famous as havine 1. ®^ i^ residence of King Philip, a renowned Indian chief, who uvea 200 years ago. 8. Smithfield, Pawtucket, Natick, Warren, Lonsdale, and Woon- socket are noted for their manufactures; Pawtucket is situated on both sides of the Pawtucket or Blackstone River. Map m. 7.— What State bounds Rhode Island on the north and east ? Ms.— On the west ? . Ct.— What ocean on the south ? Ac— What is the principal bay? Nt.— Which are the two principal islands? R.-Id,, Bk.— To what county do they belong? Nt.^Which are the capitals? Pe., Nt.— In what county i& Providence? Pe - In which is Newport? Nt. — 88 CONNECTICUT. 1. ToNNECTicuT lies south of Massachusetts, and is the most ^^outhern of the New England States. It is noted for the excellence of its literary institutions, and for the enter- prise of the people. ofitt 2. What is said of thf country? Of the woii, &c. ? IS said of this State ? 4. The Logii-ilatnre ? 5. What of Pr( 3. What „ ^^ I'giiHlatnrer 5. What ofProvidence? 6. Newport? Rhode Inland ? T.Bristol? 8. Smithfield, Ac. ? Cmnceticut. ^.—1. For what is Connecticut noted? 2. What is CONNECTICUT. 119 ept in the the State y are fer- 'OQ manu- ed States I annually -Governor ody. ime name, in popula- te Arcade, r its situa- and is a on which I fertility, reign and IS having ihief, who nd Woon- tuated on lorth and ? Ac- principal —Which ? Pe- 1 is the )ted for e enter- 3. What ndence? ko.t What is School House. Emigrants to the West. 2. It has a varied surface of hill and dale, but is nowhere mountainous. The climate is healthy, and the soil fertile, espe- cially in the valleys of the Connecticut and Housatonic Rivers. 3. The chief products are Indian corn, hay, oats, potatoes, and tobacco. Orchards are numerous, and much cider is pro- duced. Butter and cheese are made in large quantities. , 4. The manufactures are extensive, and of greater variety than those of any other State. The principal articles are cot- ton, woollen, and silk goods, clocks, cutlery, buttons, carriages, axes, scythes, paper, machinery, wooden and tin ware, pins, &c. 5. There is a liberal provision made for public education, — the school fund, compared with the population, being the largest in the Union. 0. Perhaps no other Atlantic State has sent so large a number of active and industrious settlers to the western country as Connecticut; and her emigrants, wherever found, are among the most enterprising ami industrious part of the population. 7. The legislature meets annually, holding its sessions, in alternate said of the f^urface? Of the climate and soil? 8, What are the chief products? What is said of orchards, &c. ? Of butter and cheese? 4. Of manufactures? The principal articles? 5. Educa- tion? School fund? 6. What is said of settlers in the western country? Of emigrants? 7 Of the capitals ? What is said of New 120 DESCRIPTIVE aEOGRAPHY. built in snuares with -ij. . ^."1'"" ^""S Island Sound. It i» forits«x:^':;*„r»to:-f'"'^'" ^'''^'"' ■""' '^ ■""-"' -<»--ed' poarauc, ; upLra'/oll tSi: ."^'arf rnd'thMSttllrvX College, the City Hall, and several eleeant cliurclT« Til . i. ! '! .e™.naries for youth of both soxe, aTult^ ^d 1^^^:^^^' in^be"^jroj\^t';e\ru"°it^r:L'it'7^'°™/^»r''-- and of the Asylum for the Deaf and Dnmt fh / T"""? ^"""K"' the kind established in tie United StaS' wih" «"m"!.""'"'.,»' thi wh!ra^rstrrhtfe^""M^ld°rt?jL^^^^^^^^^ f "'-•« - eirely engaged in manufactures ^8^? a"d Plvl'.l Tr'^";: Ere noted for their manufactures o"cook8Conin.v^n tl"'* State flourishin^g c„mme?daUity ^'''""■'' '" "'° =»""''vestern part, is a 89 «n'S?nt-th't^Ms.^nrho^rtrR''l' 'T T""! f"""'""™' —State west? N V ir 1 . f--l— Sound south? L.-I.-Sd. ^^/IP'IU^^^^^^^ '^-hat i^pS'^S=™;^rS-^^^^^ -On what river is New London ! Norwich ?Middlet„wn?iMdanf? How many miles is it by the scale from New Havpn in ««>.♦*• a i miles is it from each ? How far 's Novv TT„ on f ^ '!', "^^^"^"7 tX^lUr^ "■» northe^S-rn^lTthX?? "^mt Haven ? Lomlon, .._ Bridgeport ? 8. What further of New Haven? O.Hartford? 10. Now *o.? fthddletown, &o.? Bristol, &c. ? SaybroukT MIDDLE STATES. 121 90 MIDDLE STATP]S. 1. The Middle States lie southwest of New England, and extend from the sea-coast to the great lakes. They comprise New York, New Jersey, Pennsylvania, and Delaware. They are remarkable for their rapid growth in prosperity and wealth, and for the enterprise and industry of their in- habitants. 2. The Alleghany range extends through these States from northeast to southwest. These mountains are for the most part covered with forests to their summits : between them are extensive and fertile valleys, which are highly cultivated and produce excellent crops. 3. The climate is generally milder than in New England, except in the northern parts of New York, where the cold is equally severe iii winter. 4. A great portion of the soil of the Middle States is fer- tile, well cultivated, and produces wheat, Indian corn, rye. Middle Sfate8. Q.—l. Where are the Middle States? Which are thcyl For what remarkable? 2. What is said of the Alleghany Mountains, &c. ? 8. What of the climate? 4. Of the oil? Pro- 122 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. oats, and barley. The fruits are chiefly apples, pears, peaches and plums. ' 6. The minerals are coal, iron, salt, and lime. Mining is actively pursued, especially in the coal and iron regions of Pennsylvania. ' 6. The commerce of the Middle States is greater than that of any other section of the Union : it is carried on chiefly through the cities of New York and Philadelphia. The inland trade is greatly facilitated by the railroads and canals which extend through all parts. 7. The manufactures are important and various; they in- clude cotton, woollen, machinery, iron castings, nails, paper, and glass, and employ a .vast amount of capital and thousands of operatives. 8. In the Middle States, common schools are very generally established, and large appropriations of money are made for their support. Nearly all the children above the age of four years attend school. 91 9. The great body of the people in the Middle States are of British origin ; in some parts of Pennsylvania there are many Germans, who speak the German language. 10. .In New York and New Jersey there are many descend- ants of the first Dutch settlers of New York, and in some of those States the Dutch is still spoken. 11. At the close of the Revolutionary War, so many emigrants from the Eastern States settled in New York, that a majority pro- bably of its present population are of New England origin. ducts, &c. ? 5. What is said of the minerals ? Mining ? 6 Com- merce? Trade? 7. Manufactures? What do they include? 8 What is said of common schools in the Middle States? Of the /»li i1^*«an 9 10 O.^hat i^s said of the great body of the people ? Of the German emigrants at of New York and New Jersey ? 11. Of the New England States ? s? from NEW YORK. 123 Map No. 10, Middle States, ^e. — Which is the largest of the Middle States? N.-Y.— The second in extent? Pa.— Third? N.- J. —Fourth ? De. — ^Which extends farthest north and east ? N.-Y. — South? De. — West? Pa.— Which State has the greatest extent of sea-coast? N.-J. — ^Which two coast on the great lakes ? N.-Y., Pa. The Middle Stateo extend from latitude 88} to 45 degrees. — How many degrees of latitude do they include? They extend from longitude 4 degrees east of Washington to about 8J west. — How' many degrees of longitude do they include ? Which is the largest Island belonging to the Middle States ? Lg.- Id. — What is its length? The next in size? Sn. — This island forma Richmond county, in New York. — Which are the principal moun tains? Ay., Be., CI., Ak. — Which is the highest mountain? My. — How high is it? — Which are the three principal rivers? Hn., De., Sa. — Which two rivers form the Ohio ? Ay., Ma. Which State has the greatest extent of lake-coast ? N.-Y. — The next ? Pa. — How long is Lake Erie ? Ontario ? — For what are they navigable? — How far is it from New York to Liverpool, England? From New Jersey to Italy ? From Delaware to Turkey ? From Philadelphia to Norfolk? 92 NEW YORK. 1. N^EW York lies west of New England, and is the most populous and wealthy State of the United States, and ig sometimes called the Empire State. It includes Long Island and Staten Isk H is noted for its extensive commerce and great enierpi^ 2. The northert* -» of the State is mountainous, and thinly settled; the e,. .-. m is hilly, and quite productive; the western part is level and fertile. 3. Wheat is the chief staple ; corn and rye are also culti- vated. The live stock of New York is an important product. There is more butter, cheese, hay, and maple sugar made than in any other State. 4. The manufactures are extensive and flourishing, and the commerce and shipping are on a grand scale. The imports and the exports exceed in value those of any other State in the Tlninn. New York. Q. — 1. Where is New York? What sometimes called? For what noted ? 2. What is said of the northern part ? Eastern ? Western? 8. Chief staples? Live stock, &c.? 4. Manufactures? 124 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. f.i;i'nf ""'^ '' fr^'l.'^ ^'?'* abundance, and in the manu- facture of iron this State is second only to Pennsylvania Lead, gypsum, and limestone abound. J «»• 6. There are valuable salt springs at various places. The principal are at Syracuse and Salina, where the largest esta- blishments for manufacturing salt in America are found. v.LJfn.'^l"""^^ springs of Saratoga and Ballston are highly valued for their medicinal properties, and are much visited by travellers and invalids. The waters are largely expor ed to the other States, and even to foreign countries Niagara River Suspension Bridge, 8. The Falls of. Niagara, one of the greatest wonders of the world, ^e in the Niagara River, partly in this State and partly in Canada West. The widest Fall is on the Canadian side ; the highest is on the New York side. A short distance below the Falls, a suspension bi'idge, about 800 feet in length, spans the river. 9. The railronds and canals of this State are numerous and extensive Of these, the Erie Canal, the Central, Erie/ and Hudson River Railroads, are among the most important in the United States. Imports, &a.? 5. Iron ore, &c.? 6. Salt springs? 7. What is said of the mineral springs? 8. Falls of Niagara? 9. Railroads and canals? Erie Canal, &o. ? NEW YORK. 125 93 10. Ample provision ia made for popular education in this State. It has a large school fund, and every facility is a£forded for obtaining superior common-school instruction. 11. The people of New York, during the Revolutionary War, strenu- ously opposed the arbitrary measures of the British government. The State, for the greater part of that gloomy period, was the theatre of active hostilities ; the surrender of General Burgoyne and his army, with other memorable events, took place within its limits. 12. The city of New York is situated on Manhattan Island, at the junction of the Hudson and East Rivers. It ia the largest city of ihe western continent, and one of the largest in the world, being surpassed in population by only three of the great European capitals. View of the lower part of the City of New York. 18. The city is the greatest commercial emporium in America. Its foreign, coasting, and inland commerce is vast : regular lines of steam and other packets are constantly trading to the chief seaports in Europe, the West Indies, South America, and all the important maritime towns in the United States. 14. One of the most important works in the State is the aqueduct for supplying this city with wholesome water from the Croton River. It is 10. Of popular education? 11. What is said of the people of New York State? 12. What of the city of New York? 13. What is said further of New York City? 14. Of the Croton Aqueduct^ 126 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Caty Hall, New York. 40^ miles long, and will furnish GO mil- lion gallons of water daily: it cost 12^ million dollars. TLij noble structure was completed in 1842, and was built at the expense of the city. 15. The public buildings are nume- rous, and many of them elegant. The City Hall, Custom- House, Merchants' Exchange, Hall «(f the University, Astor Library, Asto'r House, Hall of Justice, are striking and important. 16. Brooklyn, on the opposite side of the East River, is properly n> suburb of !Iew York, being connected with it by several ferries, l^any of the business-men of New York have their dwellings there. It commands a delightful view of the city and surrounding country, and is a pleasant place of residence. Williamsburg, a flourishing pity, also opposite New York, is united to Brooklyn, ^u^^rA^V^ ^®^ ^'^''^' ^" *^® Hudson, is West Point, the seat of the United States Military Academy for the instruction of cadets Nowburg, Poughkeepsie (po-kip'se), Catskill, Hudson, Troy, and Lansmgburg, all on the Hudson, are flourishing towns. 18. Albany, the capital of the State, is on the Hudson River, 145 miles from its mouth. It Is the centre of an extensive and important inland trade, and is connected with the ocean by the Hudson River ^^^i^xf '^^^ ^*'^® ^^^ Champlairi by the State canals, and with Boston %^a Bufalo by railroad, 94 r- 19. Schenectady {skeii-ek'tH-de), Utica, Syracuse, Rochester, Lock- port, and Bufl'alo, are the most important places on the Erie Canal The latter is the great depot of the Lake Erie trade ; its port is con- stantly filled with shipping. Rochester is noted for its numerous flour-mills, and Syracuse for its extensive salt-works. 20. There are many other thriving towns in various parts of the State, of which Rome, Auburn, Geneva, Canandaigua, Ithaca, Or- wego, and Elmira, are the principal. Plattsburg is noted for tho two victories gained over ihe British in 1814. Sackett's Harbor ^ag the chief naval station on Lake Ontario in the War of 1812. 15. Of fne public buildings? Ifi. What of Brooklyn? Williams- burg? 17. West Point, &c.? 18. Albany? 19. Schenectady. &c.? 20. Other towns ? NEW JERSEY. 127 Map No. 10, Middle Statea.—YfhAi provinces bound New York on the north? C.-Wt., C.-Et.— What States on the east? Vt., Ms., Ct.— On the south ? Pa., N.-J.— What two great lakes separate New York from Canada West ? Ee., Oo.— How long are they ? What river forms part of the boundary between this State and Canada West? S.-Le.— How long is it? How long is Lake Cham- plain ? What four rivers flow into Lake Ontario ? Na., Ge., Go. Bk —What four flow into the St. Lawrence River? S.-Rs., Rt.', Gs.' Oe —What river flows into the Atlantic Ocean? Hn.—Whi'ch is its largest branch ? Mk. How many miles is the Hudson River navigable for steamboats ? What river unites Lakes Erie and Ontario ? Na.— How high is Mount Marcy ? The Catskill Mountains ? What island is in Niagara River ? Gd.— What falls in Niagara River ? Na. — What island forms a county in the southeastern part of the State ? Sn. — What island contains three counties ? Lg. What is the length of Long Island?— What Sound separates it from Connecticut? Lg.-Id.— Name some of the different places at which battles were fought, and give the dates of the battles. 95 Surrender of the Hessians at Trenton. NEW JERSEY. 1. New Jersey lies south of New York, on the Atlantic coast. It has a variety of surface, being mountainous in the northern parts, moderately level in the middle, and low and sandy in the south. 2. Most of the soil is well cultivated, and produces the New JerMy. ^.—1. Where is New Jersey ? Surface? 2. Soil? . .A 128 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. various grains common to this part of the Union, with fruits and garden- vegetables in abundance, 3. The manufactures are extensive and flourishing. They comprise cotton and woollen goods, various articles of iron, glass, porcelain^ leather, &c. 4. Several important canals and railroads extend through the Statp, and add greatly to the facilities of intercourse be- tween tLe northern and southern parts of the Union. 5. The people of New Jersey bore their full share in the perils and hardships of the Revolution ; and some of the most important battles of that period were fought within the limits of the State. 6. Trenton, on the Delaware River, at the head of tide-water, is the capital. It is noted for the capture of the Hessians, in 1776, by General Washington, and for its manufactures. 7. Newark, 10 miles west of New York, is the largest city. It is well built, and has extensive manufactories of shoes and carriages. New Brunswick, on the Raritan River, contains Rutgers College; also a Reformed Dutch theological seminary. 8. PatersoD, at the falls of the Passaic River, is an important manufacturing town. The city of Cape Island (usually known as Cape May), Atlantic City, and Long Branch, are celebrated water- ing-places. 9. Princeton, 10 miles northeast of Trenton, is the seat of New Jersey College, and of a Presbyterian theological seminary. It is also noted for the victory gained by Washington over the British. At Freehold, the county town of Monmouth, the battle of Monmouth was fought, June 28, 1778. Orange, Elizabethtown, Burlington, Camden, Salem, and Glassboro' are thriving towns. 'ii Map No. 10, Middle States. — What bounds New Jersey ow th** north? N.-Y.— Onthe cast? A.-On., N.-Y.~South ? A.-On., De. — West? Pa., De. — What river separates New Jersey from Penn- sylvania and Delaware? Do. — What river separates it from New York? Hn. — Which are the two principal rivers of New Jersey' Pc, Rn. — Which is the most northern coxinty? Sx. — The most southern? C.-My.— The most eastern? Bn.— The most western? Sm. — What cape at the southern extremity of New Jersey ? My. What bay on the southwest / De. — When were the battles of Trenton, Products? 8. What of the mannfaciures? 4. What of canals and railroads ? 5. What is said of the people ? 6. What of Trenton ? 7. Newark ? New Brunswick ? 8. Paterson ? Cape Island ? At- lantic Cit'' * Long Brunch ? 9. Princeton, and other towns ? "we,:. '\^^'ff> v^.,'.l'} -AlipJIi. L' ■* '.■'• PENNSYLVANIA. 129 Princeton, and Red Bank fought? — In what county is Trenton? Mr.— Newark ? Ex.— Paterson ? Pc— New Brunswick ? Mx.— On what river is Newark ? Pc— Burlington? De.— Camden? De. 9G William Pcnu's Tioaty with the ludiaus, at Philadelphia. PENNSYLVANIA. 1. Pennsylvania lies south of New York, and is the second in extent and population of the Middle States. It is distinguished for its various manufactures, vast mineral re- sources, and extensive public works. 2. The interior of the State is traversed by the various ranges of the Alleghany Mountains; the eastern and western parts are level or moderately hilly. 3. The soil is well cultivated, and yields in abundance wheat, corn, and other grains, with all the fruits common to tills part of the country. 4. The mineral wealth of Pennsylvania is very great, (yoal, iron, lime, and potrolnum abound, and .«alt springs are numerous. Nearly half the iron that is produced in the country is manufactured in this State. Pennsijlvania. (?.— 1. Whero is Pennsylvnnia? For what dis- tinguished? 2. WhiU is said of the interior of tlio S«ate? The eastern and western parts ? 3. Of the soil ? 4. The mineral wealth ? 130 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 6. The numerous railroads and canals have added greatly to the intercourse between the eastern and western parts of the Union, and have increased the trade and commerce of the State. 6. The common-school system of education in Pennsylvania adopted in 1834, has been successful,— the number of pupils taught in the schools, as compared with the population, beinir but little inferior to that of any other State. Girard College. 7. The Girard College, for orphans, was endowed by Stephen Givard, a wealthy merchant of Philadelphia, who died in 1831, leaving two million dollars for its erection and support. 8. Pennsylvania was settled by English Quakers or Friends, under the guidance of William Penn, whose liberal views in government and religion, and just policy towards the Indians, insured the pros- perity of the colony, and preserved peace for many years between them and the white settlers. 9. This State acted a conspicuous part in the War of the Revolu- tion. It was in her chief city that glorious declaration was made which placed the civil and political rights of mankind on a sure basis, and formed a new era in the history of the world. 6. What of railroads and canals ? 6. What is said of education » Of the number of nchools and pupils? 7. Of Girard College? 8. Py wh.^m was PennKvlvania settled ? What is said of William Penn? V. nhat is said of the Revolution? PENNSYLVANIA. 131 97 10. Harrisburg, the capital, is pleasantly situated, on the east bank of the Susquehanna River, 88 miles west of Philadelphia. It contains the State Capitol, Lunatic Asylum, and other public build- ings. Several railroads centre here. 11. Philadelphia is one of the most regularly built cities in the world, and ranks second in population in the United States. It is on the west bank of the Delaware River and on both banks of the Schuylkill, 100 miles from the sea. , It is noted for the cleanliness of its streets and the neat appearance of its buildings. 12. In manufactures, this city is the first in the Union. The foreign commerce is considerable, and the inland trade with the Western States is extensive. The coal-trade employs a large num- ber of vessels and men. 13. Philadelphia is celebrated for its institutions of literature and science, especially of medical science. The University of Pennsyl vania and Jefferson College are its most noted medical schocis. Here is the first Female Medical and Surgical College ever jsta- blished. The Academy of Natural Sciences possesses one of the most valuable museums in the world. Suupension BrlUge over the Schuylkill llivor, with part of Fulrmount. 14 The public and private schools are nume> ms; and the city abounds in benevolent and religious institutions. It is also adorned 10 What is said of Harrisburg? 11. Of Philadelphia? 12. What is said of iranufactures ? Commerce ? Coal-trade ? 18. For what is Philadelphia celebrated? 14. What of schools? Of be- nevolent and religious institutions? What of public buildings? 132 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. The Aims-House, ito.e Pe„kl„H?! »**"" ""' "" ""»' "»«: Asylum, Academ; of M„si„ 'nj riZ'/n"!?"' °' ''«''««'>. "ay. under ground, in every direction ru . fu '^ conveyed in pipes sion bridge, 367 feetS leng/rand 30 fee?«h''' T^^' '' * «"«?«"- river. ^ "» ^"^ ^" leet abcve the surface of the iruLtrtlV^Si:tri:t^^^^^ f l*'^ «.^- I^-er, is distin, Alleghany City and B^rin^Sam a" . «^^fV^««' a»»d machinery, bridges. At the forme? is thrw.^""^-'.^ ^^^^ Pittsburgh by several cotton-factS ^''*''" Penitentiary; it also has fertne^f:rT.''"'RL'drn?Ea"sr* 1 ?^^«^«^Ph-> - ««rrou„ded by York, PottsviHe, WnSal^ ^^^."^ Chambersburg^ able towns : Erie has o.e of ^IT ttta ^1:1 thTialTs '^'^^^'^'■ - 98 il West? Oo W-Va Vjp, ; *.' ^•-•' — ^outh? De., Md.. W -Va Jersey ? De;IwT:V7^;^^flrwTin^^Crr ''Tt^^-^^ froj^i^ are its two chief branches ^Niriu^^^Wt^Bf^ W?l ^a-Which at Pittsburgh ? Ay Ma —WW ;? ' ^.-Bh.— What rivers unite river flows into the'slq^^ranna a^v. V^'^ f^""" O^-What two rivers flow into the Ddatare* Lh S^^''wl^?« ' ^^-What the Ohio below Pittsburgh ^ Br ' Rnw L ^~^.^* "^^^ ^^"^s '*nto aavigahle for steamboats ? * '''^'"-^'''^ "^'^ny miles is the Delaware Bel^&ttrstth^; ridges in the western part? JI rf L u^ I A^— ^hat two delphia? Pa.-Harrisburir ' rin "" V i° ^^^^^^^ ^^ P^^^*^- ming take place?— On what riv«r ,u p i « '^*' massacre of Wyo- 10. Fairaionnt Water- Worku * q.,»« Wl.. DELAWARE. 138 99 DELAWARE. 1. Delaware lies south of Pennsylvania and New Jersev It IS the smallest of the Middle States, and hasTsS population than any of the older States of the Union The LteTntrn S ^'^'"' ''^"'^''^ ^» -"^™'-. -5 2. The chief produote of the soil are wheat and Indian corn. On Brandjwine Creek, in the northern part of the State, are a number of manufacturing establishment wh ch g'Swdt."' "■■"■"'"'' """" '""^ "^''^ g-d«. Pa% anS northern part of the State The fir.. ''^"■■»1<'». "'«east part of the State? Hn.-Which is thi most northern county 1 N.-Ce. ww"r.r:._^:~^; ^^«J«.« Delaware? Of the surface? 2. Creekr a'ww"'"* r-miioiB of iiie soil? What of Brandy wine oZ? |'^,^'^/.«M^l«,^^«'»P«'^ke & Delaware Canal ? Kail- rwhat t T-f '/^^-f ^^ ^'^\^'l ^'- 'r^'« Delaware Break water ,? towla? Wilmington? 7. Dover ? New Castle, and other 184 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGEAPHY. 100 _ SOUTHERN STATES. wL^v-^ section of the Union includes Maryland, Virginia ICLJ'fIT' ^"'^^ P"'""'^^' S«^^^ Carolina GefS U>^^e%o"rl^Zl^^^^^^ f''^^ ^'^"^ '^« Susquehanna CO ine Kio Crrande: their shores are washed on the easf ^y^the Atlantic Ocean, and on the south by the Gdfof 3 On the sea^coast the surface is low, often swampv and sometimes sandy. In the interior it is greatly Xe^/sified SlotT thi^ f\ ^"' mountainous, 'in tIZTu^^ portion of t^^e country consists of prairies. The hiehesfc mountains m the Atlantic Stotes are in North Carolina- ' 4. The inhabitants are chiefly engaged in agriculture 'tr^t'^: t:ir ■ -''"' p-^-' '--- ^^ 6. The wealthy classes are generally well educated, possess culti- Southern States. Q.^h What do th« Snufh-- c*-*^- .._-,..- now far do thov extend? 3. WhsLtiu -Jh^^^'CTAJ""-'.^"^? '' interior ! sea-ooast ' How are engaged f 6. Wh.t U ,aM o? tie ;;;k°;oir.,T''''^i::r„f eduo.- chiefly SOUTHERN STATES. 135 rated minds and refined manners, and are noted for their hospitality Education is not so general among the poorer classes of the people as m the Middle and Eastern States. 6. Nearly all the cotton, sugar, tobacco, and rice in the United States is the product of the Southern States. Corn and wheat are also produced. 7. Iron, coal, and salt abound in West Virginia, as well as in some of the other States; and gold is found in Virginia North and South Carolina, Georgia, and Alabama. ' 8. Branches of the United States Mint are established at Charlotte, in North Carolina, and at Dahlonega, in G<^orgia for the purpose of coining the gold found in those States. ' 9. Many important railroads are completed, and others are m progress: these, and the large number of navigable streams, afford every facility for the transportation of pro- ducts and merchandise. I Virginia, I Georgia, and the iquehanna the east Gulf of mpy, and iversified, 8 a large ! highest :na. riculture. crops of sess culti- • l-_ J n iuuiuuG : d on the ^8 chiefly of educa- 101 10. The population of the Southern States is chiefly of British origin. There are many descendants of the French and Spanish colonists, particularly in Louisiana and Florida • there are also many negroes. ' 11 In Louisiana the French language is spoken to some extent, and the laws and some of the newspapers are published both in that and in the Enghsh tongue. 12. The inhabitants of Texas include natives of all parts of the Union, and foreigners of diflFerent European nations f also a few Mexicans, the descendants of the former proprietors of the country. ^ 13. The negroes, who form about two-fifths of the popufation were formerly slaves, but ar. now all free. The Indians have "r^i River ^'"'^''^ ^''^'^'' Territory, west of the Missis- Map No. 5, United Statrs.~mncl is the largest division of the Southern States? Ts.-Which is the most northcrnT W.-Va.-! Mon ? % What is said of cotton, sugar, &c. ? Corn an.l wh^a* ? 7 ur rmueraisf h Mranches of the United States Mint? 9. What 18 said of railroads ? Navigable rivers, &c. ? 10 What is said of the population? 11. Of Louisiana? 12. The mhabitants of Texas ? 13. Of the negroes? Of the Indians ? 136 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Southern? Fa.— Eastern? Md.— Westpm ? T» wi,- i, j- . . border on the Atlantic Ocean? kdVaN r« T r n^'^l''°"* Which border on the Gulf of Mexico? Fa i^mtl" T^' I'r- State is nearly divided bv Cht^<,-,rZuL n • /' . *' ^^^ Ts—What The Souther/ States extLdfrtu^^^^^^ 26 'to 39 f'^' ' ''^•~' Hot many deirr oTltn^Tud^dttr^^^^^^^^^ '' ^^«-« -«^' 102 Bombardment of Fort Mcllenry. MARYLAND. rpi/i ^^^T,^^Nf,.^^e« south Of Pennsylvania, and is more ir. regular in its ou line than any other State in the Union It ZnZi ^y ^^«^P«^ke Bay and the Susquehanna Eiver 8horer """^"^"^ sections, known as the Eastern and Western 2 In agriculture, manufactures, and commerce, this State holds a respectable rank. Flour and tobacco are the principa exported to foreign countries 3. The chief mineral products are iron and coal. The i^^^II^^f' 9-7;- Where is Maryland? How divided? 2. What i« said of agriculture, &c.? Flour, &c. ? 8. Chief mineral pro- yARYLAND. 137 first is found in various parts of the State ; the last in the western part chiefly. 4. The State of Maryland was settled by a body of Roman Catholic emigrants, under Lord Baltimore, whose just and liberal government soon attracted numerous settlers. 5. Baltimore, on a branch of Patapsbo River, 14 miles from Chesapeake Bay, and 200 from the sea, has an extensive foreign and domestic trade, and is one of the largest tobacco-markets in the world. Numerous railroads connect this city with other parts of the Union. 6. The public buildings of Baltimore are numerous. Among the finest are the Exchange, the Roman Catholic Cathedral, and tho Maryland Institute. The Battle and Washington Monuments are beautiful structures. The latter is a Doric column, surmounted by a colossal statue of Washington 16 feet high, — the entire structure rising to the height of 180 feet. 7. Fort McHenry, a short distance below Baltimore, commands the entrance to the harbor. It was bombarded by a British fleet in 1814, but was bravely defended, and the enemy was forced to retire. 8. Annapolis, the capital, is on Severn River, three miles from Chesapeake Bay. The State-House is a handsome building : in it the Continental Congress held several sessions. Here, also, General Washington resigned his commission at the close of the Revolution- ary War. 9. Cumberland, on the Potomac, noted for its trade in coal, is in point of population the second town in the State. Frederick, Hagerstown, and Frostburg are flourishing places. Elkton, Easton, and Cambridge are the principal towns on the Eastern Shore. At Emmittsburg, in the northern part of the State, is Mount St. Mary's College. Map No. 10, Middle and Southern States. — What bound Maryland on the north? Pa., De.— East? De., A.-On.— South and west? Va., W.-Va. — What fcay and river divide Maryland into two parts? Ce., Sa, — What river separates it from Virginia? Pc. — What rivers flow into Chesapeake Bay on the east side? Ck., Ne., Pe. — What rivers on the west side? Pi., Pc. — Which is the most eastern county? Wr. —The most western ? Ay. — On what river is Havre de Grace? Sa. —Cumberland? Pc. — Upper Marlboro'? Pt.— Cambridge? Ck.— In what year was the battle of Bladensburg fought ? What moun- tains extend through the western pp "♦ ? Ay. iucts? 4. By whom was Maryland settled? What is said of Lord Baltimore ? 5. Of the city of Baltimore ? 6. Public buildings ? Battle and Washington Monuments ? 7. What of Fo;.t McHenry ? 8. Annapolis ? The State-House ? 9. Cumberland, and other towns ? DESCRIPTIVE aBOGUAPIiy. ion Puiitijsoniuu lustltuu., WttBhiiigtou. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 1. The District of Columbia lies on the left h«nlr nf .1 Potomac R vfer iihnnf iin ,«:i £> • "^ "**"*^ 01 the a seiH« ?r r" ^" ?•'• "~ ~ square miles " "' ''"' '""8' ""'^ ''"« "» "e» of 60 the seal of eovcrnmonl 3 r!™° •^«?<"»' W»8l'ington, and in J800 T..0 p,.„ oA.ro^crr/gT.'dTnrol.iSo'^''"*''''^''''' *° "'"'''"^■ ..o onue diffotsi =dr?^.i^,r4[^' «-r""^^ DistHc of Columbia. O 1 w».„* :__...,- ., ... . bia r WJmt. is its preseilt area v' "9 wn"^°'j V*". ^|«*rict of Colum- 1846? What was donol ?Jw In S "^i*^ w/"f "'^^r"^""« ^« ington ? When was it laid om ? W' ♦ ^' ^i*** '^ ^'*^** of Wash- was It lam ou> ? Waat occurred in 1800? 4. Who DIBTttlOT OF COLUMBIA. 139 ^%.- 5. Tho National CongresH moots in the Capitol on st Virginia, and extends irom tlie Atlantic Ocean to tho Alleghany Moun- tains. It was the first settlement of the English coicnies, and is on that account often called the "Old Dominion." reside in Washington ? 5. What body meets there ? What Court ? What of Washington? 6. Tho Capitol? 7. Length, &c.? The dome? Senate Chamber? Represontativos' Hall? 8. President's House? "'""ouiiiaii iiisi;;un; ; ii;. tt iiui. IB «aia 01 yoorgetoW-ui Vtrffinia. Q.—l. Where is Virginia? What is it often called? * Ex officio Blgnifles, bv virtue of ofHoe, without special authoriiy. 140 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. n Surrender of Lord Cornwallis. 2. Many eminent i^en have been born in Virginia: of these the illustrious Washington, and Jeflferson, Madison, Monroe. and lyler, have been Presidents of the United States. 3. Virginia is bounded on the west by the Alleghany Moun- tains; east of the Alleghanies, and nearly parallel with them, IS the Blue Ridge. The country east of the Blue Ridge is generally level The great valley between these ranges is the nuest part of the State. 4. The agricultural productions are tobacco, corn, wheat and cotton Iron, copper, lead, coal, and salt, aboimd. At Richmond Petersburg, and other places are numerous manufactories ' 5. The mineral springs, in the mountainous parts of the State, are celebrated for their medicinal properties. w!; ^'"i^'T "^""^ ""^^of ^^'' ^^^'^^"S ^*^*«« d"^i°g the Revolutionary War. In the year 1/81, (he sie^re and surrender of Yorktown took place,— when Lord Cornwallis and his army were made prisoners. 7. The Natural Bridge, over Cedar Creek, a small tributary of James River, consists of an arch of limestone rock, 215 feet high chasm " '^'^^' ^^ ''^''''^^ ^ ^""^^ passage over a dangerous Thl ^If.'^r^'. ^y^ *'^P^^''^' ^« °" J'^^^es River, at the lower falls. These falls furnish water-power for flouring, iron, cotton, and other establishments. Flour, coal, and tobacco are exported. The State Capitol 18 a splendid structure. ^ . ^» « XT • -lA- . ."f V^^'^^^ent^ "ail v«s of this state. 3. What mountaina in Virginia? 4. Products? Minerals? 6. What of mineral springs ? 6. Of Virginia ? 7. Of the Natural Bridge ? 8 What of Richmond ? VIRGINIA, 14i :a : of these n, Monroe, ites. any Moun- mth them, e Ridge is ' the State, ower falls, , and other The State mountaing il springs ? [lichmond? 0. Norfolk, on Elizabeth Biver, is the principal sea- port. It has more foreign commerce than any other town in the State. 105 10. Petersburg, on the Ap- pomattox River, Fredericks- burg, on the Rappahannock, and Lynchburg, on the James, afe important towns. Alex- andria, on the Potomac River, six miles below Washington City, is a place of considerable trade. Charlottesville, near the Rivanna River, is the seat of the University of Virginia. Monticello, three miles from Charlottesville, was the resi- dence of Thomas JefiTerson. Natnral Bridge, Tirghaia. 11. Westmoreland county was Washington's birthplace. A sim- ple stone, with the inscription **Here, on the 11th of Feb., 1732,* George Washington was born," marks the hallowed spot. Mount Vernon, on the Potomac River, eight miles below Alexandria, wai his residence, and also the place of his interment. 12. Williamsburg was onoe the capital of the State. Here is William and Mary College. Staunton {stan^tun), west of the Blue Ridge, is the seat of the State Lunatic Hospital. Winchester and Strasburg, in the north, and Wytheville, in the southwest, are con- siderable towns, SFap ATo. 5, United States. — What bouud Virginia on the north ? Md., W.-Va.— East? A.-On., Md.—South? N.-Ca., Te.— West? W.-Va., Ky — What separates Virginia from Maryland? Pe. R. — Kentucky? Cd. Mts.— What mountains extend through Virginia ? B. Re. — On the western border? Ay. Map No. 10, Middle ofid Southern States. — What bay separates the two eastern counties from the rest of tl»e State ? Ce. — ^What cape* at the entrance of Chesapeake Bay? Cs., Hy.— What four river* flow into Chesapeake Bay? Pc, Rk., Yk., Js. Falls? What exports? Q.Norfolk? 10. What is said of Petersburg? Alexandria? Charlottesville? Monticello? 11. Westmoreland? Mount Vernon? 12. What of Williamsburg? Staunton? Win- chester and other towns? * Old Style, eorrespondins to the 22(j[ of February, New Style. 10 142 iilj.^ DESOaiPTIVE OEOGRAPHY. WEST VIRGINIA. From their summit the Ltf^cTlln^J a *^®, **'*®™ boundary. thai th. z^i ^is^'v.srr.f'wt'.'td*''!''' "'"" grains are cultivated. ' wneat, and other cereal cro.sed b, . suspension Sridge mor,hT' ,5;Jrf,eU„„V '"" ' ^^io^ZmtieuZ'Z^m'^tT.tu "';"• "t""' ^P''"*' fr«"" kersburg, both on "he OY^m^Z ■ '^°"" "«««»■" «i"d Par- Ferry, aftheoWit „?ti, P«romao'aVdTI„^''V°^''l- «"P<"'' romaatio situaUon. *^<>tomao and Shenandoah, has a highly Hancock, Brooke Ohin o«^ itr i i, ^* **®® ^"^P No. 13.— popularly caUed'he Pan-Sandb.''''^'" ''"""'' '^'"* *^« d"*"«^ 106 NORTH CAROLINA. 1. North Carolina lies south of Virginia nnr^ ;« «« adSd?f WhafdTes U «"' '•' T"^ V«'"'» ' ^ken „.s it Of ri,.-.. 1r "i^";'.'*",""." ?_"."■?""«• Mountains? Sarfao.f s nr nil."' 1- r »"!i!;?'"°' »'"'■ of climate. So. » ProHnxi.* k WWheeLngt 6. What of Charleston t Point Pleasant? "al^.r's Jforlh CroUna. Q.-l. m,„ ,. ^orth Carolina f Th, low NORTH CAROLINA. 143 2. In the central part ot the State the surface is varied and hilly. In the upper country it rises into mountains, of which Buckley's Peak, the loftiest summit of Black Mountain, is the highest land east of the Mississippi Biver. 3. The coast is indented with shallow sounds and inlets, and bordered with sand-banks, which render navigation dan gerous. The vicinities of Cape Hatteras and Cape^Lookout are the dread of mariners. 4. There are few large towns, and the trade, for want of good harbors, is carried on chi.efly through the seaports of the adjacent States. Corn, cotton, and tobacco, with the products of the forest, lumber, turpentine, tar, pitch, and rosin, are the chief exports. 5. Iron, copper, lead, gold, and coal are the princiT)al minerals. Railroads and manufactures are attracting attention. 6. Here, in 1585, on Roanoke Island, was made the first attempt to found an English colony in America. The settlement, however, was abandoned the following year. In this State, also, American independence was proclaimed, by the inhabitants of Mecklenburg county, more than a year before the glorious declaration of July 4, 1776. 7. Raleigh, the capital, lies five miles west of the Neuse River. The State- House, a splendid building of granite, and the Asylum for the Deaf and Dumb, are the chief public buildings. 8. Wilmington, on Cape Fear River, 30 miles from its mouth, is the chief seaport ; it has considerable trade with the more northern ports of the Union, and with the West Indies. Railroads extend to Petersburg, Richmond, and other towns, both north and south. 9. Fayetteville, at the head of navigation on Cape Fear River, contains a United States armory. Newbern is at tho junction of the Neuse and Trent Rivers. Beaufort [hu'furt), near Cape Lookout, has the best harbor in the State. Charlotte, Greensboro', Elizabeth, Salisbury (sawlz'ber-re), and Asheville, are thriving places. At Chapel Hill is the University of North Carolina. Ifiap JVo 5, United Statrs. — What bounds North Carolina on the north? Va.— East? A.-On.— South? S.-Ca., Ga.—Wost? Te.-^ What mountains in the west part of North Carolina? Ay., B.-Re. — What three Capes on the coast? Hs., Lt., Fr. country? 2. Central part ? Upper countrv? 8. Tho coast? Of Cape Hatteras, &o.? 4. What is said of trade? Exports? 6. Minerals? Railroads? 6. First English colony? American independence! 7. Wha/ of Raleigh ? 8. Wilmington ? 9. Fayetteville, &o. ? M 'w^^. 144 DE8CBIPTIVE GEOOBAPHY. Nortfclrolai/'lt Vo VT *'"'— ^hat two sound, in into Albemarrsound^ Re~?r '?„7„T "if^ •"S'""" ■'"<'■■' «»« -In what direction doCaoeFS.;^! .1° ^""^h" ®°'""" ^r., Ne. -In wi.at oount, « tL'rifS/t^tvS'c^S? "i>r ''°" ' 107 Battle of Eutaw Spriugs. SOUTH CAROLINA. people. products and the enterprise of the prfduc"'„f "th?1;r "" '}" «'*"' ^'••'P'^''- Ri«« -•s the chief sweetTtatrreaiso p;;icT' *"'"""■ "■■""*• °'"»- -" South of it ? Carolim -. Of cotton ^. — 1. Where ih .Soiith rnml " anil riAoV 1 1- ' aroI.MH J niiar is sf ana rice ? Indian cum, &o. ? 8. Cnmmero ina? Whaf is 8ai(i ? SOUTH CAROLINA. 145 4. The Blue Ridge range is on the northwest boundary, where the mountains rise to the height of 4000 feet. The surface falls gradually from this elevation to the low landg near the sea. 5. There are numerous railroads. The most important are those connecting Charleston and Augusta; Charleston, Cam- den, Columbia, and Charlotte; and Charleston and Wil- mington. 6. Many of the residents, especially of the lower and middle refinemenr* wealthy planters, distinguished for intelligence and 7. Some of the most important incidents of the war of independence occurred m South Carolina. Columbia, the capital, wai for a time in possession of the enemy, and the battles of Camden, the Cowpens, King s Mountain, and Eutaw Springs, we^e fought in this State. 8^ Charleston, the principal city, is built on a peninsula at the confluence of Ashley and Cooper Rivers. It is the largest com- mercial emporium in the Atlantic States south of the Potomac. The citizens are noted for their courteous manners and eleeant hos- pitality. "^ 9. Columbia, the capital, is handsomely built and regularly laid out, with wide streets, finely shaded w.th trees. It contains an ele- gant State-House and the College of South Carolina. Camden, near the left bank of the Wateree River, is noted for the battles fought in its vicinity. Georgetown, near the coast, and Greenville and Spar- tanburg, m the upper country, are flourishing towns. Map No. 11, Southern States.— Vfh&i bounds South Carolina on the north? N.-Ca.— East? N.-Ca., A.-On.— South? A.-On., Ga.~West? Ga.— What river separates it from Georgia? Sli.— What rivers flow into Winyaw Bay ? G.-Pe., Ww.— What river south of Winyaw Bay ? Se.— What rivers form the Santee ? We., Ce.— The Congaree? Sa. IM.— What rivers flow into St. Helena Sound? Eo., Ce.~In what year was the battle of Fort Moultrie fought ? Charleston? Monk's Corner? Gates defeated ? Cowpens? Hobkirk's Hill and Eutaw Spnngs? In what district* is Charleston ? Cn.— Columbia? Rd —Camden? Kw.— Sumterville ? Sr.— Near the junction of what rivers is Columbia ? What further of commerce? 4. Blue Ridge range? 5. What ia Haul of railroads? The most important? 6. The residents? 7. What is said of the war of independence? Of the capital, &c ? 8 What of Charleston ? 9. Columbia? Camden? Georgetown, &c.? * In nonily all tho States these divisions are called Counties; but in Pouth Carolina, Distriots. ' " 146 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 108 Ciotton-Picking, * GEORGIA. 1. Georgia lies west of South Carolina and the Atlantic Ocean, and was the last settled of the thirteen original colonies. It is one of the most enterprising and prosperous ot the Southern States. Agriculture and manufactures are the leading p^irsuits of the people. 2. The great staple is cotton : rice, lumher, pitch, tar and turpentine are also largely produced, and, with cotton, form the principal exports. Some tobacco is raised, and, in the southern counties, a considerable quantity of sugar. 8 The numerous islands upon the coast of Georgia, South Carolina, and Florida produce the famous sea-island cotton, which grows nowhere else. It is raised only in mode- rate quantities, and is much more valuable than that raised elsewhere. It is held at a high price for its great length ol' 4. Iron and copper are abundant. Gold is found in the northern part of the State. 5. The railroads in Georgia are numerous and extensive • some of them are gigantic works; they intersect all parts of the State. ^ cotton? 4. M.neral«? 6. What of railroads ? 6. What is said ui' FLORIDA. 147 6. Savannah, on the river of the same name, 17 miles from the eea, is the chief commercial port of Georgia. It is one of the most flourishing cities in the Southern States. 7. Milledgeville, the capital, is on the Oco'nee River. It is a placey of considerable trade, and contains the State-House. Ath'ons is the seat of Franklin College, the oldest in the Southern States, south of Virginia. 8. Augusta, next to Savannah, is the largest city in Georgia. It is connected with Charleston, Savannah, and the State of Tennessee, by railroad, and with Savannah by water. It is well built, and con- tains some handsome public edifices. 9. Columbus, on the Chattahoochee River, is noted for its ootton- factories and paper-mills. Macon, on the Ocmulgee {ok-mul'ghe), and Atlanta, at the junction of four railroads, are flourishing towns. Map No. 11, Southern States.— Vfh&t bound Georgia on the north? S.-Ca., N.-Ca.,Te.-— East? S.-Ca., A.-On.— South? Fa.— West? Aa. — What river separates Georgia from South Carolina ? 8h. — What river separates it in part from Alabama? Ce. — What river in part from Florida? S.-Ms. — What five rivers flow into the Atlantic Ocean? Sh., Oe., Aa., Sa., S.-Ms. — What rivers form the Altamaha? Oe., Oe. — What rivers form the Appalachicola? Ce., Ft. — In what county is Milledgeville? Bn. — Savannah? Cm. — Augusta? Rd. — Columbus? Me. — Macon ? Bb. — To what towns, and how far from the sea, do steamboats ascend the Savannah River? The Oconee? The Oc- mulgee? The Chattahoochee? Which is the largest island ? Cd. — What extensive swamp in Ware and Clinch counties ? Oe. — Where is Fort Pulaski ? 109 FLORIDA. 1. Florida lies south of Georgia and Alabama, and is the most southern of the United States. It consists chiefly of a large peninsula, 400 miles in length. 2. It has a greater extent of sea-coast than any other State. The shores are indented with numerous bays and inlets, but there are few good harbors. The Florida Keys are a range of small islands, south of the peninsula^ inhabited principally by fishermen and wreckers.* Savannah ? 7. Milledgeville ? Athens ? 8. Augusta ? 9. Colum- bus? Macon, &c. ? Florida. Q.—\. Where is Florida? 2. What is said of the sea- * Wreckers nre persons who seek the wrecks of ships and endeavor to eeoure the property and preserve the lives of the crews; for which they are entitled to a oompensation, called salvage. 148 DESCRIPMVE GEOGRAPHY. ^}tJ)^ f"^^^ ''^ ^^^"^^ '^ ^^"»> l^ut i»nd and pleasant «i ^-^j"* surface of the country is level, and but sliffhtl, eleyated above the sea. The soil along th; streamris S/ granfte^ "'*' "'■" """8"^' fiS*' P*^''^^. and pome-' ceatur, .he e^tab/USrof' Z earUes?T„gtf X^'IM^O* Florida was c'eded by Spain to the Uuited Stftes "' ^^' is LVeK^rrhe'Cor I,?;,?'^r'!'"'.rf »' a^rfestoa, noted resort of iu^UdsUn search ol feS" " '"'«"""' ""' " '» ' 8. Pensacola has one of the best harbors on the Gnlf • i* ,•- • portant as a naval station for shins of «/„>. i? w ' "' ^* ™" Bon's Island, is the nio^ southern' tolrin th^C^d C ^'°^?- the seat of an admiralty court Ti^I «i ^^e l^ nit -^d States : it is «non6 the houses ^.'JZ Z^Ll HUTZT-"""' '^'"'^'^' the eastooast? Cl.-Capes on the t st S.l-'Vsc "n:"" °" the west? P.., Co., S.-As.. Ae., Ta., Cm.-The pri^o'iprrS^r^:" A Jifr V;.f!';'haT ^r5;T4t rTrr z^^ '- coast? Shores? Keys? 3. The climate ? Population /fee? 4 Surjtco? Soil? Fruits? 5. Settlement? WhatCurred in 18-0^ 6. WhatissaidofSt. Aum.HfinoV 7 Tallahass,.,' T A ™ , • , ! 8t. Marks, &c. ? 8. Pensacola? K,yX«U ^^''^*'^''"^"- ALABAMA. - 110 14d II II in extensive steamboat loading with Cotton. ALABAMA. 1. Alabama lies principally between Georgia and Missis- Bippi. It possesses but a small extent of coast, yet has con- siderable foreign trade. 2. The principal rivers are the Mobile, Alabama, Tombigby, and Tennessee : they are all navigable for steamboats, and afford ample means for transporting the immense agricultural products of the State to the seaports. 3. Cotton is the great staple of Alabama: in the year 1860 it produced 998,000 bales, a greater quantity than was pro- duced by any other State, except Mississippi. Corn is the principal grain; wheat, tobacco, and rice are also cultivated. 4. Iron and bituminous coal are the principal mineral pro- ductions. They are found in great abundance in the central part of the State. 5. The territory composing this State was originally attached to Georgia. In 1802 it was constituted a part of Mississippi Territory. In 1817 it became the Territory of Alabama; and in 1820 it was admitted into the Union as a State. Alabama. Q. — 1. Where is Alabama? Extent of coast? 2. Rivers? S.Cotton? Corn, Ac? 4. What are the principal minerals? 6. The ISO DESCEIPTIVE OEOOBAPHT. 6. Mobile (mo-beif), at the head of Mobile Bav ».. ,1, < , tied town m Alabama. It i, the largest oitv to^t'hll.^^ "i 'f x:.:u^t?°r u-rdiiar '• »- "'>"ht' xs EiJ.''i!f;gr,'^i„tieTKttir\rprd ?r.\°^^^ o/J'ZZ sS^raTt^or VlJiSZtr'^a^^^^^ ?J •-; r IS the largest town in North a1oKo«:„ •* • , ®" Huntsvi He Alabama, and Gainesville, on^th^Tombigby! are Srivfn^ toVns. ' TX:ellt ft a'lVtt S^^^^^^^ ^Jj^-*^ on the north ? estate westf Mi.-.Wtail!y:lZ' S?' M^ T*' W/t ' •^«- separates Alabama from Florida ? Po wfol !^«"i^o—What river Bay ? Me— What two rivers fnrnTM^lT^. """f ^^^^ ^°*o Mobile rivers form the Alabama? clTawl^''^-'^ Ty., Aa.-What part of the State ? Te,-~How Tonl^^Th^ a T''"'' T^*^" "^^^^^^^^ many miles are the followin7r vpI L • Alabama? Coosa ?-How Tennessee? Tombigby7"iarkTarTo;r Alat^^^^ ^^^"^ - Ill MISSISSIPPI. 1. Mississippi lies west of Alabama and is, p .. * • 3. Cotton is the chief etaple of Mississippi. In the year 7''of"!;LLtg'„"„el^"r^,irir^^ V^"' "' >'<'""" Selma? ^ luscaloosa? 8. Florence, &o. ? HuntsviUe? ^»f^^srrb„„^„7e'drre:ertr'*''. ^"r-^,' ^•«»'' MISSISSIPPI. 151 View on the Mississippi River. 1860, 1,196,000 bales were produced in this State. Corn, wheat, and rice are cultivated^.. Small quantities of sugar and tobacco are produced. The sweet potato, the peach, fig, grape, and other fruits,* grow in perfection. 4. This State was first settled by the French, and was ceded by them to Great Britain in 1763. For many years it was attached to Georgia ; subsequently it formed, with Alabama, the Territory of Mississippi. In 1817 it became a State. 6. Natchez, the largest town in the State, is on the left bank of the Mississippi, nearly 800 miles above New Orleans, and is biiilt principally on a bluff 150 feet above t>' surface of the river. The lower town is a noted landing for steauivrs. 6. The upper town is regularly laid out, and has wide Btreets, ornamented with fine shade-trees. It is especially noted for the Dumber and elegance of its private residences. The trade of this city is extensive. 7. Vicksburg is on the left bank of the Mississippi River, 620 miles above its mouth. Jackson, the capital, is situated on Pearl River, near the centre of the State. It is connected with Vicksburg by railroad. 8. Other towns of importance are Holly Springs, near the northern ISbO ? Corn, &c. ? Sweet potatoes, &c. ? 4. By whom settled ? To what attached? When did it become a State? 5. What is said of Natchez? 6, Upper town? Lower town? 7. Vicksburg? Jackson? 8. Holly Springs, &c. ? 9. Pass Christian, &p. ? 152 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. the west? A< To w»,„* • "" ^"e south ? La., G.-Mo On «.e sea do .laamboa.. a.oeud the Tombigby? ZZ^' m'XtTt 112 Battle of New Orlouiis. LOUISIANA. 1. Louisiana lies on thp dnlf nf itr^ • i 180* '' ^'*''' •^»^«">«'ent, ;ith other territory S ,,„„„ ^„;; ivauir, ana u iurge portion /.,.««»„«. C._,. Wbere i.Zi^i^Zir^. Of tl„ .urfao.. ,WJ LOUISIANA. 153 of these borders is protected by levees, or embaakments of earth. The banks oi' the Mississippi above and below New Orleans constitute what is known as " the coast/' a tract noted I for Its beauty and extreme fertility. 3. The great staples of Louisiana are sugar and cotton Rice, corn, and tobacco are cultivated. In 1860, sugar waa produced to the amount of 298 million pounds. Figs, oranges, I and other fruits flourish here. 4. Very liberal appropriations are made by this State for the Bjpport of public schools, which are generally established I in the largei towns. 5. During the War of 1812, a powerful British force invaded this State, out was totally defeated by the American army, under General Jackson, January 8, 1816. 6. New Orleans, on the Mississippi River, 100 milas from its mouth, is the great emporium of the Western and Southwestern I States. In commerce it is geoond only to New York. The levees are constantly crowded with ships, steamboats, and the various i river-craft of the West. 7. Vast quantities of cotton, sugar, flour, tobacco, pork, hemp, and lead, the products of the great Mississippi Valley, are exported from New Orleans ; and, during the business season, great activity I prevails along the levee. 8. Baton Rouge (bat'un roozh), the capital, is on the left bank of the Mississippi, 140 miles above New Orleans. It contains a fine State-House, the State Penitentiary, and other buildings. Just above the town there is a barracks for United States troops. 8. The other chief towns are Donaldsouville, Plaquemine {plak- meen'), and Bayou Sara (bi'oo say' rah), on the Mississippi, and Alexandria, Natchitoches, and Shreveport, on Red River. Map No. 11, Southern Ah.. Mi.— On the eabt? —What rivers separate river from Texas? Se.- Tn., Be.— -What two in the Mississippi ? Ans. 15ayou Macon? Some Wliou was the battle of States. — What bound Louisiana on the north? Mi., G.-Mo.— South? G.-Mo.— West? Ts. Louisiana from Mississippi? Mi., PI. — Wh.*t -What lakes in the eastern part of the Siate ? the southern part? Cu., Mu. — How long is 4100 miles. Red River? Washita? Sabine? rivers are termed Bayous in Louisiana. — New Orleans fought ? Of the coast? 3. The great staples? Sugar in 1860? 4. What is said of schools? 5. What of thf. W.ar of 1R12? A. Of N^sw Or- leans? What is said of commerce ? 7. Of exports? Of the busi- ness i^^ason? 8. Of Baton Rouge? 9. Donaldsonville and other towns ? 154 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 113 View on the Prairies of Texas—Catclung Wild HorsesT TEXAS. nnl* ^r""^ ^'^' T '^ the Gulf of Mexico, and west of Louisiana and Arkansas. It is the largest State in the Union, its area being more than five times that of Pennsylvania. 2 It was once a part of Mexico, but declared itself inde- pendent m 1836. During the same year its independence was secured by the defeat of Santa An/a, the Mexican Pe7 ^t^^tdtttf '^" ''-''''' ^^ '''' '' - ~^ ohtJ^f cliinate is mild and healthy. The surface consists chiefly of vast prairies, interspersed with tracts of rich timber- lands. Large crops of sugar, cotton, tobacco, and corn are produced. The mineral wealth is not yet developed. Coal marble, and lead have been found. ^ ' 4 Texas is one of the finest grazing countries in the world. tattle increase rapidly, and great numbers are driven into the adjacent States ibr sale. ^ c.cuo. V' ~^' vvxi^ie is Texas'/ "What nf itHsiTA? 9 .un-ed in 1886 ! What further the sZ yeJr f Inllm is said of the climate ! Of the surface J Products ? Minerals ! t What 00- 3. What . TEXAS. 155 5. The inhabitants of Texas are for the most part natives of the other Southern States; its fertile soil and salubrious climate have attracted many emigrants from all parts of the United States, as well as from Europe. The Apache [ah-pah'chay) and Comanche {ko-man'chay) Indians roam in the west, on the borders of Mexico and New Mexico. 6. Austin, the capital, is on the Colorado River, about 200 miles from the sea ; it is noted for its salubrious climate. Galveston, on Galveston Island, and Brownsville, on the Bio Grande, are the chief commercial towns; the former has an extensive trade with New Orleans and Northern ports. 7. Independence is the seat of Baylor University, Huntsville of Austin College, and Rutersville of a Methodist college. New Braun- fels (brdwn'/ela) is a prosperous German settlement. San Antonio is the oldest town in the State; in it is the Al'amo fortress, so famous in the history of Texan independence, where 150 Texans defended themselves for eleven days against 4000 Mexicans. 8. Houston (hii'stun) and Harrisburg are on Buffalo Bayou ; the former is an important commercial depot. The other noted towns are Nacogdoches and San Augustine, in the northern, and Brazoria, Matagorda, Port Lavaca, and Indianola, in the southern part of the State. The latter is finely situated. Map No. 12, rcxflta.— What bound Texas on the north ? I.-Ty., N.- Mc— On the east ? I.-Ty., As., La., G.-Mo.— South ? G.-Mo., Mo.— West? N.-Mo., Mo. — What river separates Texas from Louisiana T Se.— From Indian Territory ? Rd. — From Mexico? R.-Ge. — What rivers flow into Sabine Lake? Se., Ns.— Into Galveston Bay? Ty., S.-Jo. — Matagorda Bay ? Co. — Espiritu Santo Bay? Ge. — Corpus Christi Bay ? Ns.— Into the Gulf of Mexico at Velasco ? Bs.— What Indians southwest of the Pecos River? As. — East of the Pecos? Cs., Ls. — Near what river was the battle of San Jacinto fought? S.-Jo. — Which are the three largest islands ? Gn., Ma., Pe. What further of Texas? 5. What are the inhabitants? What is said of the Apache and Comanche Indians? 6. What of Austin? Of Galveston? Of Brownsville? 7. Of Independence? Huntsville? Rutersville? New Braunfels? San Antonio? 8. Houston, &c. ? The other noted towns ? 166 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 114 fm' WESTERN STATES AND TERRITORIES. 1. The Western States and Territories comprise the States of Arkansas, Kentucky, Tennessee, Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, Wisconsin, Iowa, Missouri, California, Minnesota, Oregon, Kansas, Nevada, and Nebraska; also Colorado, Da- kota, Wyoming, Washington, Idaho, Montana, Utah, Arizoua, New Mexico, and Indian Territories. 2. The Western States and Territories extend from the Alleghany Mountains to the Pacific Ocean, and from the Kcd River, and Mexico, to British America and the great lakes, comprising a territory whose area is nearly three times that of the rest of the Union. 3. The most remarkable features of this section are its lofty mountains, numerous rivers, great lakes, towering forests, and vast prairies. Weft of the Mississippi, in New Mexico, Arizona, TJtah, and Nevada, are some desert regions, nearly destitute of fresh water. Western States, S^c. Q. — 1. Which aro the Western States? Tw- Titories? 2. How far dom this region extend ? What in Paid of id ■ize'/ 3. Whttt are it» moMt remarkable features? What went of tho WESTERN STATES. 157 4. The country between the Rocky and Alleghany Moun- tains ia called the Mississippi Valley. It is drained by the Mississippi and its tributaries, which afford immense facilities for internal commerce. The soil throughout the valley is rich and productive almost beyond comparison. 5. The inland commerce of the United States, carried on Upon the rivers of the Mississippi valley, upon the numerous railroads, and by the great lakes of the north, exceeds that of any other country, of equal population, in the world. The trade of the Pacific coast has within a few years acquired great importance, and in its harbors are now found vessels from all quarters of the globe. 6. Gold, lead, iron, copper, coal, salt, and lime abound in the West. No other region of equal extent exhibits B^^^h a combination of mineral wealth and fertility of soil, uniteu ^ith such rare natural facilities of transportation. 7. Cotton and tobacco, rice, and sugar are produced in the southern section ; and wheat, Indian corn, hemp, oats, and barley, in the northern and central districts. Cattle, hogs, and horses constitute an important part of the wealth of the people of the Western States. 8. A portion of the west in the vicinity of th« Roeky Mountains has been recently settled : the riches of the mines, the oheapnesa of land, the fertility of the soil, and the general character of the climate, are attracting emigratioa from all other parts of the ooua- try, and from Europe. 115 9. A laudable zeal is manifested in the cause of education. Large appropriations are made by the States for public-school instruction, and numerous colleges, academies, and high schools have been established. Nearly all the children of the Weetern States have opportunities f( r common-school education. Missiiiflippi, &c. ? 4. What is «nid of the country between the Rocky luid Al'eghany MounUinn? What of tlie riversl o. Whatol inland ecmmcroo? T'.s trade of the Pacific coast? o. Gold, &o. ? 7. Cotton, &•.? Cattle, Ac? 8. Of the western country? What is said of edueation ? 10. What is said «f th« Indians' 11 C/. 158 DESCRIPTIVE GEOOBAPHT. wi»l"' ^f'? *" *.* ^°'^'*°» ™ 'he United .States are new ^th.n the l.m.te of this divisien of the Union SoLear! fr»K IT'"*'^',*'"' '•"« «'•«'"«>• portion remain unohrnffed although the settlement*, arts, and improvemenrof wWte' men are narrowing their boundaries, the, retain their oririn!l savage character and condition. <=■«« meir original and otten carry off women and children as slaves ' \ — , CaShfsmilMif lf'"'Tr^''?'' '\"" ""■««"' '''""'> State. The ^e^„Moh extends fartUst ...i, 'SLt":.' ^o^, ll^^l include? ""''^'"K*^'^- ^^^^ ""^ny degrees of longitude do they the east by thi^feslisiipp^'t ^,^1^^^^^^^^ ,^-"^^^ ' Bides of the MississippfRirer ' Ma:!^!!! wf't '„ ^? T ^'''' bounded on the south by the Ohio Rivpr? n Western States are ha. th, Ohio f„. it, njHtr?L:,f„rr;r Vl:wh;r*^,'tf'"" hou„,l„d^„n the west h, the Pacific Oc'nf cL. O^'-y^l^l'l^C »«• •*yv iHucs. Tvnat. states are bounded wo^at ;» «»«» u ^t Missouri River? Mi., la. ""unuea west, in part, by the 11. The (Veoks, &o. ? The Sionr *« t io nru- i. tribe. f What 1. ..id oUkZllZ LrCoZ'nl^l "" '''""'""• ARKANSAS. 159 116 ARKANSAS. 1. Arkansas li^s on the west bank of the Mississippi, north of Louisiana and south of Missouri. It is an im- portant agriculturpl State. 2. Arkansas was a part of the Louisiana purchase. It was made a separate Territory in 1819, and was admitted into the Union in 1836. 3. The eastern portion is low and marshy, but the interior is elevated, healthy, and pleasant. Cotton, corn, and tobacco are the principal products. Iron ore and coal abound, and some salt is made. 4. It has good advantages for internal commerce. The Ar- kansas, Red, White, St. Francis, and Washita (wosh'e-taw) Rivers have a part of their course in this State, and are all navigable streams. 6. The Hot Springs, about eighty in number, are lituated about fifty miles southwest of Little Rock, and are much Msortcd to bf invalids. 6. Little Rook, the cnpital, is on the Arkansas River, about 300 miles from its mouth. Van Bureu, on the Arkansas River, near the western boundary of the State; Fort Smith, on the same river, at the mouth of Poteau (po-to') River; IJatesville, on White River; and Helena and Napoleon, on the Mississippi, are among the other principal towns. Map Nn. 11, Southern States and part of Wettern Statei.^—^hai bounds Arkansas on the north ? Mi. — East ? Mi., Te., Mi, —South ? La, — West ? I.-Ty., Ts. — What river separates : t from Tennessee and Mississippi ? Mi. — What rivers in Arkansas flow into the Missig- Bippi? As,, Wo., S.-Fs. — What two flow into Louisiana? Rd., Wa. —What rivers flow into the White River? B.-Bk., Ce,, L,-Rd, — What rivpis flow into the Arkansas? L.-Fe., P,-Jn., Mo. — Into the Wasbitu? L. Mi,, B.-Sr.— Red River? Se. ArlfansaH. What of products ? Of oAttle Wli en and by whom &o. ? Salt Of the surface ? 8oil ? 8 springs? 4. The Mam- TENNESSEE. 161 5. Until the year 1795, the people suffered from Indian hostilities; many fell in battle, others in their fields and houses, by the hands of the savage Ibe. Since that period, Kentucky has advanced rapidly in population, wealth, and importance. " 6. Frankfort, the capital, stands on the right bank of the Ken- tucky River, 60 miles from its mouth. Lexington, the oldest town in the State, is 26 miles southeast of Frankfort, in the midst of a well-cultivated district. It is the seat of Transylvania University. 7. Louisville {loo'is-vil), the principal city of Kentucky, and one of the most important places of the West, is on the left bank of the Ohio, 350 miles from its mouth. It has an extensive trade, exporting annually large quantities of tobacco, hemp, and live stock. 8. Just below Louisville, the channel in the Ohio is obstructed by falls or rapids, around which is constructed a canal two and a half miles in length. Through this canal, boats in most stages of water are obliged to pass in ascending or descending the river. 9. Maysville, Covington, and Newport, upon the Ohio, are import- ant and growing places. Paducah, at the mouth of the Tennessee, is a town of considerable importance. Bardstown is the seat of St. Joseph College, Danville of Centre College, and Georgetown of Georgetown College. Map JVo. 18, Western States. — What States bound Kentucky on the north? Is., la., Oo.— East? W.-Va., Va.— South? Te.— West? Mi., Is., la.— What river on the north? Oo. — On the west? ML, Oo. — What river and mountains are its eastern boundary ? B.-Sy. Cd.— Which are the principal rivers? Te., Cd., Gn., St., Ky., Lg. — On what river is Frankfort? Ky. — Louisville? Oo. — Maysville? Oo. — Covington? Oo. 118 TENNESSEE. 1. Tennessee lies south of Kentucky, and was originally a part of North Carolina. In 1790 it was ceded to the Gene- ral Government, and in the same year was organized into the "Territory Southwest of the Ohio." In 1796 it became a State. 2. Tennessee is divided into East, Middle, and WeMt Ten- moth Cave? 6. What of the people? What since that period? 6. What of Frankfort. ? Of J.orinsrtr-.n ? 7 What .-.f T.r-.-tJc-^jl'ii 9 Of its trade ? 8. Of the channel in The Ohio ? The canalT 9." What is said of Maysville, &o. ? Paducah ? Bardstown, &c. ? Tennessee. Q.—l. Where is Tennessee? What is said of it? What occurred in 1796? 2. IIow is Tennessee diuded ? Wh»U, is nnUi of 162 I t DESCRIPTIVE GEOQRAPHY. Ten„o«« Iron Work..-vl.w of tho CumborLnd Momtain,. ' nessoe. East Tennessee lies between the AUetrlianv anrf Ort't"^ «""""?'"'! "'•»<''« Tennessee befS thf Cuuiberland Mountains and the Tennessee RiUrlndwtt Tennessee, between the Tennessee and Mississippi R,"er: ft„.;i. /"'' "/ ^"f ^"^ ^'^^^^ Tennessee is exceedin<.lv fen le and produces large crops of corn, tobacco, aXotto7 wetaJ^raToVLLr"'"""" ""'"'''' -^ p--*""y 4. Iron and coal are the chief minerftls Thov^ „ manufactories, principally of iron Th« ^" .■ *''® numerous .an, caverns a^.o.aL/ ^l Sas^a'.rSr ^"4;"^ Rlt!'5?ol'n»/f;„,nsll°'' }^ '■'/? T,''."' "■" Cumberland i^ew uneans, and has a large and rapidly increasing trade. East Tennessee ? Middle Tcnnesse. We«t T«nnn-o«. 9 o -, ^u r ur iia«i Tennessee ? 4. What are the chiVf minerais ? "" wt "if te ja,d of manutacfories? The mountain-region?' 6 WhaTlI R^ankLfST"^^ '' ^^-P^^^' 7- ^-vA Clavkavil7e!l;i OHIO. 163 7. Knoxville, on the Holston River, is the principal town of East Tennessee. Clarksville, on the Cumberland, and Bolivar, upon the Hatohee, are thriving places. Franklin, Columbia, Murfreesboro', and Winchester, in Middle Tennessee, are flourishing towns. Map No. 11, Southern and part of Western States. — What States bound Tennessee on the north ? Ky., Va. — On the east? N.-Ca. — South? Ga., Aa., Mi., N.-Ca.-^West? As., Mi. — What river sepa- rates this State from Arkansas and Missouri? Mi. — Which, are tlie two principal rivers ? Te., Cd. — Name the head branches oif the Tennessee. Ps., Cb., Hn., F.-Bd. — What mountains separate Ten- nessee from North Carolina ? Ay.— What mountains between the Tennessee and Cumberland Rivers ? Cd. — How high are they ? 119 OHIO. 1. Ohio lies west of Pennsylvania and West Virginia, and north of West Virginia and Kentucky. It ranks in popula- tion as the third State in the Union. 2. This State was settled in 1788. In 1799 the first terri- torial legislature met at Cincinnati, and organized the govern- tti^n^ I^Ktrk n/4/~vT\f A/^ n l:rkticif if iif ion i n 1 Qil^^ uikri m frii!) aovvii^ s admitted a^ a State. year wa^ Ohio. ifcourrod ^.--1. Where ia Ohio ? What of its population ? 2. What in 1T88 and 171)0? Iil 1802 1 8; Wliat of the southern part T 164 BESCfRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. which afford .^.^ KilIs\'nTrnurt:r ''o'^i er^ ^^^^^/^"'^^^^-""g estublishinents than any other W^l n& '^**^ ^^F^^ products are com and wheat. In I860 S«.^ f ^ "'"'" T." *^^° ^"^y «^^^^ S^^te except Illinol Tobacco, oats, rye, and buckwheat are also cultivated of wi?e is mTde^Thf ^'''' '^ '^' ^'^'^ * considerable quaBtity oi wme 18 made. Cheese is an important article of exnort lUn^I cattle, and horses are largely exoorted ta thl vJ*^ .^^' mouth. It is one of the m7>,t.« L t P"""^'. ^^ ""«' '"•»■» i'» noted for the enL°rpri,e f U c .r'sTnltX''' T'"'."' ?■? '' portanoe of its maaSfaotures and trade ">« «tent and im- ror*U^t7S,reaZri:la1^;"cl;fa;?t^el^^^^^ ^^'-^ commercial points Davtnn ni, ♦k m- ^ ^ loJedo are important Mus.n«u„.f_«4rr;r«^^^^^^^^^ Poi&ie S t-ho'^^if at Srirof, ''""'• .f.',-"-""' -0 MWe), Springfield, and' X^iXC:."*? ^rinS"""'"'" ^f'"- sideraWe note. * ' ''* inland towns of con- -What riwr forms its so^hernlSarv' oI"' wr7^''''''-'"- mto Uke Erb? Me. Sy., Hn.. S -So t "e ^rR "elt" Mi" M7.!i:coi^&*'s.T?,Ver/'z:^^""''''«'=^*'-'-w.onr The northern? Rivers? 4 Who* ;» „ • i ^ .i To^.0, ... 5. Winft Shekel 'Jto^ *1. fVtf^ K!";SI Und ? Sandusky, «to. ! Darion &„ » ?n m ?' ^''f "^ ^'"''- oothe, &c. » ■'' °^- - "ayion, &o. ! 10. Maiietta, &o. ! Chilli- INDIANA. 165 120 Battle of Tippecanoe. INDIANA. 1. Indiana lies west of Ohio and north of Kentucky, and is the smallest of the Western States. The surface bordering the Ohio River is broken and hilly ; the remainder of the State is generally level, and extremely fertile. 2. The principal products are corn, wheat, and pork. To- bacco, wool, and maple sugar, also, are produced. -The mine- rals are coal, iron, and salt. 3. Except Ohio, Indiana is the most densely peopled of the Western States. It yielded in 1860 more corn, compared with its area, than any other State in the Union except Illinois. 4. Most of the important towns in Indiana are connected by railroads. A canal extends from Toledo, in Ohio, near the mouth of the Maunree River, to Evansville, on the Ohio River, in thia State. Indiana. ^-..«.'), on thrWabash" (waw'bash) River, is the oldest town in the State. 8. Terre Haute (tgrVeh-hote'), Lafayette, and Logansport are flourishing places on the Wabash River. Fort Wayne,^ on Z Maumee, an^ Richmond, in the eastern part of the State are LarSficiJgr ^-^^^- '^^y i- the o4 important pll^'e^: -What river on the south ? Oo.-On the west ? Wh.-What 'river Ir'se Mv T ^w ^ Me.-What rivers flow into the Wabash El., Se. My., Te., We.-What river flows into the Illinois? Ke - What lake in the northwest corner of the State ? Mn —What town is situated on Lake Michigan? M.-Cy. wnat town 121 ILLINOIS. 1. Illinois lies west of Lake Michigan, Indiana, and Ken- tucky and IS noted for its rapid growth in population and Zt h- ^* .''^"^' ^'"^'^^ *^® Western States next to Ohio. t A Tf.T^^' '' Its western boundary, extending along its border 500 miles. Illinois is one of the most fertile States in the Union. 2. In the northwest, and along the banks of the Mississippi Of a canal? 5. What of the battle of Tippecanoe? 6 What of SltS'-i ?' ^'I^^«^^ I I Vat of New 1X1 Citv? ' '^"' ' '"" "^^*^'' """'^^J "^^- *■ i? Oil, Wayne? Michigan ^Zinow.^.— 1. Wher« is Hlinois? How does it compare with ehe other Western States? What of the Mississippi, &cTTwhat of the surfa ILLINOIS. 167 The -lead-mines near Coal is abundant in and Illinois Rivers, there are many elevated bluffs; a large proportion of the State is, however, level. A small tract in the southern part is hilly. Agriculture is the chief em- ployment of the people. The principal products are wheat, cora, oats, potatoes, tobacco, and wool. Cattle, horses, and swine abound. 3. The chief minerals are lead and coal. Galena are among the richest in the world. nearly all parts of the State. 4. The railroads are numerous and important. The Illinois Canal connects the lakes and the Mississippi River. 5. Chicago [she-kaw'go), on Lake Michigan, is the largest city. It is the centre of an extensive and rapidly-increasing trade, and is one of the most important cities of the West. It is especially noted for its immense grain and lumber trade. The exports of grain and lumber are larger than those of any other port in the world. 6. Springfield, the capital, is a handsome city, on a beautiful prairie, near the- centre of the State. 7. Peoria is a flourishing city, beautifully situated upon the Illi- nois River. Galena, in the northwestern part, and Quincy and Alton, on the Mississippi River, are important places. Cairo {kay'ro), at the junction of the Ohio and Mississippi Rivers, is the southern ter- mination" of the Illinois Central Railroad. 8. Jacksonville contains several State institutions, and Illinois College. The State Normal School is at Bloomington. Rockford, on Rock River, in the northern part of the State, and Rock Island, on the Misf?issippi, near the mouth of Rock River, are flourishing places. Map No. 13, Western States. — What bounds Illinois on the north ? Wn.— East? L.-Mn., la., Ky.— South? Ky., Mi. —West? Mi., la. -What river on the west ? Mi —South ? Oo.— East? Wh.— What rivers flow into the Mississippi? Ik., Is., Ka. — Into the Illinois? Ke., D.-Ps., Fx., Vn., Mw., Sn., Sn.— The Wabash? B.-Vn., Es., L.-Wh. — What lake on the northeast forms part of the boundary of the State? Mn. — What important city is situated upon this lake ? Co. — Upon what river is Peoria ? Is. — Near what river is Springfield ? Sn. of the surface ? What of agriculture? Products? What domestic Ck ■» «*• *iillll<4rlC> o. iviin6rciiB i tTTi_ _ X ^ I* J.1 1 J : o Railroads? The Illinois Canal ? 6. What is said of Chicago ? For what i. it especially noted? 6. What of Springfield? 7. Peoria? Galena, &o. ? Cairo ? 8. Of Jacksonville ? What institution at liloomington i 168 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 122 Perry s Vicioxy. MICHIGAN. «ni' ^.'^"'^.^N {rnjsh'e-gan) lies north of Ohio, Indiana nor.w'''""'-''' f'^? r^P"^"^ *^« ^^^g« peninsulas. The' northern peninsula is between Lakes Superior and Michigan the southern between Lakes Huron Q^'r^n) and Michifan! It has more lake-coast than any other'stute in the Union 2. The northern portion is thinly settled, and is noted for Its mines of copper, which are the richest in the world Iron L:t"'^ The^^^^^^^^^ ^^"^"^"^ *^^^ ^' ^--y and 3. The southern peninsula is level and very fertile, and onfh 'T t "'^'^': r^'^^' ^°^ 'y^ -'' produced i'n the south. In the central and northern parts pine lumber is obtained in large quantities. r^JiJhC rft ^f '' ^^ ""^'^^ ^^"^^g^« ^« siirrounded are navigi^le for the largest vessels. Perry's victory was gained on Lake Erie, near this State, in September, 1813. Mi.r.Mnnn /I 1 Tin i- i«-? i . « What ofMip no^-'fiTn'' """'' '^ f '^"/g*'^- ^^^«t of the lake-coast? porttnV wT The southern? 2. Of the northern fhe south ? 4 Wh ; T *f ""^ the southern peninsula ? Products in tne south 7 4. What ot the great lakes ? Where was Perry^s victory WISCONSIN. 169 5. Detroit, the largest city, is beautifully situated, upon the river lof the same name. From its position, it has great commercial ad- Irantages, and has railroad connections with the principal Eastern |iud Western cities, and with Canada. 6. Lansing, the capital, is in the centre of a fertile and improving district, on the Grand River. Mackinaw, on an island near the entrance to Lake Michigan, and Saut Ste. Marie (too sent may're), at the foot of the rapids in Ste. Marie River, near Lake Superior, are I noted summer resorts for travellers. I ^: ^"lu'^^'Sr '^,1^®. ^®** ""^ ^^^ University of Michigan, Jackson contains the State Penitentiary, and Ypsilanti (ip-se-lan'te) the State hormal School. Marshall, Kalamazoo, and Niles are important I (owns, on the line of the Central Railroad. 8. Monroe on the river Raisin, near Lake Erie ; Adrian, on the same river; Grand Rapids, on Grand River; Grand Haven, at the mouth of Grand River; and Pontiac, northwest of Detroit, are I thriving towns. Map No. 14, Michigan and Wifsconsin:—Wh&t lakes bound Michiean on the north? Sr., Hn.-On the west? Mn., Sr.-What three lakes east? Hn., S.-Cr., Ee.— What States south? Oo., la., Wn.— Pro- hmceeast? Ca— What rivers separate the State from Wisconsin ? ., Ml.— What island in the extreme northwest? Re.— What (trait connects Lakes Huron and Superior? Ans. The Saut Ste I Marie. This is the French name of the rapids in the river or strait that connects Lakes Superior and Huron, around which a ship- canal has lately been constructed. It is also the name of the town -What river flows into Saginaw Bay ? Sw.— Name the three largest rivers that flow into Lake Michigan. Mn., Gd., S.-Js. 123 WISCONSIN. 1. Wisconsin lies west and south of Michigan, and has, next to that State, the greatest extent of lake-coast of any State in the Union. It is noted for its rapid growth in popu- I lation, and for the fertility of its soil. 2. Tn the southern and central parts the surface is gene- I rally level, consisting of prairie and timber land. In the gained? 5. What is said of Detroit? 6. Of Lansing? Of Mackinaw anuSaui. Ste. Marie? 7. Ann Arbor, &c. ? Vpsilanti, &c.? 8. Mon- roe? Adrian, &c. ? Wisconsin. Q.~l. Where is Wisconsin ? What is said of it ? 2. Of the surface of the souihern and central parts ? The northern .-tji 170 DESCEIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Lead-Mining. northern part it is hilly and broken. There are no mountains in Wisconsin. "8. Wisconsin is rich in mineral pre lucts ; lead is found in greater quantities than in any other State. Copper and iron abound. The copper region of Lake Superior extends into this State. Corn and whenl are the principal agricultural products. 4. Madison, the capital, is a flourishing city, situated between two beautiful lakes, in the southern part of the State. 6. Milwaukee, the largest and most important city in the State, is on Lake Michigan. It has a fine harbor, and is one of the largest grain and lumber markets in the world. 6. Racine (rahs-sem'), Kenosha, Sheboygan, and Ozaukee, all on Lake Michigan, are important places. Green Bay, at the mouth of Fox River, Fond du Lac, at the head of Winnebago I^ake, and Jnnes- viile and Beloit, on Rock River, are thriving towns. Superior, near the head of Lake Superior, is a new and flourishing settlement. Prairie du Chien {prm/'re-doo-shem'), on the Mississippi, is an old French settlement. There are many ancient mounds in its vicinity. Map No. 14, Michi(/an ajid Wisconstn.—Whni lake bounds WisconHin on the east? Ma.-— Wh(>,t lake north? Sr.— Rivers west? Mi., S.-Cx.— States south ? Ma.. la., is.— What rivers separate this Stnte from Michigan? Me., Ml.— Which are the two largest rivers wliollv in the State? Ca., Wn.— What bay novthetist ? On.— What rivor flows into it atGteen H.iy ? Fx. — What rivor fl.iws into tli-^ Fnnd du Lac of Lake Superior? S.-Ls.— What lake forms part of Fox River ? Wo. o. v/i i:ii!irr;iK3 ; i.oj»pPi, &u. T ifiO COpjier region : (0111, .Madison? f). Milwnukeo? 6. What of Racine, &c. ? (iieca Bay, &o. ? Prairie du Chieu ? &C.? IOWA. 171 124 mountains between two IOWA. 1- Iowa {i'o-wah) lies west of Illinois and Wisconsin. The Mississippi River is its eastern boundary, and the Mis- souri and Big Sioux form its western. It was organized as a Territory in 1838, and in 1846 was admitted as a State. 2. Its surface consists of prairie land, interspersed with g/oves of timber. In some parts of the northwest it is rugged and sterile. The soil in the south and eas^ is re- markable for f ■ "Mty; luxuriant crops of corn, wheat, rye, and oats are raised. Sheep abound, and the wool is of ex- cellent quality. 3. Lead, tha principal mineral, is found in great quantities. Some of the richest lead-mines in the United States are in the vicinity of Dubuque. Cool, iron, and limestone abound. 4. Des Moines (de-moin'), the capital, is finely situated at the junction of Des Moines and Racoon Rivers. Iowa City, the former capital, is the seat of the State University. 6. Dub«que {doo-boohk'), the largest city of Iowa, is on the Misuii- sippi Kivw, in the centre of the mining district. Davenport is finely situated upon the Mississippi, at the foot of the upper rapids. A Tivilroad bridge crosses the Mississippi at this point. 6. Keokuk, at the foot of the lower rapids of the Mississippi Burlmgton, the oldest town in the State, und Muscatine, are aourish- mg places, on the right bank of the Mississippi River. Council Bluffs is the most important town of Western Iowa. Mount Pleasant, Fairfield, Cedar Rapids, and Keosauqua (ke-o-saw'kivah) are thriving places. ■' * Map No. 13, Western Statea.~m\fii State bounds Iowa on the north ? Ma— States east? Wn., Is.— Stnte south? Mi.—What State and Territory on the west? Na., Da— What river east? Mi —What nvers west? Mi., B.-Sx. See Map No. 5.— What river forms a small portion of the southern boundary? D -Ms.— Which is the argest river, wholly within ihe State, thnt flows into the MissisMippi ? a._A\ h.ch IS the largest tributnry of the Iowa ? Cr. See Map No. 1-1— Wiuu lake near the northern boundary of the State? St. Iowa. Q—l. Where is Iowa ? V/li< n was it organized cs a Ter- P 1 Products? a. Minerals? 4. What of Des Moines? Iowa tity? r>.Wlmt of Dubuque? Davenport? O.Keokuk? Burlinu- ton, and other towns ? • '■S-;\V;J,,J 172 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 125 MISSOURI. 1. Missouri (mis-soo're) lies west of Illinois and Ken tucky, and is the most populous State west of the Mississippi. It is noted for the variety and abundance of its minerals, and tor the fertility of its soil. 2. Corn, wheat, tobacco, and hemp are the principal agri- cultural products. The soil is well adapted to grazing, and great numbers of horses, cattle, mules, and hogs are raised. 8. This State • rich in minerals. The lead-region covers an area of not less than 3000 square miles. The '"on Mountain and Pilot Knob are immense masses of nearly pure i. sufficient in amount to supply the world for centuries. Coal anv copper abound, and salt is made. 4. JeflFerson City, the capital, is pleasantly situated on the south side of the Missouri River, 128 miles from its mouth; it . ..tains a handsome State-House ard the State Penitentiary. 6. St. Louis (scnt-loo'is), the third city in the West, occupies a commanding position on the west bank of the Mississippi River, 1200 miles froni tlie sea. It is admirably situated for commerce, and has the trade of a vabt and fertile region. A greater number of steamboats arrive at and depart from St. Louis than from any other Western city. The manufactures are important: the most prominent are refined sugar, 3our, tobacco, oil, and machinery, 6. St. Charles, Booneville, and Lexington, on the Missouri, and Hannibal, Si. Genevieve (sent-Jen-e-veer'), and Cape Girardeau [Je- rar-do'), on the Mississippi, are thriving towns. 7. Independence, Kansas City, and St. Joseph, in the western part of the State, are flourishing places. Columbia, north of the Missouri, ia the seat of the University of Missouri. Map No. 13, Wesiern States. — What bound Missouri on the north? Ia., Is. — On the east? Is., Ky. — On the south? As. — States and Territory west? Ks., Na., In.— What river on the east? Mi — Flowing through the centre? Mi. — What rivers flow into the Mis- souri ? L.Pe., Gd., Cn., Oe., Go. — Into the Mississippi? D.-M., St., Mi., Mc. — What rivers flow into the State of Arkansas? W.-Wr., B.-Bk., Ct., We. Missouri. Q. — 1. Where is Missouri ? For what is it noted? 2. Products? AVhat of grazing? 3. What of minerals? 4. What of Jefferson City ? 5, St. Louis? Of commerce, &c. ? What of stoani- 7. Independence, &o. ? Columbia ? CALIFORNIA. ~ 126 173 View of Sau Frunciuco. CALIFORNIA- 1. California lies in the western part of the TTnited States, on the shores of the Pacific Ocean, and was admitted into the Union in 1850. It is noted for its vast wealth of gold, silver, and quicksilver, and for its rapid growth. 2. It is the second State m extent in the Union. Its cora- mercia! advantages are very great. It has a sea-coast of 800 miles, and one of the fin(?it bays in the world. 3. The surface of California is mountainous, with several extensive fertile v.illeys between the ranges. The Coast Mountains and the Sierra Nevada (sr^/rah nay-vnhfdah) ex- tend through the State nearly parallel with the coast. 4. The Colorado, Sacramento, and San Joaquin are the largest fivpra ; the two last named drain the magnificent valley between the Sierra Nevada and the Coast Mountains. 5. The gold-region extends along the base of the Sierra Nevada for lUNirly 50!) miles. Gold i.s found in amiizing quantities, and thousands of people are employed in collecting it. California, p.— 1. Where 13 Cnlifornia? Forwhatisittioted? 2, Its extent? <'ommorcial advantage."*? Sea-coast. Sio. ? 8. Of its kui facet Coast Mountains and Sierra Nevada? 4. Risers? h. WliaA4>f ih» 12 174 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 6. The inbabitanis are emigrants from every other State in the Union, Mexicuus, Europeans, auJ Chinese. Among the ridges of the Sierra Nevada there are a few Indians. Cattle and horses abound ,- hides, horns, and tallow are exported. Wherever the soil can he irrigated, wheat of the finest quality is produced. 7. San Francisco, on the bay of the same name, is the great com- mercial mart of California, and is frequented by ships of all nations. Stockton, Benicia, Monterey (vion-tay-ray'), Los Angeles {Jioce an'Jeh- lez), and San Diego {sahn-de-ay'go) are flourishing plnces. 8. Sacramento, the capital, is on the Sacramento River. It was commenced in 1848, and is already a great commercial town. Los Angeles, situated between the Coast Mountains and the sea, derives its name, ''City of the Angela," from its delightful climate and the beauty of the surrounding country. Grapes of superior quality are cultivated here, and wine and brandy are manufactured. Map No. 17, Calif omid, ^r, -— What bound California on the north? On., iN a.— East? Na., Aa.— South? Mo., P.-On.— West? P.-On. — What parallel forms the northern boundary ? What river flows north into San Francisco Bay ? S.-Jn. — South into San Francisco Bay? So.— What islands on the coast ? S.-Sa.— Bays? Kh., Ht., Ba., S.-Fo., My. — Where are the Sierra Nevada? Coast Mts. ? Mt. Shasta? Mt. San Bernardino? Mt. San Gorgonio? Tule Laket Where is San Francisco ? Stockton? Monterey? San Diego? 5. ,.- 127 MINNESOTA. 1. Minnesota lies west of Wisconsin and Lake S>- >jrior, and is bounded on the north by British America. It derives its name from the Minnesota liiver, the principal stream flow- ing wholly within the State. 2. The surface consists principally of prairie-land ; but there ore Iftrge tracts of white pine, oak, and sugar-maple timber. In the northern part there is a dividing ridge that separates the waters that flow into the Mississippi River from those that flow north into Hudson Bay. 8. White pine lumber is shipped by rafts in large quantifies down the Mississippi and St, Croix {sent-kroi') Rivers. Wheai, rye, Ofits, eorn, and potatoes are iMportant products. gold-region? 6. What is said of the inhabitants, &o. ? Cattle, &c ' The soil ? 7. Of San Francisco ? Stockton ? Benicia, &c. ? 8. Sacramento? L«»i» AiigviuB? Minnea . (?,—l, Where Is Minnesota? Wliy so named? 2. What of its 8U face? 8. Of white pine lumber? Important products? OREGON. 175 4. The lakes are numerous, and abound in fish ; but. with the exceptiun ot the Lake of the Woods, Rainy Lake, Red L^k^. and a lew others, they arc smalL J%,\^'7^' '''' the Mississippi River, eight miles below the Falls eJiface. ^''^' '" '^' '''^''^^' ^^^ State-House is a haadsome ,, ^; ^b c °*^°7 ''"^ Minneapolis, on the Mississippi River, at the •alls of St. Anthony, and Stillwater, on the St. Croix, are 'hrivW wrnaandsr rr^^' '''i '''' 1 't ^"^^^^^^^ ^' Minnesot^^ Winona and St. Cloud are also on the Mississippi, and Traverse de«. b.oux {lrav'er...da^-soo') a nd Mankato ar e on The Mknesota mver. B ^iT ^Sf'Jf' ^^^frr""' ^'rZ^^^ "°""'^y "''^t^ of Minnesota? B.-Aa.-State and lake evst? Wn., Sr.-State south? la.-Terri- s7ws L rT^T'^P**^ rr- ^^'- ^^^•' iid.-Principal lakes? to.., vVs Ky., Rd.— From what lake does the Mississippi flow? la -On what river ,8 St. Anthony ? Mi.-Minneapolis ? Mi -What rivers flow into the Mississippi ? Ma., Rm., S.-Cx 128 OREGON. 1. Oregon lies north of California and Neva la, on the 1 acifac coast. It was admitted into the Union in 1859. 2. Three ranges of mountains traverse Oregon,— the Coast Mountains, near the Pacific, the Cascade Range, about 15C miles inland and nearly parallel with the Coast Mountpins and the Blue Mountains, extending from the northeast in a southwesterly direction. The Cascade Range ; the loftiest, ihe highest peaks .ire Mt. Hood, 13,000 feet, and Mt. Jeffer- sc»i and Three Sisters, each 11,000. 3. Between the Cascade Range and the Coast Mountains .tie soil 18 lertile; in the centre of the State it is well suited tor grazing; farther eaat it is sandy and barren. 4 Gigantic pine-trees, from 2(H^ io 800 feet in height, are found on ihe lower part of the Co? .n. n River. Great quantities of lumber are exported to CJifor. -a . .d the Sandwich islands r> The rivors of this ,mrt of ;ho Tnion nbound in salmon; these fi^li form a large part of the food of the Indians. f'S^^.f'iirJl^'^f^l 5-Wh,,tofSr"l^7^.St.An.].o„y? Min- r L-: -t:r. a.ti , oi.;. ; ^1 Uluhtt, &c. T o/nf-t y-r^- ^y'"" ■' ^^'•'^«""- - What oT .'he ..irface' 3 the 801) between the CttHCttde Kange and the t uast Muunt«in«v Of the centre. &o. ? 4. What of pine trees? Lumber? 5 For what 17G DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. MiddiuuMty pr;^- cbiug tu the ludiauH. 6, The Indians hare been rnueh liuproved by the preaching and the example of the mUsionaries. Tiie principal tribes in Oregon are the Nezpercds (nay -pair -say'), BannaekH, and Cayuses. 7. Salem, the capital, is on Willamette [wH-Uihfmet) River, 80 miles from its mouth, Astoria, on th« Columbia, i« the principal port, Portland is at the head of ship-navigation on the Willamette River Oregon, Eugene City, and CorvalliK, on the same stream, are flourish- ing tovtrns. Map No. 17, California, Oregon, ^c. — Wb«* bounds Oregon on the north? Wn.— East? lo.— South? Na., C«.— West? P.-On.— What three mountain ranges? Ct., Ce., Be, — What rirer on the northern boundary ? Ca. — Principal af^uents of the Coluaibia in Oregon ? L.-Fk,, Fs., We. — On what river is Salem ? We. — Portland, Oregon, Corvallis, and Eugene City? We. — Astoria and Dalles? Ca. 129 KANSAS. 1. Kansas lies west of Missouri, and was admitted into the Union in 18t)l. There are no mouutains or great elevu- are the rivers noted? What of their fish? 6. Wliat of the Indian population? Name the principal tribes. 7. What is said of Stilera? Asioria? Portland? Oregon City ? Eugene City? Kamaa Q — 1. Where is Kansas ? What of mountains ? Rivers? WASHINGTON. 177 tions in Kansas. The Missouri River is a part of the east- em boundary. The Kansas and Arkansas Rivers and their tributaries are the other principal streams. 2. The eastern section is a fertile region ; in the centre the sur- face consists of prairie land, but in the extreme west it becomes almost a desert. 3. The settlement of the eastern portion of Kansas by a white population commenced in 1854. Since that time the population has increased with great rapidity. 4. Among the principal towns are Tope'ka, the capital, Lecompton, and Lawrence, all on Kansas River ; Leavenworth and Atchison, on the Missouri, and Ossawatomie {oa-sA-wot'o-me), on the Osage {o-saif). Map No. 16, Kansas. — What on the north of Kansas? Na. East? Mi.— South? L-Ty.— West? Co.— What river forms part of the eastern boundary of Kansas? Mi. — What river flows through the southern part? As.— Through the northern part? Ks.— Name some of the branches of Kansas River. Where is the Osage River? The Neosho ?— Where is Topeka ? Lawrence ? NEVADA. 1. Nevada (ne-vah'dah) lies east and north of California, and was admitted as a State in 1864. It is near the Sierra Nevada, from which it is named. 2. A portion of Nevada is included in the Great Interior Basin, an almost desert region. At the eastern base of the mountains there are many fertile, finely-watered valleys, well suited for a farming population, and abounding in silver and gold. 8. There are few rivers in this State ; they all flo^r Into salt In'^es without any visible outlet. The inhabitants are chiefly emigrants from California and other States. Carson City is the capitaL Virginia City and Genoa are flourishing towns. Map No. 17, California, Nevada, ^c— What bound Nevada on the north? On., lo.— East? Uh., Aa.— South ? Ca., Aa.— West? Ca.— Which is the largest lake ? Pd. — What other hikes ? — Largest river? Ht. — Mountains in the east? Ht. — Where is Carson City? Virginia City? Genoa? X Soil, &c. ? 3. Of the settlement of Ktinsas? Increase in popu- lation? 4. Of Topeka, &c. ? Leavenworth, &c.? Nevada. Q. — 1. Where is Nevada? From what named? 2. In what 19 a ■Dortion of it included ? What are tli»!"e at the saatern liasft of the mountains? 3. What is said of the rivers? The inhabitants? Capital ? Chief town ? 178 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Mi'* NEBRASKA. 1. Nebras'ka lies west of Iowa and Missouri, and was ad- mitted into the Union in 1867. Area, 76,000 square miles. 2. Nebraska is an elevated prairie, moderately undulating; the western part, a region of sand hills, is the highest, from whence it falls gradually to the eastern boundary. 3 The Missouri River bounds Nebraska on the east. Its principal affluents are the Niobrara and the Nebraska. 4 The soil in the western part is sandy and barren ; the eastern is productive. The climate is mild, and not unlike that of Missouri The agricultural resources promise to be excellent. 5. Lincoln is the capital. The other important towns are Omnlia (o^md-haw) City, Nebraska City, Bellevue, Salem, Plattsmouth, and De Soto. Map No. 15, Nebraska.— tYioyf is Nebraska bounded ? What large river in the east ? What two flow through Nebraska ? Into what river do these two empty ? What is the capital ? Where is Nebraska City ? Brownsville ? Plattsmouth ? 130 TERRITORIES. COLORADO. 1. Colora'do lies etween Kansas and Utah, and south of Wyoming and Nebx :'ka. Area. 140,000 square miles. 2. The Rocky Mountains traverse Colorado from north to south ; thei-e are numerous towering peaks; the loftiest are Long's and Pike's Peaks, each about 12,000 feet high. There are many valleys among the mountains. 3. The Arkansas River and the south fork of the Nebraska rise on the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains, and flow east. Grand River and the head- waters of Green River rise on the western slope, and flow in a southwesterly direction into the Colorado River. 4. The mountains are densely wooded with pine, spruce, fir, and cedar; with this exception, and excepting also the narrow valleys on the streams, and the country at the base of tlfie mountains, the sur- face is covered with vast wastes of sands. 6, The agricultural resources of Colorado are limited ; the chief occupation of the people is gold-mining. The gold-mines are in the mountains ; quartz-mining and gulch-mining are both pursued. Nebraaka. — 1. Where is Nebraska? 2. Surface? 3. Rivers? 4. Soil and climate? 6. Capital, &o. ? Colorado. — 1. Where is Uolorador 2. What mountains? 3. Hivers? 4. Wl*at of the sur- face ? 5. Agriculture, &c. ? C. Capital, k\i. ? TERRITORIES. 179 6. Denver, on the south fork of Nebraska or Platte River, is the capital ; other important towns are Colorado City, Auraria, Moun- tain City, Boulder City, and Golden City. Map No. 16, Colorado. — How is Colorado bounded? What moun- tains range through Colorado? What two lofty peaks? What two large rivers flow east? What two flow southwest? What is the capital ? Where is Colorado City ? Boulder City ? Golden City t Auraria f 131 DAKOTA. 1. Dako'ta lies west of Minnesota and north of Nebraska, and borders on British America. Area, 141,000 square miles. 2. The surface in the east is elevated. In the southwest are the Black Hills. There are numerous lakes in the north. 3. The Missouri River and its affluents — the Dakota, Niobrara, Jhite Water, Cheyenne, and Big Sioux — and the Red River of the ilorth are the principal rivers. 4. The soil in the southeastern part is excellent, and the valleys of the Missouri and Red Rivers are highly productive. The agri- cultural products are limited. Indian corn, oats, and wheat are the principal. Coal is found on the Big Sioux. 5. Yankton is the capital. Pem'bina, Sioux Falls City, Eminija (em- in-ee'jah), Flandreau [flan-dro'), and Medary are flourishing places. WYOMING. 1. Wyo'mtng lies west of Nebraska and Dakota, and north of Colorado and Utah. Area, lUU,OuO square miles. 2. It is a mountainous region. The Rocky and Big Horn Moun- tains and the Black Hills occupy a large portion of the Territory. 3. The North i^"'ork of the Nebraska runs through the centre. The othoi- principal rivers are the Yellowstone and Big Horn. 4. Along the rivers the soil is fertile ; but agriculture has not made much progress. The mineral resources are very extensive. 6. Cheyenne City is the capital. Rockville, Laramie, and Benton are the other principal towns. INDIAN TERRITORY. 1. Indian TerritouY lies north of Texas, and west of A.kiinsus and Missouri. Area, 69,000 square miles. 2. The surface in the western part is elevated and rolling ; thence ii falls gradually to the southeast, where it again becomes rolling, /)«rA:ote.—l. Where is Dakota? 2. Surface? 8. Rivers? 4. Soil, -it..; t>. - apswii, ci,^:. : ~~ n yr.ming.—i. » nere is wyouungr Z. »ui'- f.c?? 3. Rivers? 4. Soil, etc.? 5. Capital, kct—DnHan Territory.— h Wkwe iA luditku Territory ? 2. Surface ? 8» Kivers ? Prairies ? i I, ,1 ,1 ISO DESCRIPTIVE CEOGLAPHT. 3. The Arkansas and Red Rivers, with their affluonts, are the principal rivers. The eastern prairies are adapted to grazing, and the products of the adjoining States flourish there. TT ^1 i"2^*" Territory has been set apai-t by the Government of the United States as a permanent home for the Indians who have been removed from various States. 5. The chief town is Tah'lequah, in the Cherokee country. NEW MEXICO. 1. New Mexico Territory lies south of Colorado, and west of Indian Territory and Texas. Area, 122,000 square miles. ^'u'^^ m^^®^*"* ^^^^^ ^^nge through the Territory, from north to south. The Rio Grande and the Pecos {pay'koce), with their afflu- ents, are the principal rivers ; they flow south into Texas. 3. Agriculture is pursued in the valley of the Rio Grande, but in general the spil is sterile. The chief products are Indian corn wheat, and other grains,- with apples, peaches, melons, apricots, and grapes. New Mexico is rich in minerals. 4. Santa F^. {fay) is the capital. The other towns are Mesilla, Albuquerque {ahl-boo-kair'kay), Taos (lah'oce), and Valencia. Map No. 5, United States.— lioxxndi Dakota. What rivers between Dakota and Minnesota? What large river flows throtigh Dakota' What lake in the north? What hills in the west? AVhat is the capital? Where is Sioux Falls City (see Map 15) ? Eminiia? Me- dary? Sheyenne? Pembina? Map No. 5, United -S'^a^e^.— Bound Wyoming. What mountains? Peaks ? Passes ? Rivers ? Where is Cheyenne ? Rockville ? Map No. 16, Indian Territory. — Bound Indian Territory. What river on the south? Other rivers? Capital? Where is Fort Arbucklc? 3Iap No. 16, New Mexico. — Bound New Mexico. What mountains range through New Mexico ? What two rivers flow south ? What is the capital? Where is San Miguel? Valencia? Mesilla? San Diego? 132 WASHINGTON. 1. Washington T" iritory lies in the northwest corner of the United States. Area, 70,000 square miles. 2. The Coast Mountains and the Cascade Range traverse Washing- ton Territory. Mount St. Helen's, Mount Adams, Mount Rainier, and Mount Baker, in the Cascade Range, are the loftiest peaks. 3. The Columbia River and its aflluents, Lewis Fork, Clarke's Fork, 4. What of Indian Territory? 5. Chief town? New Mexico.— ^ -!..•'. ^. iTiOnnt,';lTla : iviTuir • .-vu:I•»cuit 111 •■. kc. ? 4. Capital, &c. ? W(i.Hkin;/ton.—\. Where is Washingtoi) Mountains? 3. Rivers?. 4. Soil, &c. ? 6. Capital, &c. ? Idaho.— TERRITORIES. 181 and Spokane, are the principal rivers. The Columbia is navigable to the Cascades, about IM) miles. 4. The soil in some uf the valleys is fertile. The climate is like that o+" Oregon. Fs om the huge pine-trees peculiar to this part of America, timber and lumber are obtained. 5. Olympia is the capital. The other towns of note are Van- couver. Walla- Walla, Steilacoom (sli-la-koom'), Port Towasend, Cas- cade City, and Pacific '^ity. IDAHO. 1. I'daho lies east of Was- igton and Oregon, and adjoins British America on the north. Area, 91,000 square miles. 2. Idaho is a mountainous region. The Bitter Root and Rocky Mountains form the eastern boundary. 3. The Lewis Fork and its affluents,— the Bois^e, Payette, Salmon, and Clear V\ ater, — Clarke's Fork, and Spokane, are the principal rivers. 4. The chief pursuit of the people is gold-mining. Rich gold- fields are found on the western slope of the Rocky Mountains, and on both sides of the Salmon River Mountains. Boisee {bwah-zay') City is the capital; the other principal places are Lewiston, Pierce City, Florence, Centreville, and Placerville. MONTANA. 1. Montana lies west of Dakota, and borders on British America. Area, 144,000 square miles. 2. The Rocky and Bitter Root Mountains range through the Terri- tory, The surface is hilly and mountainous. The principal rivers are the Missouri and its affluents, the Yellowstone, Milk, Jefferson, Madison, and Gallatin. 3. There are some fertile valleys, and, in the south, some good timber ; in the north it is cold, rugged, and sterile. The chief pur- suit of the people is gold-mining. 4. Bannock City is the capital: Gallatin, Nevada, and Labarge City are recent settlements. UTAH. 1. Utah lies east of Nevada, aud south of Idaho and Wyoming. Area, 88,000 square miles. 2. The Wasatch [waw-aatch') Mountains, a branch of the Rocky range, extend from north to south. Mount Nebo, and the Twin Peaks, are the most elevated points. Some of the valleys are 4000 to 6000 feet above the sea. I. Where is Idaho? 2. Mountains? 3. Rivers? 4. Of gold-mining, &c. ? Capital, &c. ? Montana. — i. Where is Montana? 2. Moun- tains? Rivers? 3. Soil, &c. ? 4. Capital, &o. ? JT^faA.—l. Where IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 I.I ^i^ lllllil 12,2 \^ m ^. tiS, 2.0 1.8 1.25 '•^- 11^. ^ 6" . ^ bS .,.. w £o k ^ 182 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPni. «ii( 3. Great Salt Lake lies in the northern part ; its waters are s^H Uf ab, Sevier, and Little Salt Lake are the other principal lakes The principal rivers are the Colorauo and its affluents. 4. There aro fertile valleys, but the greater part is sterile. The climate is mild for the latitude, and more uniform than at the east. 5. Wheat, Indian corn, and garden vegetables are produced : these cannot be raised without irrigation, except in the watered valleys. 6. The people are chiefly Mormons, who claim to have received a new revelation, and who practise polygamy. They are emigrants from the States east, and Irom Europe. They numbered 88,000 in 18G3. ^7. Salt Lake City is the capital. Brigham City, Ogden, Provo. i? liimore, and Manti are important places. ARIZONA. 1. Arizona Territory lies south of Utah and Nevada and west of New Mexico. Area, 114,000 square miles. 2. The Pinaleno (pe->',ih-laj/'no) and the Mogollon (mo-nol-vone'\ are the principal inountains. The Colorado River and its affluents the Oila {helah), Virgin, and Rio de Lino, are the principal rivers. 8. By means of irrigation the valley of the Gila produces cotton wheat, Indian corn, melons, and garden vegetables. The mineral wealth IS great; there are rich and extensive gold and silver mines. 4. Tucson is the capitaL Prescott, Tubac, Gila City, La Paz, and Arizona City are the other principal towns. ^<^P JTo. 17, Washington.— \iomx6. Washington. What rive- be- tween Washington and Oregon ? What rivers flow into the Columbia » What strait north ? What gulf? What island ? What two ranges fi ?hT''u'-« ^,'"'^'' ^^"^ ''"P^*"^^ W^^^-e is Po.t Townsend? Seattle? Pacific City ? Vancouver? Cascade City? ^f^P^^}'^^ /"^^fio.—^ound Idaho. What mountains? What peaks? What rivers? What is the capital? Where is Lewiston? Map No. 6, United States. —Bound Montana. What great river rises in Montami and flows east ? (Map Nc. 17.) What mountains in the west ? What is the capital ? Where is Virginia City ? Ne- vada? Gallatin? Labarge City ? rafr^"^- ^7- ^i^J— Tio"nd Utah. What mountains in Utah? .it« » iv^'""^" • r ^^'*!. '' ^^^ ^*J^'^"' • Near what lake ? On what river? Where is Logan? KrighamCity? Fillmore? Fort Bridge.? ^r^f.f!"" V' '*'''^''"'''~""""'* ^'''''^"*- Whatmnnntnins? What SHnoJilL Tl "rTr' °^ **'*^ ^''''•^'•" boundary? WhM is its principal branch? Other rivers? What is the capital? Where ii Aubry? LaPai? Ariro naCity? Gila City? Prescott? d'„I?t!.^^fl p^*i!^"""/''l"'^- .^•,^''^*'«^ 4. Soifand climate? 6. Pro- % Oi^liiittit «.xn MEXICO. - 133 - isa. Tyrutnid of Cholula. Indians. Creoles. Maguey Plant. MEXICO. 1. Mexico lies between the JPacific Ocean and the Gulf of Mexico, and south of the United States. It is noted for ks early civilization. In population and wealth it exceeded all the other Spanish American colonies. 2. The low country bordering the coast Is fertile, but hot and unhealthy. The interior is a high t; ble-land, and is temperate and healthy. The principnl mountains are the Sierra Madre (se-ir'rah niah'drm/): the loftiest peak is the volcano of Popocatepetl {po-po-kah-tat/'pet'T). 3. Mexico is famous for the variety of its vogetnble products, com- prising the principal grains and fruits of the torrid and temperate zones. 4. Indian corn and the bamna are the staple products ; wheat, rice, sugar, coffee, vnnilla, and cochinml are cultivated. The American aloe, or maguey {mah-gwaij') plant, is prized for its juice, from which pulque {pool'kay), the favorite drink of the lower class of Mexicans, is made. i>. The commerce and manufactures aro unimportant. The s'lver- tnines are the chief sources of wealth. Mexico has furnished more iiiver than any other country in the world. The mines are less pro- Mfrko. Q.~\, Where is Mexico? For what noted? 2. What is paid of the low country? The interior? Principal mountains? 3. Products? 4. Indian corn, &o. ? The Ani !ioan.aloe? &» Wlia* 184 DESCRIPTIVE GEOaaAPHY. ! i duotive than formerly, but are regaining their value. Gold o.il copper are found. * «: * »aiue. uoid ati(Jj 6. The inhabitants comprise three classes, — whites .,- Creoles, Indians, and mixed races. The latter consist Tl'Z /»^b«r8, &c.? 8. What of Mexico? Wlmt ^« ^ -_--.- iv. TTnacui ta« ully Of MexioD f For] MEXICO. 185 iMcxico. It is noted for the beauty of its architecture and the ex- lent of its squares and public buildings. The adjacent lakes are freroarkable for their floating gardens, on which a variety of vege- Itables and flowers are cultivated. 11. Puebla [pweb'lah) is noted for the splendor of its. churches. Iai Cholula, near Puebla, there is a temple of the ancient Mexicans ; it is a pyramid, twice as large at the base as the pyramid of Cheops {il«'oj»s) in Egypt, but less than half as high. 12. Guadalaxara (gwah-dah-lah-hah'rah) is next to Mexico in Ipopulfttion. Guanaxuato [gwah-nah-hwah'to), Zacatecas, and San Luis Potosi are in the vicinity of rich siWer-mines. Oaxaca {wah- Ikh'kah), Durango, and Chihuahua [che-wah'wah) are considerable [towns. 13. The chief seaports are Vera Cruz and Tampico, on the Gulf I of Mexico; Matamoras, on the Rio Grande; Acapulco, on the Pacific Ocean ; Guaymas [gwi'mahs) and Mazatlan', on the Gulf of I California. 14. Vera Cruz, defended by the castle of San Juan de Ulua, sur- I rendered, in 1847, to General Scott. Monterey, on the river San I Juan, was taken, in 1846, by General Taylor; and at Bp"; a Vista he defeated a superior Mexican army, commanded by Gen».i al Santa Anna. 15. Yucatan lies between the Bay of Campeche and the Caribbean Sea. It is a hot, sterile reg'on, and has few run- ning streams. Logwood and mahogany are the chief pro- ducts. Yucatan twice revolted and set up an independent government, but after each revolution again united voluntarily with Mexico. 16. It includes the States of Yucatan and Campeche. Merida ml'e-dah) and Campeche (kam-pe'che) are the principal towns. Sisiil [se-aahl') and Laguna are the chief seaports. At Uxmal inox-mahl') are some remarkable ruins, the age and origin of which are unknown. 17. The Balizb [ha-leez'), a British colony, lies south of Yucatan, and extends along th»' Bay of Honduras. It is noted for logwood and mahogany. Balize is the capital. 18. The Bay Islands, in the Bay of Honduras, comprise Roatan [ro-ah-fahn'), Bonacca, Utille {oo-teel'yay), and some smaller islands: tlipy were ceded by Great Britain to Honduras in 1860. what noted? What of lakes? 11. Of Puebla? The pyramid at (liolula, &c. ? 12. Guadalaxara? Guanixuato? Oaxaca, &c. ? 13. The chief BoaportH on the Gulf? On the llio Grande? On the riicitiu? On the Gulf of California? 14. What is said of Vera Cruz? Monicroy? Buena Vista? V). Of Yucatan? Chief products? What of ryvolutinna? 16= What States? Towns? What at Uxmal? 17. What of the Balize? Capital? 18. The Bay Islands? 186 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGIlAniY. Where is the Gulf of Mexico ? flnlf «f m u California. Bay of CampeTef Ba^'oVHo'^tTr^'^Bav I^l^^V; -What country between Mexico and South ImeHcal wL •"'''• CitvTvi '' ""ri^"- ^^"^"^"^'^ of CalffS?l^It^7^^^« City of Mexico ? Puebla? Vera Cruz ? "^ere is tue Where is Minatitlan ? La Ventosp ' Tho»« t^™^ 135 CENTRAL AMERICA. ^ 1. Central America liee southeast of Mexico and oo.,, Ta r/tu h'l "^""^ n^^ ^^ --^^^ betweerr^h I^ ! Spain '"'^' ^' ""^ *'"^°^^^^^ « ^^^^'^y of Spain. Qof ■ P^"*xT- ^™^"^^ comprises Guatemala, Honduras San Savador Nicaragua, and Costa Ricr. These states wrr^ united under one government from 1824 to 1830, tt„ Z separated and became independent States. Since that they have generally been in a state of anarchy. ^ .1.5 TV?" ^^-^ ^ou^'° '''''^^^ ^^ Nicaragua is a territory called the Mosquito 8hore. It is inhabited by Indians Ynd was Irreat liritain. In 1860 it was annexed to Nicaragua of tteTroVcl! ^l^^Slfe^^^^^^ 'T'' *"^ P^^"- g.e^ttcr pait of the population consists of mixed races and Indians. nioHv'rVwi:ird ^-T^- ^^''\-«J«^*'ral America? What for- m^ntV «'wJl"l.'';r„^L^r™Pr-^l How united under one «ove.n- Of mines f The popuIatTonF^fi VS'T^ *m-^'^*' ''^ ^^^ «^"' ^^'^ ^iie population r 5. Of Lake Nicaragua and the pro- WEST INDIES. \87 tance is only 17 miles. Should this canal be completed, it will furnish water communication between the Atlantic and Pacific Oceans, and a^ord immense commercial facilities. 6. Along the Pacific coast of Central America are numerous vol- canoes. The most remarkable of these is Isalco (e-sahl'ko), in San Salvador. It has arisen within the last eighty years, and is from 1500 to 2000 feet in height. It is constantly in eruption, discharg- ing ashes and cinders. 7. New Guatemala, the capital of Guatemala, is the largest city of Central America. Old Guatemala, destroyed by an eruption of the Water Volcano three hundred years ago, is now being rebuilt. Managua is the capital of Nicaragua. Leon is noted for a magnifi- cent cathedral, which was thirty-seven years in building and cost $5,000,000. Granada, on Lake Nicaragua, was burned by command of General Walker, in 1856. 8. Comayagua {ko-mi-ah'gwah) is the capital of Honduras ; San Sal- Tador {sahn tahl-vah-chre' ), of San Salvador ; San Jos^ {sahn ho-say'), of Costa Rica. San Juan del Norte {sahn hwahn del nor' tap), or Grey- town, is the principal port on the eastern coast. La Union {lah oo-ne- oV.i'), on the Gulf of Fonseca, is an important commercial city. San Salvador was almost entirely destroyed by an earthquake in 1864. • Map No. 18, Central America. — What bound Central America on the north? Mo.,C.-Sa.— East? C.-Sa.— West and south? P.-On.— What bay on the north ? Hs.— On the east? Ga.— Which of the States of Central America extends farthest north and west ? Ga. — East and south? C.Ra.— Which State lies between Honduras and Costa Rica? Na.— In what State is the Water Volcano situated ? Ga.— Volcano of C^guina {ko-se-ghe'nah) ? Na. — Lake Nicaragua ? Na. Map No. 19, Isthmus of Nicaragua. — Where is Lake Nicaragua? How long is it? — What river flows from this lake into the Caribbean Sea? S.-Jn.— -What lake northwest? Mp,. — What town at the mouth of the San Juan River? Gn. 136 WEST INDIES. 1. ThS West India Islands lie between North America and South America. With the exception of Hayti and Margarita, thev are all subject to European powers. 2. These islands comprise four divisions, — the Bahama posed canal? 6. What of volcanoes? Of Isalco ? 7. Of what State is New Guatemala the capital ? What of Old Guatemala? Of Leon and Granada ? 8. Of what State is Comayagua the capital t Ban Salvador ? San Jos^ ? What of San Juan del Norte ? Wett lndie$. Q.—\. Where are the West Indies? 2. What do I-. 188 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Slavos cultivating the Sugar-cane, Islands the Great Antilles, the Lesser Antilles, and the Ca- nbbee Islands. The latter are divided into tWo grou™ the Windward Islands and the Leeward Islands. ^ 3. The climate is mild and pleasant in winter, which con- tinaes from December to May; the remainder of the year I R^tw?''' a"' ^Z *« i»»y,««a-breeze, would beinsupportabl Between August and October, violent hurricanes and storms oiten occur. % 4. The principal products are sugar, coffee, or .on, tobacco and a great variety of tropical fruits. The forest^ furnTsh mahogany and other useful woods. and pUn'Ks^'^-Slfll'f """ '""T'^ ^r""«' P^^^-^PP^es. bananas, ana piantuins. The last are excellent food, and but liHle attpntinn IS required in their cultivation. attention I ^'i'^^.® F®''" *"^*^« affords delicious food. They are exnortpd largely to Europe and the United States. ^ exported ihit' nf^l ^^^^^e'-c* of the West Indies is of greater value than that of any other region of equal extent and population The iit'ot:::: '''-^ ^^^^-^^ ^^' the united state^rXs a-; 8. The chief exports of the West India Islands are coffee, sugar, they comprise? 3. What of the climate? Hurricanes? 4 Products? re'ifurt^"wL'-7'" ^''''''V' '''^'''' «• WharoftI gieen turtle? 7. What of commerce? 8. Chief exports? Im. WEST INDIB8. 180 rum, tobacco, cotton, cocoa, pimento, mahogany, and logwood. The imports are manufactured goods of aU kinds, flour, lumber, fish, and salted provisions. 9. These islands are under the control of Governors, appointed by the powers to which they respectively belong. The inhabitants of the British Islands are represented in Houses of Assembly, which exercise some of the functions of the British Parliament. Hayti it nominally a republic. 10. About one-sixth of the population of the West Indies are whites ; the remainder are of negro origin. Formerly the negroes were nearly all slaves; now, except in the Spanish Islands, they are free. '' - 137 11. Spanish Islands.— The islands of Cuba and Porto Rico belong to Spain. They are flourishing colonies, and have an extensive commerce. Cuba is nearly equal in area to Pennsylvania. Porto Rico is not quite one-tenth the size of Cuba, and is nearly equal in area to Connecticut. 12. Havana, the capital of Cuba, is the largest city in the West Indies. The harbor is spacious and well fortified, and is constantly crowded with shipping. This city is the seat of a university. In the cathedral are deposited the remains of Columbus. 13. Matanzas, sixty miles east of Havana, Santiago de Cuba, on the southeast, and Cienfuegos {se-m-fway^goce)y on the southern coast, are the chief seaports. Puerto Principe (pugr'to preen'te-pav) IS the largest town in the interior. The chief town in Porto Rico is Sti Johns, the capital, which has a commodious harbor. 14. British Islands.— The British West Indies consist of a number of small islands. Jamaica, Trinidad, St. Lucia, Barbadoes (har-hay'doze), St. Vincent, 'and Antigua (ahn- t>-gah), are the largest. The Bahama and Bermuda groups belong to Grreat Britain. 15. The prosperity of the British West India islands has of late ports ? 9. What is said of these islands ? How are the inhabitante of the British islands represented? What of Hayti? 10 The population? 11. WhaL islands belong to Spain ? What of these islands ? Of tuba? Porto Rico? 12. Havana? The harbor? University? Cathedral? 13. Chief seaports? Chief town of Porto Rico? H. What British islands? Name the largest. What groups? lo. What of the prosper!* • of the British IslandH? IR. Whaf nf 18 190 BESOAIPTIVB GEOGRAPHY. I deolined: the commerce is less important, and plantations mee well cultivated are abandoned. r -» i' » *uoe weii ^ }-^' ^»iJK8*on» in Jamaica, is the largest town in the British West Indies. The other chief towns are Bridgetown, in Barbadoes • St fAA'^'/'^/w^'g^^i ,^°'^ ®P^^"' ^ Trinidad; and Basseterre {bahsa-tair^), m Guadeloupe. 17. The Bahamas comprise about 600 small islands; amonir these many vessels are wrecked every year. The inhabitants are nrin- cipally wreckers. Nassau, in the island of New Providence, is the chief town. Guanahani was the first part of America discovered by Columbus. Turk's Island is noted for its salt. 18. The Bermudas are a group of eight small islands, with a great number of islets. The climate is delightful, and all the larger islands are clothed in constant verdure. Arrow-root is one of th« chief products. 19. Guadeloupe and Martinico, or Martinique (mar-tin-eek') be- long to France; Santa Cruz, St. John, and St. Thomas, to Denmark- Cura^oa {koo-rah-so^ah) and St. Eustatius, to Holland; St. Bartholo- mew, to Sweden; and Margarita, to Venezuela. St. Martin is owned jointly by Franc^ and Holland. 138 20. Hayti.— Hayti lies between Cuba and Porto Rico It 18 next to Cuba in extent, and Was the first part of America colonized by Europeans. It was formerly the most important ot the West India Islands, and was called the "Queen of the Antilles.'* ' 21. The soil is very fertile, and in colonial times was well culti- vated. Large tracts of country are now overgrown with dense forests of mahogany, logwood, and other valuable timber. 22. This island was for many years owned jointly by France and Spain ; the French occupied the northern and western, the Spanish the southern and eastern part. The portion in possession of the Jfrench was highly prosperous, and its commerce was equal to that of all the other islands. Kingston? Nanae other townp. 17. What is said of the Bahamas? Ihe inhabitants ? Chief town? Guanahani? Turk's Island? 18. The Bermudas? 19. What islands belong to France? To Den- TS Af '^?. ",°"*''^ ' ^"^ ^^«^«° ^ To Vene -uela ? What is said 01 St. Martm? oi^Y'*: §•— 20. Where is Hayti? Its extent? What formerly? 21. What of the soil? 22. What part of the island was owned by France? By Spain? What is said of the French portion? WEST INDIES. 191 18 ^noe well 23. In 1791 the slaves were liberated by the goyemmeni, contrarj to the wishes of their masters. A contest ensued, when the latter were expelled from the island. " 24. The independence of Hayti was proclaimed in 1800,— aftef which a series of revolutions occurred, and a military government prevailed, under diflFerent leaders. In 1849, President Soulouque adopted the title of Faustin U and declared himself emperor. Atter a reign of ten years, a revolution forced him to leave the island when General Qeffrard became president. ' 25. Education and civilization are neglected; the people are indo- lent, and have few of the comforts of life. The commerce is small ; the exports, chiefly of mahogany, are much less in value than they were under the French colonists. The army comprises about 40 000 men, besides a large militia force. ' 26. Port au Prince, the capital of Hayti, is on the west coast. Cape Haytien, on the northern coast, was once a flourishing city 36r6mie {zhay-ray-me') and Aux Cayes {o-kay') are small towns. 27. Republic of Dominica.— The Spanish inhabitants, in the southern and eastern part« of Hayti, were for many years under the control of the Haytien government ; but in 1846 they declared their independence, and established the republic of " Dominica," with a president and national legis- lature 28. St. Domingo, on the southern coast, at the mouth of Ozama .ver, is the capital, and was the first city founded by the Spaniards m the New World. It is built in the old Spanish style, and has a Gothic cathedral erected in 1520. T 1 ^^ 'J^'*i®' ^"f^ /nrf/M.— Which is the largest of the West India lalands? Ca.— The second in size? Hi.— Third? Ja.— Fourth? P.-Ro.— How long is Cuba? Hayti? Jamaica? Porto Rico? These are the Great Antilles.— What sea between the Great Antilles and South America? Cn.— What islands north of Cuba? Ba.— Which are the principal of the Bahamas ? G.-Ba., As., N. -Pe., Ao., Ea., la., Ts., Lg., Cs,, Gi.— In what year was Guanahani discovered ? What IS the name of the eastern range of the West India Islands? Ce.— What seven islands on the coast of South America? Oa., Ca., B.-Ae., L.-Rs., Oa., Ta., Ma.— These are the Lesser Antilles. 23 What occurred in 1791 ? 24. When was independence declared? What took place after 1800? In 1849? 25. What of education? Of the people? Cmmerce? Exports? Army? 26 What of Port au Prince? Cape Haytien? 27. What of the Spai .sh in- habitants? What occurred in 1846? 28. What of the city of St Domingo ? ' * 192 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 139 ^uuth American Scenery, SOUTH AMERICA. 1. South America is the southern grand division of the Western Continent. Next to Africa, it is the largest peninsula in the world, being 4500 miles long, and 3000 broad in the widest part. Area, 6,552,000 square miles. 2. Like North Amefica, it is noted for the height of its mountains and the extent of its rivers and plains. It is also remarkable for the number and value of its mines of gold, silver, and precious stones. 3. The climate is of every variety which extent and diversity of surface can give. The vegetable productions are numerous and valuable, comprising the chief staples of tropical and temperate regions. 4. The principal mountains are the Andes ; they range along the western shoL b of the continent and, continuing through the Isthmus of Panama, are connected with the Sierra Madre and Rocky Moun- tains of North America. The highest peak is the volcano of Acon- cagua, in Chili ; it is nearly five miles high. South America. Q. — 1. What of South America? How does it compare with Africa? Area? 2. For what noted? 3. What of the climate? Vegetable productions? 4. Principal mountains? Which is the highest peak? 5. What further ia said of the SOUTH AMERICA. 193 5. The Andes contain numerous volcanoei, manr of which ar. constantly burning. The most noted is Cotopaxi. near (Tui o SI no.se of Its eruptions has been heard at a distance of several hun Mf a mi?;;"' *'' ''^"" '"-^"^ ''' «^^*- ''-« ^een seen totcend 6. The principal rivers are the Amazon, Parana, and Orinoco The Amazon, though not the longest, is the largest river in th^ world, and drams, with its tributaries, an extent of country equil to two-thirds the area of Europe. ^ ^ -3^H3S,*fc^;iap^f" South Amorican Forest. 7. The forests of many parts of South America are very luxuriant. They are enlivened by an almost endless variety of birds fluttering through the branches, and by troops of mon^ceys and squtr^ SIZ ^"^,,.^«^g^ V" ^'"^^i "^^' ^^«»g '^' river-bordTr^, ari infested by alligators, boas, and other monstrous reptiles. Lama. Tapir. i!!*^^V ww'''.^ '^..^^^ "°'* ^o^ed volcano? nrers? What is said of the Amazon ? w «„ ^' ^^® principal . . .. ... ...... iTji.'cat.a, cu, I / ^ 194 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Ill I! 8. Among tke remarkable animals are the jaguar, the puma, the ocelot, the lair'a or South American camel, the tapir, peccary, sloth ant-eater, armadillo, and chinchilla. The horse, ox, ass, and hog were brought from Europe by the first settlers. Red-billed Toucan. Oriole Neata. 9. Some of the most noted birds are the American ostrich, and the condor or vulture of the Andes, the largest of all birds of dight. There are also toucans, orioles or hanging-birds, the blacksmith or bell-bird, and humming-birds of a hundred species, from the size of a wren to that of a humbl«-bee. 10. The inhabitants of South America consist of nearly the dame claases aa those of the northern division of the continent, — Whites, Indians, Negroes, and the mixed races ; the latter comprise Mulat- toes, Mestizue&, and Zamboes. 11. The whites »re chiefly Spaniards and Portuguese, and their desceudanis : n.any of the wealthy are well educated ; but the majority of the people are injnorant and indolent. 12. Nearly the whole of South America, for 300 years, was subject to Spain and Portugal; it is now, w th tlno exception of Guiana, inde- pendent. That part formerly under Spanish rule is divided into various republics, amonp^ whom ana.chy has mor»? or less prevailed since they assumed independence. Brazil, '^ormerly under the Porti:- guea^, is an empire. 18. Tlie Catholic is the estabT;;!. ed religion in all pans except in British aad Dutch Guiana, wubVj Protestaatism prevails. 8. Animals? 9. Birds? 10. Inhabitants? 11. Whites? 12. What of South America? The Spanish part? Braisil? 18. What of the Catholic raUgion ? V/here doci* Protegtantisin prevail f .•.^AUVI SOUTH AMERICA. 195 140 ^ap^'o. 21.— What ocean bounds South America on the east? Ac— Oa the west ? Pc— What sea on the north ? Cn. How is United States of Colombia bounded ? Its capital ? Brazil Bounded ? Capital? Cliili Bouaded ? Capital ? Paraguay ....Bounded? Capital? Uruguay Bounded? Capital? Patagonia.... Bounded ? Venezuela.. ..Bounded ? Capital ? Ecuador Bounded ? Capital ? Guiana Bounded ? C«pi:»ia ? Peri'. ^Bounded? Capital? BoliTij* Bounded? Capital? Co'S-r} B»«-d«-«' Capital! Near what coast are the Andes Mountains ? Wt.— What number of miles do they extend ?— What is the next longest range of moun- tains ? Bn.~-What number of miles do they extend ? Which are the three largest rivers ? An., Pa., Oo.-How lonir in each ? How wide is the mouth of the Amazon ? Where is the Magdftlena? Into what sea does it empty? Cn.-Which are the two principal branches of the Amazon on the north side? Ca., No — Ihe three chief branches on the south side? Ma.. Ts., Xu --What two rivers form the Amazon ? Ue., Ta.-What two form the Rio de la Plata ? Pa.. U;.— Into what ocean do the Orinoco, Amazon, San Francisco and Rio de la Plata flow? A.-On.-^Vbat two principal nvers south of the Rio de la Plata ? Co., No principal Where is the Gulf of Darien ? U. S. Ca.-G. of Venezuela ? Va.- ?rl tT K^'~?/n^"^y„^^"^^^ Er.-Bay of Panama? U. B:?'%-;!iKr IL^rl ^' '*• ^*^'«^^ ^*-«^- ^^^- Where is Puna Island? Er.-Margarita? C.-Sa.~Is. of St. Felix? Juau Fernandez ? ChiloeL? Ci.-Wellington I ? Ci ^Terra del Fuego? Falkland islands ?-I. of St. CatharL?-Abrcihos Islands th:K?t?tt?dTi:!i^^^^^^^ '• ' ^^^-«^" -^^^ ^- -- - « J't^'p^" ^Jlfu®^'"*?' f Magellan? What does it separate? Pa ^^•t:i^i:^ Strait or LeMaire? What les it sepa" Wh•c^ are the roost northerly and most southeriy cppes ? Gs Hn -Most easterly aid most westerly . S.-Re., Bo. What proportion of South America lies north of the Tropic of IZZT^^'t.'riTh'L'^^'M' ^^-^ -hat zone, thesis it I. •* 1 . J " •■"=■- =*»"•- i3 luv r6utaiuu«rT 3.-fe. — In what S'S£m:t 1lY'' ^"r*'* r^""i' Wn.-South America co" In wha?r.-.. '**f'"^*".'*^, "''''*» *"^ ^^ degrees of south latitude, d^^ee, tn R "h!' »^««' « »' P^ T'P^^y ? Sh.-It extends from 86 aegrees to 81 d'^grees of longitude west from Greenwich In what longitude, th-n, is it reokon<5? Wt. ""» ^'wainott- m what i ! 196 DESCRIPTIVE QEOGRAPHT. 141 Hope Bridge. Sflten>8 carry fug Tnivollfis. THE UNITED STATES OF COLOMBIA. nJ; J^'^'f^ A^"'"''-^^ OP Colombia lies in the northwest part of bouth America, and west of Venezuela. The Isthmus of Panama with the territory which extends thence westward to Central America, is included within its boundary. 2 Along the western coast are the Andes, which, in this State, are divided into three ranges. East of the mountains ind ZZe^ '^''"''''^^ ''^^* ^^**"'' ^^'""^ ^^^'''''^ ^° ^^'«^« States^JndT^^nT' ""q ''^ '' '™^"' '' P»-'*»<"'P'vlIy with the Tnitcd States and finprland. Sugar, cotton, eacio.— the fruit of the chociv ind r.;eT^^^^ Gold, platinum,:;;;;^ ana capper are found m small quantities. 6. There are do roads in the mountainous districts. Tr.^vellers ('■iituJ Sltttet »f Colomlntt. Q 1. Where in lh« Tniio* si.i rf Colombiaf What is said of it t TVl!.. , ?i " -..« t Sugar. *.. t aoId/L. r " 6""lJut t."7.W Jr^, VENKZUELA* 1S7 ar« conyeytd tromx place to place on chaira fastened upon the back* of Indiani. The bridges across the rapid torrents are fiequently formed of a single rope, on which is slung a hammock or basket. In this basket the traveller is drawn across the river. 6. The United States of Colombia, Venezuela, and Ecuador once formed the Republic of Colombia. In 1831, each state became inde- pendent. The United States of Colombia is now a federal govern- ment. 7. Bogota {bo-go-tah'), the capital, lies near the centre of the United States of Colombia, on a fertile plain, 8800 feet above the sea. It has a number of handsome churches and convents, and a university! Tlie surrounding country yields annually two crops of grain. 8. Carthagena (kar-tah-j'e'nah), on the Caribbean Sea, is the prin- cipal seaport. Santa Martha is also a seaport. Popayan (po-pi-ahn') and Paste are in the southern part. 9. As'pinwall and Panama (pahn-ah-mah'), on the Isthmus of Panama, are connected by a railroad. Most of the travel between California and the Atlantic States passes over this road. Map No. 21, South America.— What bounds United States of Co- lombia on the north ? C.-Sa.— East? Va., BL— South? Er.— West? P. -On. — What Isthmus connects it with North America? — Name the five principal rivers of Colombia. Ma., Ca., Ge., Us.» Ca.— What mountains extend alopg the western coast ? As. Map No. 22. — Where is Aspinwall ? Panama? What river flows into the Caribbean Sea ? Ca.. {chah'gris.) 142 - VENEZUELA. 1. Venezuela (vmez-we'lah) lies south of the Caribbean Sea, and northeast of the United States of Colombia; the northeast Andes extend along the northern coast. The principal river is the Orinoco, which is said to have four hundred navigable tributaries. 2. The central ard southern parts consist of llanos (Ti/nh^- nore) or level plains, covered with gra^s, affording pasturage to vast herds of horses, catties, and mules. Bi'idcres? 6. What was Colombia-. *c. ? What took claee in 1«81 f 7. What of Bogota ? 8. What of Carthagena ? Popayan, &o. ? 9. Aspinwall ? Vmnuda. Q.—l. Where is Venezuela? 'Viuntains? The prin- cipal river? 2. The central and southern ^ wr ts, &o. ? 8. Theoli- 198 DESCRIPTIVE aEOQRAPHY. B. The climate of Venezuela is warm, and the soil is fertile Cottee, cacao, cotton, aad indigo are produced. These, with hidp» and tallow, form the principal exports. ,of;, Carac'cas, the capital, is 12 miles from the coast. Previous to 1812 It had 40,000 inhabitants. In that year it was destroyed by a" earthquake, and 10,000 persons perished in the ruins. The citr has been rebuilt, and now contains 50,000 inhabitants. ?'i- vf ?^.V^^^ {lak-gwi'rah) is the chief seaport. Maracaybo Imah- rah-kt bo), Valencia, Core, and Cumana {koo-mah-nah') are consider- able towns. Bolivar City is the most important place on the Orinoco Ki^r. The island of Margarita, one of the Lesser Antilles, belongs Map No. 21, South ^mmca.— What bounds Venezuela on the north ? a-Sa-Ea8t?Ga?- South? Bl., U.-8.-Ca.-West? U.-S.-Ca.-I Which 18 the chief river? Oo.— How long is it? How far is it navigable for ships?— What river connects the Orinoco and Rio JN egro .' Ce.— What lake in the northwest part of Venezuela ? Mo —How long 18 It? The waters of this lake are fresh, except when the waters of the Caribbean Sea have been blown in by prevailine north winds. —What island belongs to Venezuela ? Ma. ECUADOR. 6. Ecuador (ek-wah-doref) lies under the equator (whence Its name), and south of the United States of Colombia. The towns are nearly all on the mountains in the west; the eastern portion is occupied by independent tribes of Indians. 7. The climate of the highlands, especially of the region around Quito (Jce'to), is perpetual spring. Vegetation con- tinues throughout the year, and the trees and meadows are always crowned with verdure. The products are similar to those of the United States of Colombia. 8. The Galapagos {gah-lah'pay-goct, or gah-in-pay'gm), or Turtle Islands, jjelong to Ecuador. They lie in the Pacific Ocean, 650 miles west of its coast. These islands, of which nine are of some size enjoy a delightful climate. ' 9. Quito, the capital, is situated on the side of Mount Pichincha, 9600 feet above the sea. It is surrounded by noted volcanic mountains, and mate, &c. ? nru .^^?®®' *°'. ^ ^" ^^^^ of ^araocas ? What occurred in .. liSt of the city now? 5. What of La liuayra? Mara- «aybo, &c. ? Bolivar City ? The island of Margarita ? Ecuador. Q. —6. Where is Ecundor ? What of the population ? 7. tUmiiter Vegetation? Products? 8. The Galapagos Islands t GUIANA. 1?9 contains handsome streets aud squares. The university, which has some celebrity, is well attended. This city is regarded as the Atheos of South America. ^ © 10. QnAjaqnil (gwi-ah-keel'), on a gulf of the same name, is the chiet seaport, and is a flourishing commercial city. Cuenca (kwen'- kah), Riobamba, and Otabalo {o-tah-bah' lo) are important towns. Mapjfo. 21, South America. —YfYtfii bounds Ecuador on the north ^ U..S.-Ca.— East? BL, U.-S.-Ca.— South ? Pu.— West ? P.-On ~ What range of mountains in the western part ? As.— What river forms the chief part of the boundary of Ecuador on the sou^h? Ta 143 GUIANA. 1. Guiana (ghe-ah'nah) is in the northeast part of South America, on the Atlantic. It extends on the eoast a distance of 700 miles, from the Orinoco to the Oyapok River. 2. Along the coast the surface is low and level, but in the interior it is elevated and mountainous. The towns are principally on the Atlantic. The products are sugar coffee, Cayenne pepper, cloves, nutmegs, cinnamon, and a great variety of tropical fruits. 3 The western part belongs to England, the middle to Holland, and the eastern to France. British Guiana includes Essequibo (es-seh-ke^bo), Demerara, and Berbice (ber-beece') : Dutch Guiana, Surinam'; and French Guiana, Cayenne 4. The great mass of the inhabitants are negroes, who weve for- ^lH'Ty *"" .*'?^ '" ^'^'^^^y' ^"^ "^^^ °«w free. The interior is inhabited by an independent tribe of Indians. 6 The British colonies were first settled by the Dutch, and were captured by the British in 1803. They were for a long period very flourishing, und their commerce was extensive; but, like the West India colonies of Great Britain, their prosperity has materially Otiibllo?^^^^ 10. What is said of Guayaquil luenca? Riobamba? ,,._^ -^ . „..„_Q jg ^^„j^^- lis tixientr 2. whatalonir tliecoAst? Of the interior? Of the towns? The products? 8 To whom does Guiana belong ? What of British Guiana ? Of Dutch Guiana? Of French Guiana? 4. What is said of negroes? By whom IS the interior inhabited? 5. The British colonies, Ac? I 200 DMSCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. an?; h®o"J?!r™"i^.t """"I: Pro«P«'0"8 P»rt of Gulana ; the inhabit, ants have drained the unhealthy districts, and made navigable canaL in various quarters. ^ ^»uai8 7. The colony of Cayenne is divided into the districts of Cayenne and Smaman {sm.ah-r.ah're). The latter was for a time a pffce of deportation or punishment for political offenders from France 8. Georgetown is the capital of British Guiana. Paramaribo, on Surinam lliver is the capital of Dutch Guiana. The city of Cay^ Tr^l m^T'f °^ ^'^^'r^ ®''^^°'^' ^« «^ *" i«la«d of the same name, 18 miles long and 10 miles wide. A ^? "^Th^^' '^ff ^,^'"^^*'''«;-What bounds Guiana on the north? v; ^^^^^!u' A-On-.Bl— The south? Bl.-The west? Bl Jre ^rfirsUW ? '"'"*•'' """' ' ^"' '"•' ^''^ ^^-^^^ ^-g 144 Mulos aud Lainud causing Proiluco. PERU. 1. Peru {p'-roo') lies on the Pacific coast, south of Ecua- dor It has long been famous for the wealth of its mines of gold and silver; but they are now less productive than for- merly^ This state became independent in 1824, by the de- leat ot the Spaniards at Ajacucho (i-ah-koo'cho). Cay^nT &o J*^' "*^'^""''* ^- '^^'^'*'' "^' Cieorgetown? Paramaribo? Peru. ^.—1. Where is Peru ? For what famous ? When did it FXBU. 20i 2. The Andes extend through Peru from north to south. On the coast the climate is hot : rain seldom falls, and thunder and light- ning are unknown. On the high table-land between the ridges of the mountains, the climate is various, and the products of the soil are chiefly those of temperate regions. 3. Indian corn, sugar-cane, cotton, and fruits of almost every climate are produced. Some valuable dye-woods and medicinal plants are exported, particularly Peruvian bark and coca. 4. The silver mines of Cerro Pasco, in the Andes, at the height of 13,000 feet above the sea, are the most important in Peru. 5. Guano, a rich manure, found in great quantities on the Chincha and Lobos Islands, near the coast, is largely exported to the United States and England. 6. There are few roads or bridges in Peru ; in the intercourse be- tween the seaports and the iuterlor of the country, almost every article of merchandise is transported on the backs of mules and lamas. 7. Lima {le'mak), the capital, is the largest city in Peru. It ig regularly laid out, and contains many handsome public buildings. The churches and convents though robbed of a great part of their wealth during the revolution, still present a handsome appearance. 8. Cuzco (koos'ko), the second city, is situated on one of the head branches of the Amazon River. At the time of the Spanish con- quest it was the metropolis of the ancient empire of Peru. Arequipa {ah^ray-ke'pah) is the chief place of trade in the southern part. Islay {eea-W), its seaport, is a small village. Pisco is noted for its brandy. 9. Callao (kakl-lah'o or kahl-yah'o), the seaport of Lima, is strongly fortified. A railroad extends to Lima. Truxillo {troo-heel'yo) is a handsome town ; Piura (pe-oo'rah) is famous for its fine breed of mules. Payta(/if 7aA) is much frequented by American whale-ships. 10. Guarmey {ywahr-may') contains a university richly endowed, and Huancavelica {wahn-kah-vay-le'kah) is celebrated for its mines of quicksilver. Arica (ah-re'kah) is the port through which is con- ducted the chief part of the trade with Bolivia. Here, owing to the heavy surf, all vessels are loaded and unloaded by means of the balsa, a light raft or float made of inflated seal-skins. Map No. 21, South America. — What bound Peru on the north ? Er., Bl.—East? Bl., Ba.— South? Ba., P. -On.— West? P.-On.— What mountains extend along the coast? As.— What desert in the south? Aa. — What lake forms part of the eastern boundary? Ta. — Which is the head branch of the Amazon? Ue. — In what lake does it rise ? Rs. become independents &o. ? 2. What ia an. id nf th« Ar^^^g^ riimstc? 3. Indian corn, &c. ? 4. The silver mines of Cerro Pasco? 5. Guano? 6. Roads and bridges? 7. What of Lima? 8. Cuzco? Arequipa? Islay, &o. ? 9. Callao, &«. ? 10. Guarmey ? Arica, &c. ? 202 DESCRIPTIVE OEOOllAPHY. 145 BOLIVIA. i 1. Bolivia lies south of Brazil and east of Peru, and was formerly culled Upper Peru. It was once attached to Th viceroyalty of Buenos Ayres, but became independent in }t.\ fl' °rf^ ^^^' ^^""^'^^ bolivar (bo-le'var), the liberator of South America. ^ ^' 2. It lies chiefly in the interior, east of the Andes Ju ^fofear """' '"*"^ P'""' '""" ^«»« ^ 14 000 ?^"abo'^ 8umn,»°'i7 M*'? «,"" ^^V "" '''°»"'»' »■"' «">«•««» " Wgh .8 th. other tropical products are raised in the lower districfs ^ Gold, Bilrer, copper, and other I 'metals are found. 4. Lake Titicaca (te-te- kah'kah) forms part of the western boundary of Boli- via. It is 12,796 feet above the sea, and has no visible outlet other than a small stream connecting it with a smaller lake. It is navi- gated chiefly by boats made of rushes plaited together, the mast and rudder alone being made of wood. 5. The condor, the largest of the vulture kind, inhabits Bolivia and other parts of the continent. He descends from the loftiest summits of the Andes only in pursuit. of prey. sah kah), contains a university, and a public library, one of the best Wl^n'S'v ?~^' '^¥''® '^ Bolivia? What formerly called, &c ' When did It b^^ome independent? After whom nami ? 9 nrXi suriace r js. VVimt of its cities and cottages ? What does it vield ' Other products? 4. What of Lake Titicaca? 6. The conior^? g'. Condor. OHILI. 2oa in South America. La Paz is the largest city in Bolivia, and, though in a deep valley, is elevated 12,400 feet above the ocean. 7. Potosi (po-to-ae^), famous for its silver-mines, is 13,000 feet above the sea. The mountain on which it stands is said to be a huge silver-mine. The mines of Potosi yielded In two hundred and forty- four years ninety-six millions in silver and gold; but they are less productive than formerly. 8. Cochabamba lies in a fertile and well- cultivated valley, and has a considerable trade in grain, fruits, and vegetables. Cobija [ko-be^hak), the only seaport of Bolivia, is of little importance. Map No. 21, South America.— Vfh^i bound Bolivia on the north ? Pu., Bl.— East? BL, Py.— South? Ci., A.-Cn., Py.— West? Pu., P. -On.— What are the principal rivers? Me., Bo., Ge., Py., Po. —How long, each, the first three ? The largest lake ? Ta.— How long is it ? (The surplus waters of Lake Titicaca are discharged "oy the river Desaguadero {dis-ah-gwah-day^ro), the outlet, into Lake Pansa, 180 miles to the southward : the latter is depressed 670 feet below the level of Titicaca. It is supposed that Lake Pansa has a subterranean communication with the sea.) — What desert on th« coast of Bolivia? Aa. 146 CHILI. . 1. Chili lies on the Pacific coast, and extends from Bolivia to the southern extremity of South America. The climate is one of the finest in the world ; and the scenery is so grand that Chili is sometimes called the Italy of America. 2. Chili is an inclined plane, sloping from the Andes to the Pacific. Much of the surface is rocky and barren; but there are valleys and plains of great fertility. 3. Volcanoes are numerous: fourteen are constantly active in the Chilian Andes. One of these, Aconcagua, is the highest moun- tain in America, and the loftiest volcano in the world. Earthquakes are frequent, and cities and towns are often destroyed. 4. Wheat and other grains are cultivated; fruit is raised in abundance; wine is made; and cattle are numerous. There are The capital? La Paz? 7. Potosi? 8. Cochabamba? What of the ana v\/^'«*^ /\-P T)y%1 *«*« n. 4 Chili. ^.—1. Where is Chili? What of the climate? Scenery? 2, Surface? 3. Volcanoes? Aconcagua? Earthquakes? 4. Wheat, &c.? 204 pplr DESCRIPTIVE OEOaRAPHY. Route over the Andoe. vr:Mal''''^ "^^^'' ^°*^' -^ -PP-; the latter are the most 6. Chili is the best-gorerned and most prosperous of the South American republics. Considerable attention is paid to education- and a well-established common-school and university system is in operation. 6. A considerable trade is carried on with Buenos Ayres, acrosa the Andes, by troops ol mules. In travers- ing these heights the animals, and their drivers, sometimes slip pa8j.es which wind among the mountains, an/TelVheTto"!?" on tiio rooks beneath. uasuea to pieces since the entrance of the SpSrd/inrChni ™"'"""='""»'"» «"•' beLrtMlTsLt? 'one"of1helf., ""•?""."' <" '"'"' !'""■"«'«. to Santiago. ConcrcTonri^.« ^'^^^^S'^^^^^ends from Valparaiso Tongoy(L.,;;-r^^^^^^ Ba'^^Ea^" \%f A"'^LZ'^T''t ^"-^« ^hili on the north? mountains r.pa^ate Chili lin^t a P-On— West? P.-On.-What What islands^rwLfo'^^ai^^^^^^^^^ As.- residence of Alexander Selkirk% M Ta Whl.^ f^ f^^^ ^*',^^' Juan Fernandez ' S.-Fx What i^w;"" *u* "^*"^ "^ '^^''^^ «^ •3- rx. wnat.islands on the coast? Ce., Wu. Mines ? --- ••trrcssiig liic i:ina6H islands ? S, What further of Chili t Education? ft T,„.» BRAZIL. 205 re the most 'f the South repubUcs. ble attention education; -established ohool and system is in onsiderable riedonwith fes, acrosa by troops In travers- ieights the and their letimesslip ep, narrow d to pieces ith of the )f Indians, aents ever 'ernandez, eral years lor, whose own story lere. lated in a le houses 'alparaiso t harbor, alparaiso -keem'bo)f g towns. e north? I— What ? As.— 1 was the north of 147 '? titxv BRAZIL. 1. Brazil is the largest division of South America. Its area is but little less than that of the United States. It was first settled by the Portuguese. In 1808 it became a king- dom, and in 1822 an empire. 2. The principal mountains are the Brazilian^ Organ, and Geral {zhay-rahX) Mountains. The Amazon, the largest although not the longest river in the world, flows from west to east through the northern part, and, with its numerous tributaries, drains an immense extent of territory,— even greater than that drained by the Mississippi. 3. The largest part of the population live on and near the coast. In the interior are gigantic forests and extensive plains, and but few towns. 4. In the large cities there are many universities and schools, and much literary society ; but in the smaller towns education is limited and schools are rare. There is less prejudice between the diflFerent races than elsewhere in America, and intermarriages are common. Nearly all the labor is performed by negro slaves, who compose three-fifths of the population. Grossing a jjrazllian River. 6. There are few good roads ; the numerous streams are destitute of bridges, and, in many oases, of ferry-boats. The rivers are often crossed on rude rafts. 6. Agriculture is more attended to than formerly ; but not more ms? 8 Brazil, p.— 1. Where is Brazil? What is said of its first settle- iient? What in 1808 and 1822? %. Mountains? Rivera? 8. What of the population? Interior? 4. Education, &c.? Of different races? Labor? 5. Roads, &o.? 6. What is said of agriculture? 14 1 II 'i 206 DE80BIPTIVE OEOORAPHY. than the one-hundred-and-fiftiAfh nai.* «* *u^ ... Coffee i8 one of the chief products ^mL/h • ®™P^^* >? c^Hi^ated. any other country There are Lar;!^^ being raised here than ia is flourishing ^ ® '^'"'^''^^^ *^^ manufactures; commerce 7. Coffee, sugar, cotton, hides and vhImoKi- - j * chiefly to th. Unit'ed States GrLBrUal an. Powf "? '«''""'""'' rich ia gold and precious stonee. Itsdkmomr .Tfn *"'• ■'*''"" '' all the diamonds of commerce. """nond-mines supply nearly calL^'thJrmm'.'^inX ir!r «'«»«■ "Pr""^ '" '!■« «gi«» farmers h.,e from 2MTO triSrSJ^ead!" " ■°'"'' "°""' °' "" Icus city Of So?th Amer". ' It fs builTIn tTX""'"^ """* P""- bnt the streets are narrow Th. L„ ■ i , ^n^PC" manner, men of rural architecture PM-^n^lr Joneiro, is a fine speci- .ourt. is connected S'h. oa^iLTby raraT" "'""'~* "'"■« Palace of Sio Christovlo. commerct" (>ttmtlc\"tn:Sr^^^^ T "*^^* *^ ^^ J«-- - Bra.il/ Maranham' and^pl. ^* ' m ^^^^'^'^Itivate^l oarr of Grande (re'o LaTn^rfa^fin^^^^^^^ '" *^^ '^^^^^^ ^«« ^iio ^ o grann aay), m the south, are commercial to" i,^ iownanJ^cTnti^o^flfelt^:^^^^^ '^'^-"^^-^'-^ the chief -;, Boa, and .^ ^^^^^^ ^l^^^^^^^ Coffee ? Manu atfuu> es ' sugar, &c.? :;a.,, ^,, ^ l^iamonds? Janeiro? Jm?:'»i'iy? r.nin-2? 11. Diamantina, &o. ? ^r%xx\v\j^ Commerce ? 7. What is said of coffee, 8. Cattle? 9. What of Rio Maranham, &o. ? in T 3.\j. jsania. so.? THE ARQENTIME CONf EDEBATION. 207 Map No. 21, South America. — What bound Brazil on the north ? Va., Ga., A. -On.— East? A.-On.— South ? A.-On., Uy., Py., Ba., Pu. —West? U.-S.-Ca., Er., Pu., Ba., Py., A.-Cn.— Which are the prin- cipal rivers that fiow into the Atlantic Ocean? An., Pa., Pa., S.-Fo. — How wide is the Amazon River at its mouth? — Which are the chief brancLes of the Amazon on the south? Xu., Ts,, Ma., Ps. — On the north? No., Ca. — What large river flows into Para River? Ts. — W'lat island at the mouth of the Amazon? Js. — How long is it? What river connects the Rio Negro with the Orinoco ? Ce. This river has the remarkable peculiarity that it is an afSuent of the Orinoco and is also united with the Rio Negro {re'o nay'gro), a branch of th*;^ Amazon. — What mountains in Brazil extend parallel with the coast ? Bn. — Near what latitude did Cabral first see the Brai.ilian coast? 148 Gauchos catching Cattle with the Lasso. ARGENTINE CONFEDERATION. 1. The Argentine Confederation lies south of Bolivia and Paraguay. It formerly constituted a Spanish vicerojalty. It was the first of the South American colonies to throw off the yoke of the mother-country, and became independent in 1816. 2. The provinces, fourteen in number, have sometimes been The Argentine Confederation. Q. — 1. Where is the Argentine Con- federation ? What is said of it? When did it become independent ? 208 BESCSirilVE GEOGRAPHY. they have ov .ers, and e'ach L mLkX th ^ ?' '^ '^ ^''^ .' -o;' a learher rope, with great skil ':^ f'""^«'^*^'e they use theLso 'T Thl''' "''' '""^ ^'"" '^^^^ ^^ "^- ' ''' """'''' ^'"' ""^ iB cure/wi!K^^IlVf^rS^^^'^•^^^ P"^e that beef ^xnds from the pampa^ ace mLTieS'bv'rh"' r^'^^'' "^« ^««' " become violent hurricanes, an7soS,SL?'^''' *^ ^'"^*^^" ««a.ons the coast. ' '"'^^ sometimes endanger ships at sea near duc'.s!'" ''^he7ln'd'Slet:;:riMv:?^/ •^'^l^" '''' ^^« ^'hi^f Pro- Ayres (bo'nos ay'riz), MeYdoza and o/f 'f '^' ^^'^"'^^ «^ Bu«no« bexng threshed by makinrcatrg^'i:^^^^^^^^ towns,-the grain Buenos Ayres. ».tual*d 0,1 the south bank of ilf. hL ^ i"*"!?,' '=»«>n>"ci«l lown, in "^■.). about 200 ...iks from tl e e» I. . ■'''"' ('''" *'* '»*/""*'- moroe in hide,, horn,, ?a™ iw and wool T' ^ ? "'«"«'« oon- .n mportant town, on the Zltltlt i^l"^:^ ^^^^Z"'-"'"') '' 2. What about thp country >vermaent? S. What of of cattle, &c. ? 4. Of th Kiojt ft large portion of the e Gauchos? 5. Of t| niosphere? G. rrodiiptH? 7 wi' . .. . - A,r.., 8.0fCord:,'rr"Lendo«r"Ki^r,-|:S?i; O'' 1^- lie OS URUGUAY. 209 arated into '' or plains, numbers of I wild; now name. )ampas, ara *e the lasso, r grain nor I tiiat beef lie western ain seajona at sea near chief pro- of Buenos -the grain place of town, is ahplah'- ive cooj- •nah') is versify, it Rioja 1 of the Of tUv Bueuos ("•e-o' itah) a considerable quantity of wine is made. Salta ia a great market for buying and selling mules. Map No. 21, South America. — What bound the Argentine Con- federation on the north? Ba., Py. — East? Py., Bl., Uy., A.-On.— South? Pa., A.-(*a.— West? Ba., Ci.— What mountains separate the Argentine Confederation from Chili ? As. — River from Patago- nia? R.-No. — From Paraguay? Pa., Vo.— How wide is the Rio de la Plata at its mouth ?— What rivers separate tne Argentine Con- federation and Uruguay? -L.-Pa., Uv. 149 PARAGUAY. 1. Paraguay (pah-rah-gwi') lies west of Brazil, and south of Brazil and Bolivia. It is wholly in the interior. The Parana River is the eastern boundary ; the Paraguay flows through the State from north to south. The Yermejo (yair- may' ho) and Pilcomayo (jjll-ko-mi'o) are the other principal rivers. ^ 2. Paraguay declared its independence in 1810. In 1812, Dr. Francia, a native Paraguayan, assumed the powers of dic- tator, and ruled until his death, in 1840. « 3 Under his governiAent, the inhabitants were taught reading, writing, and arithmetic, and every one was obliged to work. Until after his death, no foreigner was allowed to onter the country. 4. The soil is fertile between the Parana and Paraguay Rivers. Yerba matd lyaii-'bah mah-tay'), or Paraguay tea, hides, and valuable woods, are the chief products. The Gran Chaco {grahn chah'ko) is in the northwest, and is a desert region. Asuncion (ah-soon-se-own'), the capital, Itapua {e-tah-poo'ah), Curuguaty [koo-roo-gwah-te'), and Villa Rica {veel'yah re'kah) are the chief towns. URUGUAY. 5. UuunUAY {ftO'Von-gioi') lies on the Atlantic i?oast, south of Brazil, and is the Hniallcst of the South Aiuoneuu St;ites. It takes itH name from the river Uruguay, which forms its ■-••-•'■•-■• n r-'vixti'ntii 7 T4- l>.>« XL' lias a v;ctiLi at ^u^ ct tiiitciiL. Paraguay. Q. — 1. Where is Pnraguny ? What is said of it? Rivers? 2. What occurred in 1810? What of Dr. Francia? 3. Govt rnment, &o. ? 4. Products? Urugmy. Q. — 5. Where is Uruguay? 6. What of this state f 1^» 210 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 3/ap iVb. 21, ^oM/A America —Whstt y^^„^A « guay? Mm. ""iry west/ A.-Cn.~WIiat lake in Uru- 150 PATAGONIA.* 1. Patagonia is in the extreme southern Dart of ^n, .i, g.adat»„, ,.„.\,e se.e„.t l-''^' :!:;l„r 'fet',: 2. The few Indians who inhabit it are remarkahlp fr.. fk • stature: they are generally about six anTa h If / . • ' _ * Patagonia is elnimed bv th« Ar-«"*!n^ r--„ - i- ^- ~~ liulnea, both ia th« south as (poon'tah ah-raj/'nan) and Port PATAGONIA. 211 of the Rio years it has hostility of The inhabitants are savages of the lowest order. Cape Horn is on Hermit Island, the farthest southern land in South America. in, without is healthy, dry winds e Rio de la rreat quan- uolonia are ly on the ? A.-Cn., river flows , A. -On. — £e in Uru- 3f South country. >.y pontic .ndes on for their feet in always, >m Pata- island.s. fitc ? 8. oe, (fee. ? 3. What hy the ^liili hai ind Port Sailors killing Soals. Peuguiun. 4. The Falkland (fatvk'land) Islands, two in number, lie nearly 300 miles east of Patagonia, and belong to Great Brituln. A small settlement and garrison are established at Port Louis, on East Falk- land Island. Peat for fuel is found in larga quantities, and horses and cattle abound. 6. Farther south and southeast are the islands of South Shet- land, Palmer Land, Graham Land, South Orkney, and Sandwich Lnnd. These hare all, except the last, been discovered since the year 1819. 6. They are desolate, sterile regions, covered even in midsummer with ice and snow, and are without inhabitants. Their shores abound to some extent with the fur-seal and sea-elephant, besides vast numbers of penguins. Map No. 21, South America. — How is Patagonia bounded? Which is its chief river ? No. — What islands lie eastward ? Fd. — What strait pcparates Patagonia from Terra del Fuego? Mn. — What island east of Terra del Fuego ? S.-Ld. — What celebrated cape south of Terra •Icl Fuego ? Hn. Map No. 1. — Western Hemispkere. — Which is the most northern, Graham Land, or the Falkland Isles? F.-Ih. — Which are the most eastern islands, Sandwich Land, or Graham Land? S.-Ld. — Which of ihoBO is the moBl uiBtant i'rom ratagcnia? S.-Ld. of Terra del Fuego? Cape Horn? 4. Falkland Islands? Peat, &c. 7 b. Islands to the south and southeast? 0. What of them? 212 KESCBIPTIVE GEOaBAPHY. 151 - EUEOPE. fc»-y, its civilization, its pra"^?„ th/L. '^T"'/" '^ his- sponding htitudi o«dnrj»^ "^ Asm that lie in corre- .adthe°west„it>rMUr(?cer^ '^''"' ^^'-' 500 mile« ,li,ta,.t from the'^el "" '"""6 "">■■« ""a,, areVtt 't:^lri^'T'i """"«'' """* "^ "'« "-« Dnieper, Banuho X ' id El ^'l^hH "j" ''"'«"' »""- m the south aud west is btJhv :•• ^ ""? ^T*""*' '''P""''''llv " wc»i., 13 greatly diversified with hills uud aguJis. 4. Us interior? RiTersT The .ur- EUROPE. 213 mountains. The chief ranges of mountains are the Caucasus, Alps, Apennines, and Pyrenees. Wild Scottish Ox. Wild Mnsmon Sheep. 6. The riative animals of Europe are fewer in species than those of some of the other grand divisions. The horse, ass, dog, and cat came originally from Asia; Ihe ox and the sheep are of native origin. A few of the wild Scottish oxen are still preserved in parks in the north of England; and the wild sheep is found in Sardinia and Corsica. 6. The brown bear, wolf, and wild boar roam in the great forests of Russia and Germany ; the reindeer is found in Norway, Sweden, and northern Russia, and the elk in Russia and Poland. The chamois and ibex— two species of wild goat— are occasionally found in the Alps. ated by iges for re than 5 rivers », Don, >ecially lis and Area? (I other le sur* Ikiirdod Vulture. Golden Eagle. 7. Among remarkable European birds is the bearded vulture, [j'e ['^.'^8'^'^^^ ^'^^^ of P»"^'y i'» the world except the condor. It inhabits use uigiiest siiininits of tiie Alps, and de^iro^ys sheep. Iambs, goats, and other animals. Tlio golden engle frequents the British isles face? Chief ranges? 5. Of the animals? (\. The brown bonr &c.? Reindeer? Elk, &c.? 7. Birds? 8. What is said of the 21 i DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. British Herring. and the adjacent countries ih bustard, crane, stork flam n and tunny, in the Medilepr? nean; the sturieon ir,Ti? ^.clK.„. Danube, Volg.,«''°„"S '»„,£ i^-rtttl^na-Cp^-r^^"- =S'h-i'Xti. haf be^n^:::!^!:;:!^" "Ittrt'J" "*"J^- "" P'^^ of Europe highly productive of^lT he nt'Z'-''"'^ ".'"^ ^""' '^-dered ries of life. The varioufkiBdrnf *'• """^ "<«" "^ "•« '"^u- the extreme north ; t"e vine olive T'!l"' '■'"■'«'^' """P* '" cultivated in the south ' ' """>«"?. and orange are ri™ned^'n%rnU:dTa:ie"v.td\"™''^''" "?''»- - ™- commeree carried on bv thf.nnrir ''y '"«'"'» »f 'he extensive tures are distributed oZr:iT;;TjT:i:'iar''''^ ciwL?7ta^:: *:He tnr^^^ ^-'- <^»--nt Many of the most useful inventions 7b, «""".' ""f '«""'-«• genius, and the most remarkahr 1 "**' Productions of enccs, originated here R,!!-!, j ""P^^ments in the sci- land and L, are in s^cces^^jl^S^f '"'"'"'''^ ''»"' '^ ^"i!;':rntri:.''";:*frth^: """"^t' '» »'•»-' «" wealth, and are provided with J ""-e endowed with great in the most libe"^^^! eoursr„f J 7 "''£'*""" ''°' "'«t™c.ion from our own country ^ tjit^f ^hey attract students world. ^' "* """ ■>« from other parts of the 13. In some countries^TEuropeU^^ b„„„h,3 „f fa MtufalreI?""1rTO„t°;";L'°"r p'^''' ™"°- «™'"" versiUe. and college. t 13 ComrnSh °' J'"'"'"'' '2- Of uni- s 10. common branches of education? U. EUROPE. 215 countries, (he stork, flamin- id pelican are quarters. most import- 5 those of tlie shores of the the anchovy >e Mediterra- geon, in the and other • the salmon, ing-fish«ry is education are much neglected, and the laboring classes are DOt so well instructed as in the United States. Many of them are unable to read c^ write; and in some countries they are extremely ignorant and bigoted. 14. Schools for instructing the poorer classes are most nu- merous in Saxony, Prussia, Switzerland, Holland, Belgium, and Scotland. In Scotland an unusual number of the people receive a learned education. England, Germany, and France excel in literature and science. 15. In almost every part of Europe there are great diflferences in rank between the upper and lower classes. Orders of nobilitv are established everywhere, except in Svi^itzerland, Norway, and Turkey. Nearly all the individuals belonging to the upper classes are rich and live in fine mansions, and have many luxuries; the poorer classes live in small houses, and earn a scanty subsistence by the labor of their hands. 16. The religion of Europe is Christian, except in Turkey, where the Mohammedan faith prevails. The Christian church comprises three great divisions,— the Catholic, the Protestant, and the Greek Church. The members of the first comprise one-half the population of Europe ; those of the second, one-fourth ; those of the third, about one-fifth. The remainder are Mohammedans and Jews. 17. Europe comprises 41 independent states : of these the princi- pal are Great Britain and Ireland, Russia, Norway and Sweden, Denmark, Holland, Belgium, Prussia, Austria, the several German States, France, Spain, Portugal, Switzerland, Italy, Turkey, and Greece. 18. The states which rank highest in importance are Great Britain, France, Russia, Prussia, and Austria. These are called the five Great Powers. They control in a great measure the affairs of the whole continent. Upon their concurrence or agreement often depends the question of peace or war in Europe. oches of grains ? Of uni- on? 14. 153 }hp No. 23, Europe. — How is Europe bounded? Which is its largest city? Ant. London. Which is its longe-it river? Ans. Volga. Norway Bounded ? S\ved'3n Bounded ? Capital ? Denmark Bounded? Capital? Holland Bounded? Capital? ..iJiuiiiucu ; Lapiiai i uclsiiurn Where are schools most numerous? 15. What is said of the differ- ences of rank? 10. Of religion? How divided? 17. What does Burope comprise ? 18. Which states rank highest ? 216 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. »al-::;::.l°Se1,' ^l ^r?. f-f ?J ««p»-, Ireland Bounded? CaDital? il^w r*""^- S""""^^^ ' Capital^ ^-nce Bounded? C,!^ a iT ^i^li ? Ca^italj Spain Bounded? CaoitaP Tull bounded? Capital^ '';r': "-'<'»<'^ <^^ o"e^^-.;;;;:;iS; ^ Caspian Sea? Adriatic S^'^lrchlreC"'' «-»'M-'««ai Gu7ATLtlt?"Gu,?„fr"'''' «"'f»f "inland! Gulf„fDa„w„, S-e,?«'- «--•» C.^-eT5'"K,Sa ^Ctr/? ^B^fc many n,ile8 wide is Ihe Strait W OitaltrV «''"■'"""•?» ««» DaMV'VuV:? ""r^rfSC') , '^L.Sr'r;. , «f ^» ^ T„r„ea, Rhine? Meuse? Seined T"*l /'^'!'''' ■' Oder? Elbe? Em,1 Guadiana? GuadalquWr i EbT' p?,'™"^'^ J*""'-"? Tag,,,! (W,..)? Bog? Sniepe;(«';:)?''ir?'v„'5ra"'°' '*'"""' WeTter7"M'atr*?"''g:ne,".r'°«»^ '''-''"' (i-^V V-^<,„„^ ? ,Ve„e.! Wh'Ifp"nLl%!:r:f"'t\e°Bar^,"«- ''J '^.'' ^'"-^ Crimea- Adriatic Sea? ly. ^"^ ""^ "'"""y • S"., Pl._West of the ^r^J^l^n^Z:X^)l. North C? T„eNa.e? C. Oje Gat.? C. leuiada (.ril>,.i«.frt nVJo f'-^ci Cor,i„a? Sardi,;ia? EitrsLt; Mr^Sa' zS^t •;;i: Zante? Dago ? O.O.? -^::d?^"Si!;:d?feneS-'»^^t vergne? Cdvennos *?„««' L»r''",/>"I ^'"'"■■i"-^? A,,- Sierra Nevada? Pyrenees? Cantab,>,an? Sierra Moi-c,,,.! 1 «inp bound nTthoAredit^r;;:;;nSerS's;:[d'"'-"''"''' ^^'^ ."R^'-^if^-" A •r " up the Straits.' *' go through the Straits," »ded? Capital ♦ tied? Capital » tied? Capital ded? Capital tied? Capital? tied? Capital} ? Irish Sea? of Mar'mora? ilfofDantzic? Taranto Uah'. The Skager Bos'phorus e Dardanelles altar?* How '? Crimea? -West of the 5 Naze ? C. St. Vincent ? ' C. Mata- and? Ork- ilearic Is. ? >s? Corfu? d ? Dago ? n? )ovrpficl(l ? ines? Aii- i Moreiia? traits." \ le Straits," a? Elbe 0? ? Tornea? 1 >? Ems? ■ Tagus? ■ Dniester I 0? Wener! I Norwegian killing a Bear. SWEDEN AND NORWAY. 1. Sweden and Norway, a peninsula in the northwest of Europe, form one kingdom and are under the same sovereign. The government is a limited monarchy. Each state has its particular constitution, its own laws, and a national legislature. 2. These states were the ancient Scandinavia. They are bounded on the west by the Atlantic Ocean and on the east by the Baltic Sea, and extend from the southern extremity of the Baltic Sea to North Cape, 1100 miles. 3- Ti. though severe in winter, is healthy; and many of the in :. live to a great age. Extensive forests of oak, pine, and fi- a large part of the country. The bear, wolf, lynx, and otfc iq animals are numerous. 4. A small portion of the soil is suited to agriculture: only one- hundredth part is cultivated in Norway, and one-fiftieth in Sweden. The southern portions are the most fertile, and produce potatoes, barley, oats, and rye. Some tobacco is raised in the vicinity of Stockholm. 5. Sweden has few manufactures; those of Norway are still more limited, being such only as are made in households. The Sweden and Norway. Q.—\. What of Sweden and Norway? What of the government ? 2. What were these sf^tes ? How bounded ? 3. Of the climate ? Forests ? Wild animals ? 4. Soil, &c. ? Southern portions ? 6. Of manufactures ? What of mines, 218 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. III Among the peasantry, especiallv in nL» [° ''®*'* *"^ ^^ite. carpenter, shoemaker^Smith &c '^'^' '^'^ '""^ ^« ^i« °wn NORWAY. mark ""fr^^USoVltu ^r^^'l' ""' "'" """^-^ -'* D^n- Norway is one of he mot't In? ^'"" "'"'"''' "> ^^eden. 4 are f,trf:^st::reV'itTht^^^^^^^^^ '" ^"™^^ dangei's have beef g^g ^4^:;:^''^ --"-. ^ut whose Christiania. It has a university, cathedral „n^ T '^ ^^t^^^ional legislature, ings. Its trade is chiefl y Tn t^l ^ f' ""^^i^ ^*^«^ P"^"^ t,uild- coielly m timber, tar, and the produce of the 6. Habits, manners, &c. ? 7. Religion' &c. ? Of commerce ■ Education ? TosleS? "wlat to! W IfA"™"^ ' , '«'''<'" united to Denmark? Island.? Of the Mae" J:;°/ to "of ClJ'i.t^''-'",°'i'"' '^°'f°<'™ "* lu. Wl Christiania ? Hammerfest ? SWEDEN. 219 merce is exten- }r, and fish. \ea and Norwe- ioR polite Pad ieir respective ion is general, 5ad and write. an is his own >d with Den. to Sweden. 3 in Europe, ne name, 13 legislature, iblio build- uce of the Religion ? Denmark ? I Loffoden samerfest ? mines. Berg'en and Drontheim {dront^hime) are important towns. Hammerfest, on the island of Qualoe, is the most northern town in Europe. Map No. 23, Europe. — What bounds Norway on the north ' A -On -East? Ld., Sn,— South? S.-Rk., N.-Sa.— West? A.-On.— What mountains on the east ? Kn. or Sn. This range is called by the name of Kiolen (keel) Mountains, from their supposed resemblance to a ship placed keel upwards, and sometimes the Scandinavian Mountains The western branch is called the Dovrefield.— What islands north of the Arctic Circle? Ln.— What is the chief river of Norway? Gn.— Which extends farthest north, Norway or Sweden? Ny 155 SWEDEN. 1. Sweden lies east of Norway, and is separated from it by the Kiolen Mountains. It is, in general, a flat country, sloping towards the Baltic, and has numerous lakes and rivers! 2. The inhabitants are divided into four classes: the nobility, the clergy, the citizens or burghers, and the peasants. The burghers and peasants hold a higher position than the same classes in neighboring states. The diet or parliament is composed of the representatives of these classes, and is con- vened at least occe in five years. Copper-Mine of F&hlun. Swf.dm. g.— 1. What is said of Swe/nn*,\ fn». ulV^ ^ • ^ °°*®" ^°*" '^^ umvers ty. Laplanders travelling. LAPLAND. M^iccZ^r It K r^^' thi"!y-«ettled region, north of the Aictic Ciicle. It belongs nominally to Sweden and Russia; ■The diet? 3. The iron- and copper-mines ' 4 Whnf of q»«„i v. i » 5. Gottonburg, &o.? Islands in'?be Bait"; fto^/e'whftStf RUSSIAN EMPIRE. 221 but, owing to the poverty of the country and the sparseness of the population, they are not subject to either of these powers. 7. The Laplanders are short in stature, being generally under five feet in height. They are a simple, harmless people, and greitly attached to their country 8. The reindeer draws the Laplanders in sledges over the snow The flesh and milk of these animals are used for food, and their Bkins for clothing. 9. The Laplanders move about from place to place with their herds of reindeer. In summer, they occupy tents^ and in winter, rude huts, formed of stones and earth and covered with turf. 10. They have been nearly all converted to Christianity. Among them great crimes are unknown. They never use profane language, and observe the Sabbath very strictly. Laplander's Tent. V Map No. 2Z Europe.—Vfhai bounds Sweden on the north and west? Ny— What gulf on the east? Ba.— Sea southeast ? Be — channel southwest? Ct.—Which are the principal rivers of Sweden ? Ta., Kx., La., Sa., II., La., Dl., Ca.— The chief lakes? Mr., Wr.. Wr. -What two islands in the Baltic belong to Sweden ? Gd Od 15G RUSSIAN EMPIRE. 1. Russia, the largest empire in the world, comprises more than half of Europe, and a third part of Asia. It reaches more than half round the globe, and its area is nearly equal to one-sixth of the entire land-surface of the earth. Lapland ? 7. The Laplanders ? 8. Reindeer ? 9. How do the Lap- landers live in summer? In winter? 10. Of their religion? Rmeian Empirt. $.— 1. What of the Rusgian Empire ? How far 16 222 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Russian Arm>. 2. Russia, during the last hundred years, has made larcre accessions to her territory. Her recent acqiisftons are Z portion of Mantchooria north of the Amoor River a brnl] Btrip extending 1000 miles on the PacifiHoast ou^^h of same river, and the Kirguis {klr^yheez') country and Khokun formerly-portions of Turkestan. ^ ^ ^nokan, ract ^^.^ P^P"'^^i«° i»^ludes several varieties of the human Hn»!; / ^^^u^op^an Russia the Russians and Poles pre- 4. 1 he established religion is that of the Greek Church Frote' ant^M T '''T'\'^'''- ^re in Russia, CathoS,' 1 rotostants, Mohammedans, Jews, and Pagans. cL ?i!r7'°?T°V' ^? ^^'^'"*^ monarchy. The nresent Czar, Alexander II., has done much to ameliorate the con- dition of his people. He is iU head of church and state and IS styled the Autocrat of all the Russias. 6. The Russian army has long been the largest in Europe. • - tion? 8. What does the population inohido? 4. What ig said of religion? 6. The government? Czar? 6. Army ? Navy ? 7. Com- EUROPEAN RUSSIA. 223 The n«val force, in the number of its ships, guns, and men js the third in Europe. Each arm is always in readiness for service. 7. The commerce is extensive. The exports are tallow hemp, leather, sail-cloth, iron, timber, and grain. The manu- factures have greatly increased since the beginning of the present century. They include cotton, silk, and woollen goods, glass-ware, porcelain, leather, Kussia iron, and paper. 8. Gold and platina are fouad in the Ural Mountains; silver, in Siberia; copper, lead, and iron, in various quarters! Large quantities of salt are made in the Crimea. 9. The Russians are nobles, burghers or citizens, and those who formerly were serfs. The nobles are often very rich, and live in splendor. 10. Serfdom began in Russia about the year 1600. During the present century the system was much ameliorated, and several efforts were made to abolish it. In 1863 the serfs, 38 millions in number, of whom 16 millions belonged to the crown, were emancipated. 11. In education, Russia is behind the rest of Europe, but is advancing. Great efforts are being made by the govern- ment to introduce schools : more than eight thousand school- houses were built in Russia in Europe in 1863. 157 RUSSIA IN EUROPE. 1. Russia in Europe comprises more than half of Europe. It extends from the Baltic Sea to the Ural Mountains and River, and from the Arctic Ocean to the Black Sea and the Caucasus Mountains. 2. The surface is generally le^el. The Valdai {vahVdi) Kills, near the central part, are 1100 feet high, and are the greatest elevations iu the interior. The rivers have a mode- rate descent, and a slow current. The Volga is the largest. nuTce? Manufactures? R. Minerals? 9. What claMcs? What of the nobles? 10. What of serfdom? 11. Of education? liimia in Europe. Q.—\. What does European Russia comprise ? Ilowfardoesiteilend? 2. What of the surface? Rivers? What is 224 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. ii i Retreat of the French from Moscow, In the south are extensive steppes or plains, covered with grass, aftording pasturage for cattle and horses. ih^'J^^ flT^^ '' ''^'^'' *.^^" ^" «^^^^ P^rts of Europe in the same latitude, owing principally to the great extent n? Art" JcTaT' "!'' '""'^' ^^' ^^ ^^^ ^^^^ '-^« ^-- the cultivation north of latitude G0°. ^^iaeu. mere ib little 5. Russia in Europe comprises Great and Little Russia w»,;.i, formed the original empire; also Southern, Eastl^rn Zd West TA*' ^"1/^^'^"^^ ' ^^g^tJ^^^ witl» the proVinces on the BaUio S.a and the Gu f of Bothnia. The peninsula of the Cr' moa w h ch tl z'l:fir\sltrr ''- -'-''' °^ ^-^-^-* mimai^o^TSst r t; ?'*^^, F^^^^^ provinces were acquired by the "Partition Austria and Prussia. ' * "■"""■'ier was divided between liberti^'b^ifl' "" ' '"'*T','° P^'P'"' »'"' fongl" hravely for their irriatdT:.rjriiar.rra^^^^^^^^^^ IS Ja!d of J!"' ''",? n ^- J^" '""^•^♦^ • 'T" ^h*^* «^'ng. &o. ? 4 What is o. wrnat is said of the Polish provinoes ? 7. How shared ? 8. Th« EUROPEAN BUSS A.. 225 tenacity the customs of their ancestors. The women are celebrated for their beauty and their fascinating manners. 9. Circassia, which occupies the northern ridges and valleys of the Caucasus {kaw'kd-sus), has been lately conquered. The Circassians defended their country with a gallantry worthy of a better fate. " 10. The Circassians are a hardy race of half-civilized moun- taineers. The men are noted for their bravery, and the women for tlieir beauty. The women are often sold by their parents to the Turks and Persians, and frequently become tho wives of sultans and pachas. 11. One of the remarkable events in the history of Russia was the "French invasion." In 1812, Napoleon captured Moscow, where- upon the Russians fired the city and destroyed it. The French were compelled to beat a hasty retreat, which terminated in one of the most disastrous routs on the records of history. 158 12, St. Petersburg, the capital of Russia, is situated at the junc- tion of the river Neva with the Gulf of Finland. It was founded in 1703, by Peter the Great, and is now a magnificent city. It is subject to dangerous inundations, from the breaking up of the ice in Lake Lad'oga and the river Neva. St. Petersburg is connected with Moscow by a rail- road, constructed under the superintendence of American engineers. 13. It is the principal commercial city of tho empire, and the seat of learning and science. In (lie centre of tho city is the fine equestrian statue of Peter the Great ; it is Alexander's column, in honor of the Em- Church of St. Basil. avast mass of granite. peror Alexander I., is 150 feet high. ui tne women ? 0. Ci' oaHsia? i ». What of the Circassians ? 11. What is said of the French invasion'/ What of the destruction of Moscow? 12. What of St. Petersburg? When founded? What is said of it? Railroads? 18. Commerce? 14. What is said of Moscow! 226 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. has «„ce been rebuilt wi.h g.eat fp.eodor. It iZTuX itf^an u" in !h' ^"®,°/ *-^®. ^yiosities of Moscow is the great bell the l«r„. . Hussian fleets in the Bla^-k sL u J,\ ■ a station of the 1854-55. sustained a memorable siege in 18. Niznei Novgorod (nizh'ne nov-go-rod'Y on the Volca i« n.i largest city of northern Europe. Kiev f/5-.-.,;') was the rnnffoi . Palace In Wursaw. f«.?^i 4^^''^?.' ?^^^^^^ and Borodino are noted for the great battles fought m their vicinity. At Narva and Poltava bittles wore 1«. Great bell ? Riga, &c. ? khan? Lublin ? ? ,,, '^^^f^'" ?, St. Basil ? 16. Whatof Cronstadt? 17. 19 Sr* Sobastopol? 18. Niznei Novgorod? Astra- 19. Tula, &o.? Kiev? 20 Narva, &c. ? 21. Warsaw? DENMARK. 227 fought between the Russians and Swedes ; and Borodino was the scene of a terriule conflict between the Russians and French, at the time of the French invasion in 1812. 21. Warsaw, on the Vis'tula, was the capital of Poland. It has suffered greatly from sieges and bombardments. Warsaw presents the contrast, so common in the cities of Poland and Russia, of splendid palaces and mean hovels side by side. Lu'blin is noted for its fairs, to which traders resort from many quarters. Map No. 23, Europe. — What bounds Russia on the north ? A.-On. —On the east? U.-Mts., U.-Rr., Cn.-Sa. — What on the south? C.-Mts., Bk.-Sa., Ty., Aa.— What on the west? Bc.-Sa., Pa., Aa., Ty. — What mountains and river on the east? Ul. — Mountains south- east? Cs. — Which is the largest river that flows into the White Sea? Da.— The Gulf of Riga ? Da.— Sea of Azof? Dn.— What rivers flow into the Black Sea? Dr., Bg., Dr. — Which are the two principal lakes? La., Oa. — How long is each? On what gulf is St. Petersburg? Fd.— Cronstadt ? Fd.— Revel? Fd.— How long is the White Sea ? Black Sea ? Gulf of Bothnia ?— Where is the Crimea ? 159 DENMARK. 1. Denmark was once the most powerful state in tlie north of Europe ; now it ranks only as a third- or fourth-rate power. It comprises Jutland, a part of Sleswick, and several islands iying in the entrance of the Baltic Sea, the largest of which is Zealand. 2. The climate is temperate and moist, but healthy. The soil is generally fertile, and well adapted to grazing. Commerce and fisheries are carried on with considerable activity. 8. There are few manufactures. The peasants, as in Norway, make nearly all the articles required in their households. 4. The Danes are an honest, industrious people, but are not re* markable for enterprise or improvement. Literature abd science are generously patronized by the government. Denmark. Q. — 1. What of Denmark? What does it comprise ? 2. What is said of the climate? The soil? Commerce, &c. ? 8. Manufactures? The peasants? 4. The Danes? Literature? 228 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. wick, reducing thereby h4r nonnl,.,ll f "'*' S"l* P"" "f Sks- 1,900,000, and hep aref from si'^'r fr»m 2,«16,o00 to about miles. '* ""^ ^^'^^^ ""i""- "^il" '» '.0,900 square land.^^t.t^SoT'Xlar^n*;'^ ■ vJr,e...and and Ice- Thoma. and Sant^C^M'^rr )!rn°?hJt:.ttdL's! '""'■"'= °' '' Copenhagon, i.lL''TtXnd''rot't°'th"eT''?' °" «"• '-* ■">-' <" ">« Europe. It l,aa a Kood harbor -i,h'"''"!ir' .°'""" "f Northern is not-ea for its .a^t 5"o.1str;itr.e"frfirtts™"'"'""' '■"■ Soind,»'e:tr'in";forSmo"t.'!: "',""' ","""-'' P"" »f "■» to that sea .vereformerlv owlld .„ '""f '"'<"■' "" '^'f' *™<«»g duos, as they .JJZXt^t::^^ I'ZU^J!"'"' """'' the chief part of Denmark 9 11 Vn w'7"^^** peninsula forms ..« th. Fa-ioe Mes n_^Ld/;^r^tr r^^^^^^^^^^ o;™^dT:iHn4t^"j^tLtio^„^'raV n'-^zT'J -^ ^^»' .essxons. 9. What of Copenhagen? To Elsineur? '"'"^'' P"'" HOLLAND. 229 Isles ? Oe.— The principal Danish islands are Zealand, Funen, Laa- land, and Falster. {See Map No. 25.) Which are the two largest? Zd., Fn. — On what island is Copenhagen? Zd.— What passage of water between Zealand and Sweden? Sd.— Between Zealand and Funen? G.-B.— West of Funen ? L.-B. 160 HOLLAND. 1. Holland lies on the North Sea, and was once the most powerful republic in Europe. It formed with Belgium the Kingdom of the Netherlands from the year 1814 to 1830, when each became a separate state. 2. Holland is level, and much of its surface is lower than the sea. The water is kept out by vast dikes, or embank- ments. 3. The climate is cool, moist, and unfavorable to agricul- ture : yet Holland is one of the best-cultivated countries in the world. The cattle, butter, and cheese are famous ] great quantities of the last two products are exported. 4. In commerce, manufactures, and fisheries, the Dutch formerly excelled, but are now surpassed by Great Britain. Canals are more numerous than in any other part of the world. One, extending from the Helder to Amsterdam, will float a frigate. Nearly all the travelling is performed on the canals :~during the summer, in boats ; and in winter, when frozen, in sleighs and on skates. 5. The people of Holland (called the Dutch) are re- markable for in- dustry, frugality, and neatness. — Smoking is almost universal, and a Dutchman is rare- ly seen without a pipe in his mouth. The dress and ap- pearance of the peasantry, in some parts of Holland, are peculiar, and have not varied m many years. The prevailing religion is the Presbyterian, but Butch Peasantry. Holland. Q.—\. Where ia Holland ? What formerly ? 2. Of the eurfaoe' Of dikes? 3^ The climate? The cattle, &c. ? 4. The •ommeroe, &o. ? What of canals ? 6. For what are the DiUch 230 DESCRIPTIVE OEOGKAPEY. /. The foreign possessions are the islnnfl nf To„» J View of the Hague. sected by numerous olnLXrt^Ltrro^, TZ, "^^ -ff- and beautiful promenades adorn the city. ° """' is intersected bJcaSls over'whLh " ^i""' °/ great commerce, and houses and streL are k:;t"re";n'S:b7;c[e«'"''''™'' """«''• '"'" com"mer"l\°l;d:mt*.£ristri'fjrr TV,", ^™'''^'"» " numbers of hogs are fe'd on Z '.ZeVlLt"^^^. ^'f, /"" dam,^„ear Amsterdam, Peter the Great worked as aZXeX areVrnpffl; ^.^irsfr't'e^^dt rntr-fir"''--) sustained in 1573 ao-ain^jt +ho ««„ • y "^^ ^^ »oted for a siege it ranks as s„.die?s. Kem" f^ Sf^^^";,? LT;» J-^."' - '»« organ, and its trade in flower. Ti, uV. . .'^""^"Jor its great been recently drained byTteam-power' '"""""^ ""''^ ""<>'> '"'' remarkable? What nf tu^ ^ i_ « ^- .. . to Holland? 7rWhat foreSHZ^' ' • '^"•*'^T?" ' «. What belongs Whn^nfihJrr o"^'?'^" possessions in As a ? Elsewhere i" 8 What of the Hague? O.Amsterdam? 10 Rotterdam ?q„k-V , Zaandam? 11. Leyden &o ? Rotterdam/ Schiedain? BELQZUM. 231 supported the duchy )elongs to •ns of Su- 'ments, in n Guiana, Map No. 23, Europe. — What bounds Holland on the north and west? N.-Sa. — On ihe east? Pa— South? Bm. — What river flows through Holland into the North Sea? Re. — What bay north of Amsterdam? Z.-Ze. This gulf or bay was once a lake, but was joined in 1282 to the North Sea by an irruption of the ocean. — What is the capital of Holland? He. — What sea separates Holland from England? N. Sa. — For representations of Limburg and Lux- emburg, see Map No. 25. 161 Brussels. BELGIUM. 1. Belgium lies on the North Sea, south of Holland. It is a small but flourishing kingdom, and is more densely^ populated than any other country in Europe. 2. It has often been the scene of conflict between contend- ing armies. Many famous battles have been fought in itj and no other part of the world has in the same area so many fortified towns. 3. The surface is level, with a fertile soil, so highly culti- vated that Belgium is often called the garden of Europe. The chief products are grain, flax, madder, hops, and tobacco. 4. Belgium is next to England in abundance of coal, and in its manufactures. Canals connect the principal cities, and railroads extend through nearly every part of the kingdom. 5. The people are French, Flemings, Frisians, and Germans. They are enterprising and industrious, and are generally well edu- cated. They are chiefly Catholics ; but all sects are tolerated Belgium. Q. — 1. What of Belgium? 2. What has it often been, &c. ? 3. What is said of the surface ? The products ? 4. What ia said of coal, &o. ? Canals and railroads? 6. Of the peopl3? Of 232 DESCRIPTIVE geography: n there are schools in every village^ instruction is ample ; and It was'^fa-Tire^^nS^^^^^^ afterwards to France, with a limited government. "'''^''°'^' ^""^ '^ ^^^ a separate kingdom, the Sct",r}:'.:/'^^ S-no (sen'n,,), a branch of for its publii wali's/anS for its extensTv;'' '" ^'^'P^' ^^ ^« ««ted aiid lace. Ten mil'es south of Brussels?, ^^^^'^^^^''^s of carpets the important battle fought there in 1815 ^^''"^^°' celebrated for Antwerp. Goth,o structure, in the worid'tlpte^'/S-'Cr/ ""''»-' dre'd\S r.%\"M»/3Tr!?-''^ -"r"' -"- ' by one h„„ the Unite! S.atea a'n'd Grea.Vi "iT Li *' .r^-'^ "' pea^Tel 'et Meu^se. . noted for its .anufaetu":, e^;?oli,f;;r.^rnnn"d",;;:! .™Vpi7.%i'u-s:rirLiYc^°r„'rrt^"°v''^ central point of -.ero^.f^X^-'dTfa^r t tS ^" H«;f i^rC-J-'- .>'™^,^;s^^ on the-ortM N.-Sa., *. .... ^„. 25.-WiatpartofLureS;^ ^^^^^^^^^ »Jt Of Bruges, &c. ? P ' -lu. ut Ghent, Liege, &c. ? H. 1. Th] Great Br terranean Africa, a miles, an( THE 2. Th] LAND COl consists called the 3. Grea and i'urpai inteliigenc equalled, ( 4. The sovereign Great L Area? Po «. What THE BRITISH EMPIRE. 233 5nt are all fjple; and 162 THE BRITISH EMPIRE. 1. The British Empire includes the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ireland, Gibraltar and Malta in the Medi- terranean, and colonies in North and South America, Asia, Africa, and Oceaaica. The total area is 7,566,000 square miles, and the population 223,640,000. Me. Wt. THE UNITED KINGDOM OF GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND. 2. The United Kingdom of Great Britain and Ire- land comprises England, Scotland, Ireland, and Wales. It consists of the islands of Great Britain and Jreland, commonly called the British Isles. 3. Great Britain is one of the most important states in the world, and t'urpasses every other in its manufactures and commerce. The intelligence, enterprise, and industry of its inhabitants are nowhere equalled, except in the United States. 4. The government is a limited hereditary monarchy. The sovereign power is vested in a king or ^veen, lords, and cora- Great Britain and Ireland. Q.—l. What of the British Empire? Area? Population? 2. What of the United Kingdom? What islands? «. What of Great Britain ? What of its inhabitants ? 4. Govern- 234 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 1 '^ii'' ^?'''*-i ^^t^^'*^'.*"*^ commons form the parliament, or great 5. The people are divided into three cla8ses,-the nobility the gentry and the commonalty. The first are dukes mar' quises earls viscounts, and barons; the second, those who are distinguished for wealth, education, talente, o^ office • thl third, tradesmen, artificers, and laborerL ' 6. The principal national force is the navy, which durinir ih. general war in the early part of the present century numbSoSo vessels manned by 170,000 sailors and marines iHs now l.« in number, but is still the most powerful naval force in vll ' From the insular position of the^ country the armv has all^'' been^small, in comparison with that of t/e' otrTrL' Eur^S veals ?hiSwnr^ -if*' ^°°^^^«t«d during the last two hundred rS a^ ""l military purposes, is great beyond all former ex ample, and is a heavy burden to the people. ^ con^ntrv^* manufactures are more extensive than those of any other country. Cotton, woollen, and silk goods, with the manufarfnra .f machinery and metals of various kin^, a;e the mostTpoCt "' value nf%K°f'^ f the fisheries and of the mines is great; the value of the annual production of coal and iron is es«m«fpd »? hundreds of millions of dollars, equalling thafoHS leTSopean world '^^ThrT'T f ^^' .^""''^ ^'"P^'^ i« t^« largest in the world. The merchant-vessels, including those of the colonies number upwards of 35,000, with a total burden of 4,300 000 ton ' and are navigated by 240,000 men. From 60 000 tn 70 nnn ^ i' enter and depart froi the'ports of Great Britafeve^^^^ '""'^ 163 ENGLAND. and'i^^t^^Y'"'' 1'"' !f *^^ '^''^^^"^ P^^* «f Gl^eat Britain, and IS the largest and most populous division of the island Its surface is level or gently undulating, and it abounds in beautiful and interesting scenery. aoounas lu ?Z'L ?• ?*^^."^°y «l^««««; 6. What is said of the navv ? A.m.' Commerce?'" '"""'''"'''' y. Fisheries v Coal and ironTlo: Bn^land. Q.-l. What of England ? What of the surface. &c. ? El^OLAND. 235 t, or great 5SS of the nobility, kes, niar- lose who fice; the ■^ m Britain, island, nds in Army? . ? 10. 5, &C.? Windsor Castle. 2. The climate, though moist and cool, is healthy, and less subject to the extremes of heat and cold than that of most countries in the same latitudes. 3. The soil is not naturally rich ; but the agriculture is superior to that of any other country in Europe except Belgium and Holland. The chief products are wheat, barley, oats, potatoes, and hops. 4. In no part of the world is wealth more unequally distributed, than in England, and nowhere else do the cottages of the poor con- trast so strongly with the mansions of the rich. Costly and splendid buildings are found in every part oi the kingdom ; many of the parka and country-seats of the nobility and gentry are grand in their mag- nificence. 5. Though luxury and corruption exist to a considerable extent in certain portions of English society, the mj.ss of the people are distinguished for sound morals. Benevolence is a striking feature in the national character; and in no other country are there so many associations for charitable, benetolent, and religious purposes. 6. The literary institutions and the learned men are distin- guished ; no language excels the English in poetry, eloquence, phi- losophy, and science. Great exertions are made by various reli- gious societies to spread Christianity and civilization among the heathen ; and missionaries are sent to distant regions for that purpose. 7. No general provision has been adopted for the education of the poor. Many of the people are very ignorant, and large numbers depend on Sunday-schools for all their instruction. The higher semi- 2. Of the climate? 3. Soil? Products? 4. What is said of wealth? 5. Luxury, &c. ? Benevolence? 6. Literary institutions, &c. ? 7. Edu Hi 236 I DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. &c., and, with the ^0™^^ Pnf Lr •' -^^^P^'^^^' ^^^s^yterians populatiin. '''' Catholics, constitute nearly one-half the inland trade. The most imnnry!!' T?!, -^^ «'"^''* facilities for connect London and BTrni^^lhlwit'^^ LW ^^^^T^^'^'V^^^^ ^^'<^^ ton, and Edinburgh. andTvt^^orw'hrn^^Lte^.'^^^' '^"^^^^^- 164 It iyhe ..He. ana W«ett eU^r^Vo^.f^f ttofe the Bank of En/.TaZTZ^^iJ' 'rl^ri °.V'"-"r<""' """ the Thames ..re magnificent slruetJ., T? l"-'dgos which cross Thames is a remarkable work. "'""""'''• ^''^ """"'1 onder the 12. London presents a striking contrast of wmHI. !„.„7i- rr,r,rirJ*;reZ-„TsS^^ not'e'd t'ntrra^';t;st"inrsr 'ki^frr-rf '^"■"■^•'' from which loneitude is reokon„,l 1 1™™' "'"' '"f "'S observatorv, containing the |reatnat"„aras'lu;ltr^n™llLl^^ «nrthe'7aT»?im„:eti7eV?nXkt''Bi!;:irrii":.^"''"'''"^^ seat of the trade with Arm^ruJ if • , , V"^*^'"- It is the principii Hull, for its BaltiTldr N:weasre fU'toll/"/ "f YT''" Whitehaven are largely engage™ln°tiretl.'tr^de,"''p';Si„t cation ? Bcnter 10, VVhut Wind " ' " ''^"o^"*?] il 5'"^* of public buildings? 12. Chelsea ? Of mouth? sor *reenwioh ? ol? Bristol, Plyi facilities foy e sovereign is Jhbishops and t churches are Presbyterians, r one-half the and bridges. facilities for B those which )1, Southamp- mes {temz\ sh Empire. population eh (ffrin'i/), bservator;^', iea (chel'se), Windsor, f the royal copulation, e principal hot wells ; Hand, and >rtsmouth, on ? Dis- ingsf 12. Isea ? Of 'ly mouth? ENGLAND. 287 ■'If 11 ii! ! New London Bridge. Plymouth, and Chatham are great naval stations. Plymouth is noted for lis breakwater, which is a mile long ; four million tons of stone were used m building it. 15. Manchester, the Ihird city in England in population, is famous f>'; ,^^». extensive cotton manufactures; Le^ds, Bradford, Norwich l!!L'''^k^^\?'i'^''''' f°^ ""^^"^^ ««<»^«5 Birmingham, for hard- ware Sheffield, for cutlery ; Kidderminster, for carpets Worcester rrbons porcelain; and Coventry {kuv'en-tre) for watches and 16. Oxford and Cambridge (kame'bnj) are celebrated for their Universities; Eton and Winchester, for their colleges. Bath and Cheltenham (cAc/^'nam) are noted for their mineral waters, and are much visited by ijcrsons in search of health. Tunbridge and Scar- .r^^.^i*''^ well-known watering-places. Brighton and Margate arc much resorted to for sea-bathing. * 17. Hastings is renowned for the victory gained there by William tL Z}r'"% M ' ?u"Tr*'' ^''^'^'^ "I- ^*« d«*'«'^t«^» ^nJ killed. Floddt fLm ^"''^ "^"u'^'r "' '^' Standard. Otterburn, and Flod« en Field, were fought between the English and Scots. At Afarston Moor Naseby, and Worcester, Cromwell gained decisive victories over the royal forces. hifn J!!f F '^"^ Man Tsle of Wight (rvife), and the Channel Islands belong to England. The Channel Inlands are Jersoy, Guernsey, Alderney (awl',! w T^»? manufactures are chiefly of flannel and iron, in which IxnoTtlf T"^- 1 ^T q^'^n^ities of iron, chiefly for railroad!, are exported. Iron, lead, copper, and coal abound. >1. Wales, pr€lvious to the year 1283, was governed by its own tn^yr^ that time it has been united to England, and Ve oldlat son of the sovereign of England is styled Prince of Wales. 22 Menai (men'i) Strait, separating Wales from the island of Anglesea (ayyi-se) is crossed by the Menai Suspension Bridge The Britannia Tubular Railroad Bridge crosses the same strait a mile west of the fo.mer. It is elevated 100 feet above high wat;r and IS composed of immense iron tubes joined together and resting upon massive pillars of masonry. ^ 23 Mer'thyr Tyd'vil is the largest town in Wales, and is sur- rounded by iron foundries and furnaces. Swansea (swon'se) is a noted resort for sea-bathing. Caermarthen (ker-mar'(hen) and Caer- «?T"i ^*;^-''.«'">««) are places of importance. The chief ornament ot the latter is its castle, once a stately edifice, but now in ruins 165 Map m. 24, Great Briiain.—Wh&t bound England on the north? Sd.,N-Sa.-Ea«t? N.-Sa.-South ? A.-On., E.-Cl.-West? I.-Sa., ws., A.-Un —What strait separates it from France? Dr.— What pan "f W 1 ? Bl^'*^ channel between England and the southern . , , .,jj, ig g^jjj Qj Wales i 20. Manufactures ? Minerals, • -1 i;, "^" ^'^* ^"'^^ govorneu by its own king? 22. What 18 said of Menai Strait? The Britannia Bridge ? 23. MerthyrTydvil. Swansea, &q t ° ^ j » SCOTLAND. 239 Map No 24, Great Britmn.-Vfhi,i rivers form part of the boundary between England and Scotland ? Td., Ek.-What hills ? Ct -What firth separates the northwestern part of England and the south western part of Scotland? Sy.-What is the mosrsourhern ex- tremity of England? L.-Pt.-The most western? L.-Ed Which are the three chief rivers of England? Hr Ta Sn — the North Sea ? Te., wlf HTTs.-T^'^JaTh? GtTe^NrWd^ Wm-Enghsh Channel? Oe., An., Fp.-Bristol Channel Sn _ What rivers flow into the Irish Sea? Le., Re., My. Severa riversi^ England are called Avon, from the ancient British word j>n (water) What island in the English Channel? Wt— In the Irish Son ? Mn.-In the Bristol Channel ? Ly.-Near Land's End ? Sy The latter are dangerous to seamen, and vessels are often wrecked there For the position of the Channel Islands, see Map No. 26 -^Which's the largest lake in England? We. {Mere, or mlr, signihes a lake ) -Highest mountain ? S.-Fl. /'.ZHs the Danish word for MIL "^ What hght-house is near PlyL juth Sound in the Hn„th 9 p« The Eddystone Light-House is'built on a reef of rock on wh^h many ships were lost. It is 100 feet high; in storms the eprry of the sea dashes over its top. ^ ^ ^ B-a-W^r?^%^aTr'wKTK^- I-^-East? Ed.-South? be south' S b", Pn~ w^if . ^-^r ^5 *^" ^"^^ ^^^^^^ Cn.-On ^e soutn/ S.-Bs., Cn.— What island north of Wales? Aa ~ What strait separates Anglesea from Wales ? Mi. What rivers are wholly ir. Wales? Cv Dv Tf T,r wi.o* nvers rise in Wales and flow into England? De.' Sn.'. Te* We ~ Which IS the highest mountain in Wales' Sn 166 SCOTLAND. 1. Scotland lies north of England, and is divided by the Grampian Hills into the Highlands and the Lowlands Tt contains the highest hills and largest lakes in GreTt Britain 2. The Highlands, in the northern part, is cold and bettor adapted to grazing than cultivation^ The I owLnds t^^^^ southern part, is more level, with a moderately fe ti e's^l which produces oats, barley, wheat, rye, flax, and potatoes ' u. The manufactiirAfl nro i«i»%^«*„„i • n ., _.., i„,„^.^^^,jj^^ cspuciaijy those of Offha h"''*.! ^r}' r^^^'^''*' '^ Scotlan.l? What is said of it? 2 Of the Highlands? Lowlands? 8. What of manufaotures ? Coal, i 240 .DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. cotton, wool, and linen. Coal and iron are abundant The commerce and fisheries are valuable: the herring-fishery em ploys many vessel?' and men. n j ^ 4 The Scotch are well educated, and are perhaps the most moral and religious people in Europe. Many Scotchmen have been dis- tinguished in literature, and some have been among the most famon. philosophers, historians, and poets of Great Britain. 5. The Highlanders were originally a different people from the Lowlanders Some of the Highlanders still wear the ancient dresV and speak the Gaelic language. The Presbyterian is the established church of Scotland: a division has taken place among them, and about half of the clergymen have seceded and formed the -Free Uiurch ot Scotland:" in these the pastors are elected by their people. ' fiw J^^ Hebrides (heb'rid-eez) Islands lie west, and the Orkney and Shetland Islands north, of Scotland; they are the resort of vas numbers of sea-fowl, which the islanders catch by descending with I'opes from the high cliffs. ^ ^uamg wun Edinburgh. FirVof fW (f'in-f^f-riih), the capital of Scotland, lies near the * irth of l orth. It has ong been noted for its university, as well as wit r'T'- ^""^ ^'''•''"^"«- '^^' «'*y ^^« f«^ manufactu;es. Edin- of Edinb",tl'. '%«""^P»«"°"« in Scottish history. Leith, the seaport ot Edinburgh, formerly two miles distant, is now joined to it. 8. Glasgow, the largest city in Scotland, is on the river Clvdo- it Thrn'nIvJr ^'"/^nl' ''' cotton-manufactures and to ship-building. The university nt Glasgow is celebratod, and the cathedral is tlie best-preserved specimen of Gothic architecture in Scotland lino (^7^^ "^T"^ ^'!' ^"' '^'^'" K^^^«' '^"^ ^'^'■♦•^ '^"'l l)nnfcM-m- line lauin-ler'/tn\ fr»r notion an'i i:-.— j'..u_: ir-i . _ ■ "" — L..!.» ,s.nt iiiitrii i.tuiics^ r».iimarnocK ior cui- &c. ? Commerce, &c. ? 4. The Scotch ? Scotchmen ? 5. What of the High ander.? What is said of religion ? Tlio Free Church ? 6 T Hebrides, &c.? 7. What of Edinburgh? S.Glasgow? 9. Paisley, Map No and west separates most nort Eastern ? Firth 01 Fiord is Crom'arty F. of Clyd Minch ? J Where i naird's H. way ? M, {Nesa and . What isl north ? C How wide -Which ij -Slietland Where is curiosity cj its religioui Lakes an Shin? L. : Loch Lome long, and 7 island in L( prisoned !h L. Broom ? Perth, kc' burn, &c. ? ; SCOTLAND. 241 mdant. The g-fishery em^ lie most moral lave been dis- e most famous ople from the ancient dress, lie established 'ng them, and ed the "Free cted by their le Orkney and [•esort of vast icending with lies near the ly, as well as ures. Edin- , the seaport I to it. er Clyde : it lip-buildinjf. edral is the md. id Dunferm- ock for cui- What of the .•h ? 6. The 9. Paisley, pets, and Carron, near Falkirk {/awl-kirk'), for its iron-works Glasgow (jr/a.>) Greenock. Leiti, Dundee/Montrose, and AW: deen' are the principal seaports. ' I 10. Stirling is celebrated for its castle, Melrose and Kelso for their ancient abbeys, Ayr as the scene of some of the expSs ot" Bruce and Wallace, and Gretna Green for the marriage of fSive Hi^hTandr ^^'"''^' '^''^"^'^' '' ^^^^^•^^^^^i ^^« capital of- *?he 11. Bannockburn is famed for the decisive victory gained by Kimr ICromwen'Xr'Th T"'^ 'l '' ^^^^^"^' ^"^^ D JnLr for tLt of Cromwell over the Covenanters. At Preston Pans and Falkirk Prince Charles, the son of the Pretender, routed the royal forit,« and at Culloden Moor his army was totally defeated. ^ ' - 167 Jfa^iNTo 24 Gfr.a<5n7am.--What bounds Scotland on the north and west? A.-On_East? N.-Sa.-South? Ed., I.-Sa -What T:'1^.t!:''^'!^^LZ:-^--^o:^-^^i^^t^ What i^tt Southern? M.-Gy.— most northern point of Scotland? D -Hd I Eastern? B.-Ns.— Western? A.-Pt. Firth or Frith is used in Scotland for Bay and Strait, as the word Fiord ,s used in Norway. Where is Dornoch (rforC/t Fhth^ Croni'artyF? Murray F.? F.ofTay? F. of Forth? So way F:' |L1h'?nileMfnrh?^^^^ ^'^^'-^^^-^ Sound of Jura? ^Tlle I )^'^,«^e is Cape Wrath? DunnetHead? Duncansby H ? Kin \jv^ 5 V ;, ^^"*\''^ • Ardnamurchan {ard.n&-mur'kan) Point? I (iVew and Mull are the same as Cape, Head, or Point ) ^ \Jihf ' oT^'wLTlS"/ ^'"'^"?^^ v."^- '' W.-Is._What islands noun. uy.— What firth separates them from Scotland' Pd I W.^i^' '^l'--^':^' ''^^''^' 1^« "«r^J^«^«t of the Orkneys'^I 1-Sl.etland Is.V'ik. '""" '' ''' "^'"'" " «^-OrkneJs? Kl! Where is Staffa ? lona ? Staffa contains the magnificent natural mnos.ty called Fingal's Cave. lona was anciently celebrated for its religious institutions, schools, and learned men. '^"'*''®^ ^^i Lakes and inlets are called Lochs in Scotland. Where is Loch lun? L. Mare? L.Ness? L. Rannoch ? L. Tay' LL'n.ond' oeh Lomond is the largest lake in Great Britain^' '"t is 21 mt long, and 7 broad in the widest part. Where is L. Lev'en ' On an island in Loch Leven are the ruins of the castle in which " was im^ 1 1 - '- * •'- ce,- oratru m.-iry, yween oT fsoots. Where is L. Assvnt ? 'L. Broom? L.Su'nart? L. Linnho (//«'„.) ? L. Awe? L.P>e? Porth, vS;o. ? i burn, &c. ? .> 10. What is said of Stirling, &c.? 11. Bannock- \m 242 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. tl What river flows into Murray Firth? Sy— The North Sea* Dn., De., N.-Ek., S.-Ek., Td.-The F. of Tay ? Ty., En -The p' of Forth? Fh.— Solway F. ? Ek., Nh., De.— The F. of Clyde ^ Dn., Ar., Ce— Where is the Caledonian Canal ? This work connects Murray Firth and L. Linnhe. The Firths of Clyde and Forth are united by the Forth and Clyde Canal. Where are the Grampian Hills? Cheviot Hills? Ben Ne'visV Cairngorm Mt. ? How high is Ben Nevis ? It is the highest mounl tmn in Great Britain. {Ben signifies Mountain.)— The Grampian Hills or Mountains form the barrier between the Highlands and Lowlands of Scotland, separating the fertile from the barren parts of the country, and the Celtic froi the Saxon portion of the popula- 168 IRELAND. 1. Ireland lies west of England, and is separated from it by the Irish Sea. The climate is mild and moist, producing' a beautiful and continued verdure; and in consequence it^ja often called the Emerald Isle, and Green Erin. 2. The surface is moderately undulating, with few moun- tains. There are many peat-bogs, which supply the inhabit- ants with fuel. 3. Agriculture is in a less advanced state tlian In England or Scotland. Barley, oats, wheat, and flax are extensively cultivated; potatoes are the chief product, and form the prin- cipal food of the poor. 4. Grazing, and the dairy, are well-managed parts of Irish hus- bandry; they produce the best beef and butter in Europe. Linen goods, and the products of the soil, are the chief exports. 5. The Episcopal is the established religion, but four-fifths of the people are Catholics: about half of the remainder are Presbv- terians The latter are found chiefly in the north, and are of Scottish descent. • 6; Tlie people of Ireland are generous, quick-witted, and hos- pitable. Many are ignorant of the English tongue, and use tii» Irish only. ° 7. Vhe peasantry live for the most part in a state of abject poverty. Ihe landlords are chiefly Englishmen who reside in Eng- land. The estates are managed by agents, who oppress the i.e..pT« by unjust extortions. The tithes exacted for the support of the established church, and the oppressive taxes, impoverish the people. Trdand Q.—\ Where is Irelan.l ? What is said of ih^ climate ? 2. Ihe surface &c.? 3. Agriculture? Chief product? 4. Grazing, &c. ? Linen, &c. ? 5. Religion ? 0. What of the peof^? 7 The IRELAND. 243 8. The failure of the potato-crops for several successive years produced intense distress, and thousands died of hunger. This, and the immense 'emigration, chiefly to the United States, caused the population of Ireland to decline, in the ten years from 1841 to 1851,1,660,000. ^ 9. Dublin is the chief city of Ire- land: it lies on both sides of the river Liflfey, at its mouth. Its public edifices are numerous. Among them are St. Patrick's Cathedral, the Bank of Ireland, the Exchange, and the Four Courts. Thechief partof the suburbs, and some streets in the city, are the abodes of thousands who live in wretch- edness and poverty. 10. Cork, the chief town of the south, is noted for its trade in salted provisions. Its harbor, called the Cove, is capacious and strongly fortified. Lim'erick, on the Shannon, is famous for the eieges it has sustained ; it has manufactures of lace, fish-hooks, and gloves. Belfast', the chief town in the north, is the emporium of the linen-trade. 11. Kilkenny is noted for its beautiful white and black marble. Killarney is made famous by its adjacent romantic lake. May'nooth is the seat of a noted Catholic college. Waterford has an extensive intercourse with England and Wales. Galway {gawVway), Sli'go, Drogheda (drdh'he-dS,), Dundalk {dun-dawk'), Newry, and London- derry are all considerable seaport towns. The last is celebrated for its siege by the forces of James II., in 1090-91. Four Courts, Dublin. 169 Map No. 24, Great Britain.— Vfhui bounds Ireland on the north, south, and west? A.-On.— On the east? f.-Sa., S.-G.-Cl.— JVhat Wilier between it and England? I.-Sa.— How long and wide is the Irish Sea? — What channel between Ireland and Scotland? N.-Cl. —How wide is it?— Between Ireland and Wales? S.-G.-Cl.— How wide is it?— Which is the most northern point of Ireland ? M.-Hd. —Most southern ? M.-Hd.— Most western? C.-Sl— Where is Rath- lin I. ? Tory I. ? North Isles of Arran ? Acliill {ak'il) I. ? Enisture I. ? South Isles of Arran ? Blasket I. ? Valetstia T. ? C, Clear? peasantry? 8. The failure of the potato-crops? Emigration. &c. ? 9. Dublin? 10. Cork, Limerick, Belfast, &c.? 11. Wliat of Kilkenny, Killarney, Maynooth, Waterford, Galway, &c. ? Londonderry ? 244 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. SianH.L .^^^'tr^ provinces which are subdivided "nto counties m ancient times th,ey were independent kingdoms.) ■ ''*'"''^''' ' 170 FRANCE. 1. France lies in the western part of Europe on the Atlantic coast and is separated from England by the En«l h the'fir^ „.t ' " ' g-^^-^.P-erful empire, and^anks axSng the lirst nations in civihzation, power, r: \ wealth. 2. The surface is mostly a plain with , ,odeiate undulation • a large portion is well adapted to cultivation. The coimtrv^s beautiful and fertile, and the climate temperate and sYlu! of \,^Si'''^ Tf '' "'"''S ^^'''"""^ ^^^° ^" ^««t «f^^^ parts oi ji^urope. Ihe manufactures are various and extensive and the commerce is great, but not equal to that of Great Britain or the United States. There are numerous railroads traversing all parts of the empire. 4. The chief products are wheat. Indian corn, erapes olives and the sugar-beet. The vineyards of France yield 2^50 different kind of wine: they occupy nearly 5.000.00(1 norL „„^ .^H- — - - i^umate, &c. ? 3. Ot agr-culture? Manufactures? 4. Products? PRANCE. 245 Making Wine, Gatliering Grapes. duce IS about 850 million gallons. Claret, Burgundy, and Champagne are the principal wines. Silk, wool, and oil are important products 6. In population, France ranks second among the European powers, being inferior only to Russia. The French are intdlE brave, gay, and very military. Their learned men excel "n mfthe- matics, astronomy, and chemistry. The lower classes are in^iffer- ently educated, not more than one-half being able to read and write o.Z 9«"fg«S' schools, and public libraries are numerous. Paris ThP^^L -f ^^'fr' "'^•r^^i^y ^"d the finest library in "he worid The maj^ityof the people are Catholics ; but all sect/are tolerated 7. The French language is the best adapted to conversation of Zr. %r^''"'^*' T^ '' ^"'^'^ "««^ ^« P^li^« society tliroighout Europe. The upper classes in France excel in graceful accomprish- 8. The government of Franc-^ has been changed many times during the last seventy years. In iS it became a fepublic ; three vearf afterwards the president, Louis Napoleon (Napoleon III ), assumed sole executive power, and in 1852 was elected Emperor. Hs govern- ment has been as despotic as that of any other monarch in Europe 9 France has long been a great military power. In the time of nTlTl ■' '^' ^r^ ™ *^" ^«^^ formidable in the world Tt is now next in numbers to that of Russia. The nav.y exceeds that of any other power except Great Britain. ^ ' T«/^ fT]'® P""cipal foreign possessions are Algeria, Senegal and Isle of Bourbon, in Africa; Guadeloupe, Martinique, &c., in tlie West Vineyards? 5 Of the French? Learned men? Of the lower lasses? 6. Colleges, university, &c.? Religion? 7 The French Z^n^l J^'^H^''' '^''''' ■ ^- 'r^'« government, &c. V Army and navy? 10. What are the principal foreign possessions' ^ 246 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. llf;^r^\.^!'yi''\^y^^^^^riK, South America-, Pondicherry in Ask- 171 11. Pans, the capital of France, is on the river Seine (sam or sen), 112 m, es from its mouth. It is the second cit^fn' i^urope in population, and the first in splendor. The public buildings and palaces are among the finest specimens of arch^ tecture in the world. nAf: rf Kr' '" ''''^^^ ^'''" *^® K'^y^^y °^ '^^ inhabitants and the variety ments, and for its hbrar es, literary institutions, and public works Ftltn.^' ""u *^\^^^«t' ^' ^*"°"« f^'* ^^« «ilk manufactures- St 14 Bordeaux [bor-do'), on the Garonne (gah-ron') is well Irnn^n for Its w„,es and Strasburg for Its lofty clfhedraV' Toulo" ^"t^ a naLTJe'pot ' " '''' ^^«^^^«-— ' Brest, on the AtlanTic i^ 15. Havre, at the mouth of the Seine, is the seaport of Paris «nrl the chief seat of trade with the United States, lilt m7s (mar mylz') xs the principal seaport in the Mediterranean ^ 16. Nantes {nants), Tours {toor\ and Or'leans, on the Loire LlwahT\ . are important towns. Nantes has considerable commercraifra^^^^^ faotures. Tours is a favorite place of residence for EnglXtTavel lers. Orleans is noted as the scene of the exploits of Joan of Arc PnIL ^"""f 1^ • ^^'^^"\Ag'^«' important battles took place at Crecv Poitiers and Agmcourt, between the English and the French also' of Fr^ce ' '' ^'."''"" ^^^"'^^^'^' ^' *^^ Garonne! in tt s^utli 18. Bayonne {hah-yon'\ on the Adour. is noted for its fisheries and for the invention of bayonets ; Versailles ^..r-.a,;/.'), forlts m^gnt ficent palace and gardens ; Montpellier, for its salubr Ls air; Ses (n.m) for IS Roman amphitheatre; Rochefort (ro«V«r') for its arsenal. L, He (/..^ is strongly fortified. Rheims {reemz) is no ed /or Its cathedral in which the kings of France were formerly crowned • Cherbourg [sher'burg), for its famous breakwater and immense do" ks Savoy, Nice («.m), and Mon'aco now belong to Fran^r 19. The island of C orsica, in the Med iterranean, is a department 11. What of Paris? 12. For wha* nnt^-i 9 io r^f t- ^ » « 14. Of Bordeaux, &c. ? 16 Of Havre?" Of Ma'rsei les'^' le'^Of' Nantes &c ? 17 What of Ciecy, Poitiers, &c. ? ^8 Of Bayonne and other towns? 19. Corsica? Of its surface, &c ' ^^^y^^^"' SPAIN. 247 rry, in Asia; n the Pacific eine (sa^n, )nd city in The public IS of archi- the variety , and monu- ic works. ^^ell known lion is the Atlantic, is iwTmanu- ish travel- n of Arc. > at Crecy, ich ; also, the south eries, and ts magni- r; Nismes ), for its noted for crowned; ise docks. partment - -- _, ft A ^as, ccc. r 16. Of Bayonne, of Prance. Its surface is mountainois. It has iron-mines and fisheries. Bastia [hahs-tt'ah) is the chief town. Ajaccio {ah-yaht'sho) was the oirthj/iace of Napoleon Bonaparte. Map Ko. 26, France, Spain, ^c.-— What bound France on the north ? E.-CL, Bm.— East? Bm., Pa., Bn., Sd., ly.— South? M.-Sa., Sn.— West? B.-By., E.-CL— What river flows into the English Channel ? Se.— B. of Biscay? Le., Ge.— G. of Lyons? Re.— What river forma the boundary between France and Baden ? Re.— Through what lake does the Rhone flow ? Ga.— What mountains separate France from apain? Ps.— From Italy? As.- -From Switzerland? Ja.— What mountains between the Rhone and the Loire? Cs., Ae. West of the Rhine ? Vs.— What islands on the coast of France belong to Great Britain? CI.— What island in the Mediterranean belongs to France? Ca.— Where is Paris ? Havre? Marseilles? 172 Madrid. SPAIN. 1. Spain lies southwest of France, and is separated from it by the Pyrenees Mountains. It was once the most power- ful kingdom in Europe, but became one of the most feeble : now it shows marked evidences of progress and prosperity. With Portugal, it comprises that part of Southwestern Europe called the " Peninsula." 2. The interior is traversed by the Sierra Nevada, the Sierra Morena (mo-rai/'nah), and other mountain-ranges; and the surface is greatly diversified. Much of the soil is fertile, and agriculture, hitherto neglected, is prospering; commerce and manufactures are improving. Spain. Q.—l. Where is Sjinin, &c. ? What is said of it? What does it comprise? 2. What of the interior? Soil? Commerce, &c. ? -^'"^i^' 248 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Hnn 5•^\?.?''''"^ government is a limited monarchy. The constitn tion of 1837 guarantees the liberty of the nress and ntl. tri- ples of freedom. The Catholic is Ve natLL' reli^^i Edu^caiT'' 18 not general; and few of the lower classes read Td writ ^'''''. marin'''''® ^^^^^"^ ^^''^^ ""^ Spaniards are distinguished for eravitv nf cheermrtufar'.^':;'' '*■ .'"^' "'^i ^'^'^^^ ^'^'^ lower cCe^a cueerrui, trugal, and courteous. The favorite amimpm^^ntl mu,.c dancing, and buU-flghta, the latter aVerenSTbraulr; t>. Spain once possessed vast territories . America- of !)■„.»' Barcelona, MalLaTndr^^^^^^^^ Mediterranean Sea. uLfjuo^aifs Z^'''"'^\^r"^' '» l*"" sieges tl^iyh^ve sustained r' "^^ '''"^'' f* '''""<"'« *"' ""e bae!,es fought rtwerZ'r'renchrd&g',rsr^ ""' ^"'"™' ^°' was cap nred by the British in 1704, and hasten htlfby them ^^o^ peopie Port Mahon ^-L^i 'tZ:L'Vjr^I^ 1'^^^'''^' 8ide„flL"p;renTe?"TTet,'??"l° i"' °","'-' ">"«■ ^ SP"*'" iie ryrenees. The inhabi tants depend for subsistence prin- Rel^gfo:?tducauZ?''1 V^aT'""^^^*-, ^' "■' Severnment ? classes ? Amusements ' fi WK 'f "f-^^ °J '^^ "«''" «'"=» ' I'»wer -J, ,,_ ^musememsr 6. What did Snain on™ no.i=.. ' n'i,.i aVarada" Ao''"'., 'r **'''?' c°*' ""drid, -Barcelona: t:? 8 Of' BlfeTrt'lst' l^Srar-^"""' *" ' '»■ ^hraltar?'- U * s, PORTUGAL. 249 es, raisins, 1 manufac- iis, and are le constitu- lier princi' Education ito. gravity of classes arc ments are all ranks. of these, The other )cean, the fie, Ceuta also Fer- he Tagus. jonnected lean Sea. ^he latter 1 Europe. vere once nl-bah'o), or silks ; ad Alma- avy, and jos [bah- } for the oria, for trongest (lis place sm since. >a, Ivifa ustrious t)or. Spanish ce prin- nment ? Lower 8. Of 11. cipally upon their flocks and iron-mines. Besides Andorra, the capital, it contains five small villages. Map No. 26, France, Spain, ^c— What bound Spain on the north? B.-By., Fe.— East ? M.-Sa.— South? M.-Sa., A.-On., Pl.—West? A.-On., PL— What are the chief rivers of Spain? Do., Ts., Ga., Gr. Eo.— What are the principal mountains? Ps., Cn., S.-Ma., S.-Na! —What mountains separate Spain from France ? Ps.— What moun- tain west of Barcelona? Mt. This is noted for its singular form and for the monasteries built on it.— What islands lie east of Spain' IJc— Which is the largest? Ma.— Which is the largest town in Majorca? Pa.— What strait separates Spain from Africa ? Gr. f 73 City of Oporto. PORTUGAL. 1. Portugal lies west of Spain, and is the extreme south- west part of Europe. It was once an important power, but, Hke Spain, declined, and it now ranks among the least of European states. 2. The surface is much diversified. The climate is mild and healthy ; and the soil yields all the fruits and products of Southern Europe. Port and Lisbon wine, salt, oil, and wool, are the chief exports. Portugal. Q.—\. Where is Portugal? What is said of it? 2. The surface ? Climate ? Soil ? 3. What of commerce ? Manu- fc— '- 250 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 3. The commerce of Portugal is limifprl Ti,^ r in almo^/regions ""' """* ""="""'■''' """'»'^' Possessions .J' f.''" '■"'•eign possessions of Portueal »re the Azore, ii, tl,. Atlant^ Ocean; the Madeira and Cape'verd Islands^^nThe'col's wfi«7 rnH'TU ^v'. '^"^°^''' ^""^ i^enguela {ben~gay'lah), on the Goa 'anH M °'"°'^'^r,("*''-"'^'"-*^^'^')' °" ^^e east coast of I?rica Goa^and Macao {nah-Hu.'), in Asi^ and part of the isknd of 8. Lisbon, the capital, on the river TaVna ia . ».io„« <• ift^e'lVarS^tt r' '^^ T^ f '^^ l^KarrsftetoTd: aaclo'o ortL^Ifh;L::r;e"i^her7 i^ Hf h^m^^dTr^;:' t\ contains some fine public buildings and siuares ''^' ^"' St\beri«' °VJ'^^'^'^ ^^r'"'")^ '^ ^'^"^^"^ fo^ its port-wine (t ?; 'f,?^^!^ ^^o"- 'ts salt-works and its fisheries. Coin. bra {ko-eem'brah) ,s the seat of the only university in Fortueal Thi« university consists of eighteen colleges. ^ oriugal. Ihis pi?' ^7^\}^ ^^f '^''t ^^ ^" archbishop, who is the Primate of Portugal Elvas i« the chief fortress of the kingdom • i is sun phed with water by an aqueduct one and a half^mi"es in lenrth" constructed long ago by the Moors. Ev'ora is an ancient Town^H contains* rich Gothic cathedral, and a Roman aqueducrstilUn use! Map JVo 26, France, Spain, Portugal, ^c.-What bounds Portugal on the north and east? Sn._South and west? A.-()r--Wh h are the prmcipal r vers ? T«., Do., Ga.-^-How long is each of these ? Name the principal mountains—Where is Lisbon? r__i • ture, &c. ? 6. F Agriculture? f>. Religion? Government? Lit or what once noted ? 7. What of the 1 era- BrtaTHvasT" tot ''"""" '^ ''''''^' «'' ''^^ >rcign pos- &o. ? 10. 1. T] ration a portions Saxony, and fou 2. Tl Confede for the legislatu Frankfo their im other rei 3. In States, y attached Sleswici a part o1 the-Maii (See paj 4. Th rivers a pursued of wealtl are inipc Bro 6, Gatt Oerman did it inc jf each sti to Prussi agricultu! GE^IMANY. 251 174 GERMANIC CONFEDERATION. 1. The States that lately formed the Germanic Confede- ration are situated near the centre of Europe. They included portions of Austria and Prussia, the whole of Bavaria, Saxony, Hanover, and Wurtemberg, numerous smaller states, and four free cities. 2. These states had formed a league, called the Germanic Confederation, for their external and internal protection, and for the inviolability of each member of the league. The legislature was called the Diet, and sat in permanence at Frankfort-on-the-Main. The states had votes according to their importance, but each state had at least one vote. In all other respects they were sovereign and independent. 3. In 1866 Prussia made war on Austria a 1 the German States, wrested from Austria all power over the Confederation, attached to her own territory the states of Hanover, Hols*^^ein, Sleswick, Lauenburg, Nassau, Hesse-Cassel, Hesse-Homburg,' a part of Hesse-Darmstadt, and the free city of Frankfort-on- the-Main and established the North German Confederation (See page 258.) 4. The territory of these States is traversed by numerous rivers and extensive ranges of mountains. Agriculture is pursued with diligence, and mining is one of the chief sources of wealth. The inland trade is large, and the manufactures are inipoitant and various. Brown European Bear. The Wolf. 5. Cattle^ horges. hngra. and aheoB abound i the nheen of S.aTnn? Qermany. Q. — 1. What of the Germanic Confederation? What did it include? 2. What had they formed? Of the Diet? What jfeachBtate? 8. What further of these states ? What wore attached to Prussia? 4. WM)at of the territory of these staten? What of agriculture, &o. ? 6. What of animals, &c. ? Sheep ? The bear, &c. ? 252 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. are particularly noted for the fineness of their wool The hpn, Tulfdlfthrir '-' ''-' ---''' ^^- for.erl7,\ut"'a:e\^S 6. The people are industrious and ingenious : they invented printing, gunpowder, and watches. Their leirned^ min are distinguished for their attainments in literature and science /. The German universities are among the most celebratpd in soS:; anTSr-'r ' ^'^ ^^"^^^^ «^ '^^«^^' acIdemSrret^ societies, and public libraries are numerous. The advantaees de rived from these institutions are apparent in the activit v eXbitoH in every branch of literature, and i^n'the extent of the Eok-t^ad:' ». In Saxony, Bavaria, and some of the smaller divisions of tha r^d'^ndtrte.^" ^""^^^°^^' '^^^ ^^^^^ -« ^^ perso^ThoMlit: RnLnVo^*^^!-"' *^^^o°^an Catholic and Protestant prevail- the Roman Catholics predomnate; the Protestants, consisting chiefly of Lutherans and Calvinists, have united, in some of the state/ under the name of the Evangelical Church ' 175 GERMAN STATES. BAVARIA. 1. The kingdom of Bavaria lies west of Austria, and is the most important of the German States. It is altogether in the interior, and consists of two territories, about forty miles apart, separated from each other by Wurtemberg and Baden. 2. The soil is moderately fertile. Cattle and hogs are raised in great numbers. Wine is made to some extent. lOO^LlHon gallons of beer are brewed annually. Education is general, and the ins ti tutions of learning are in a flourishing condition 3 Munich (mu'nik), the capital, on the river Iser (e'zer) is one of the handsomest cities in the German States. It is noteTfcr its Uni versity, theatre, library, and splendid galleries of ar^ Nuremberg" AugHl.urg, Ratisbon, Wurtzburg, and Bamberg are important Sace?' 4. Famous victories were gained at Blenheim (h/en'im) on tho 6. What of the people? Inventions? Learnfif Anhalt [ahn'hahlt) consists of three states, each of winch was formerly independent.^^ Tae territory is surrounded by Prussia. Dessau {de8'sdw)is the capital ^ "'^"^^ '^ hfir^lS Prmcipahties of Schwartzburg-Rudolstadt and Schwartz- fivP^JlpA"" ?""' tV'^^''^-'';*"'"^*''^''^^"*-^'^"'-^^") '^re about twenty- five miles apart. The capitals are Rudolstadt and Sondershausen 12. Reuss-Greitz and Reuss-Schleitz.— The Princinalities of Reuss-Gre.tz [ruce-grites' ) and Reuss-Schleitz {ruce-Zuf'tTk^n [gay rah) are the capitals. 13. Lippe-Detmold AND LippE-ScHAnENBURG— The Principalities of Lippe-Detmold {lijj'pgh det'molt) and Lippe-Schauenburg (shSw'en- bddrg)&re situated, the latter on the north and the other on the south side of the Weser River, about ten miles apart. Buckebure and Detmold are the capitals. ^ 14. WALDECK.-The Principality of Waldeck consists of two sec- tions, surrounded by Prussia. Pyr'mont is noted for its mineral waters, and is visited by many strangers. Ar'olsen is the capital. 15 The Free Cities.— The Free Cities of the German States are Hamburg Lubeck, and Bremen. These are all that remain of the famous Hanseatic League, that once comprised eighty-five of the most commercial European towns and ruled, by wealth and arms a great part of Northern Europe. * 16. Hamburg, on the Elbe, is the chief commercial city of the German States. Lubcck {loo'bek), on the Trave (trah'vih), and Brem'en, on the Weser, are important commercial towns. 17. Luxemburg and Limburq.— The Grand Duchy of Luxemburg and the Duchy of Limburg belong in part to Belgium and in part to Ho land. The King of Holland has the title of Grand Duke and Duke of these provinces. Luxemburg is the capital of the Grand Duchy, and Maestricht {maks'trikt) of Limburg. 177 PRUSSIA. 1. Prussia {prilsh'yah) occupies very nearly the central part of Europe. It lies on the North and Baltic Seas and has an area of 133,000 square milcs. II. nehwarfzburg-RudolBJadt, &c. ? 12. Reuss-Greitz, &c ? 13 Lippo-Detmold, &c. ? 14. Waldeck? 15. The Free Cities? la' Har.iburg, &c. ? 17. Luxemburg and Limburg? Prutsia. ^—1. What is said of Prussia? 2. Mountains * The m m II mm 256 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 2. The Hartz Mountains in the west, and the Sudeti^ Mountains on the Austrian border, are ^he principal de vations. The surface is generally level Thefe arrnume rous rivers and lakes. In the west the soil is fertile and pro ductive; m the east it is moderately productive, and wUh careful cultivation good crops are obtained. Grain and crtt'e are the chief products of the soil. ^ 3. Prussia has heretofore had little foreign commerce- buf recent acquisitions on the North Sea open new fSies for foreign intercourse. The inland trade is extensive The i>o"td Zl."' '"""^^'^^ '"^"^' ^«^"^"' -^ -^-J- of 4. The Protestant faith predominates,— principally the Evangelical or Lutheran Calvinistic Church f but d forms of religion are tolerated. > " »< un lorms 6. The government is a constitutional monarchv with r Po. lament, consisting of a House of Lords anH Kse of R^Z' . sentatives. The arn^ is wpII Hion,«i;r.«^ ^ nouse or iiepie- »re several provinces which were once » part of Poknd 7. Berlin, the capital, on the river Snrpo r,^.^,.\ • il , Bome city, and is noted for its lilZrv instLifcf ^'„ !i l ^*''^" versity. There are manufactures of prfntedcittorinef^l V """l." Vi?;nfj'";r''^°*"^t°"*^?;^^'" ^^ "^^ important city. Dantzic, on the Jnd ir;„i ''"^^''^J*'"''^^-*^^^)' Stettin (,<.^4o, on thi Oder and Stralsund, are the chief seaports. Breslau and Frankfort on t'tPfittior -tal J" '1r ' ^^^S^f -«' 0- ^be Elbe, for its strong sal works :n?p!'i*'' *^' S'^^*' *aA7W), for its university and salt works ; and Potsdam, on the Havel, for its palace of Sans Souci Halberstadt and Erfurth (air'/oort) are important town,. 9. Cologne {ko-lone') and Dusseldorf are on the Rhine ; the first is Forti'ess of :?t^rj„„"? "txiTi t.f»=fiL?'-"r-'""' J- What education? 6. What^ f,,.,her of PruTsia'" 7 "irT ," "i'",. "i 8. Frankfort-on-the-Main .rid other towns'' 9 Ooi ' „ ,"'»."■'",' Aix-la-ChapelleJ 10. Cobl.nt., &LY TlVerfeH? anS'^Iw' °' PRUSSIA. 257 famed for Cologne-water, and the other for its school of painting. Aix-la-Chapelle {aiks-lah-ahah-peV) is noted for its wurm baths ; and Treves, on the Moselle {mo-zeV), for its cathedral. 10. Cob'lentz, at the junction of the Rhine and the Moselle, is an important fortress. Ehrenbreitstein {ay-ren-brite'stine), on the llh^ne, opposite Ooblentz, is the strongest fortress in the kingdom, and one of the strongest in Europe. Elberfeldt and Barmen are contiguoua towns, and the most important for manufactures in Prussia. Forti-ess of Ehrenbreitstein (broad stone of honor), on a rock 780 feet high. 14 000 men are required to garrison it. ' 178 PROVINCES ANNEXED TO PRUSSIA IN 1866. 1. Hanover. — The late kingdom of Hanover consists of a large and sterile tract of land bordering on the North Sea, and a small portion of territ ^ry separated from the rest by the kingdom of Brunswick. 2. Hanover is the chief city. Gottingen {get' ting-en) is noted for its university, library, observatory, and botanic gardens. Emden is the chief seaport. 3. HoLSTKiN, Latjenbueo, and Sleswick.— The former Duchies of Holstein {hoVstinc), Lauenburg (Idw^en-lddn/), and Sleswick be- longed to Denmark until 1864, when they we're seized by Prussia and Austria. 4. Nassau.— Tlie former Duchy of Nassau (nas'saw) is situated on the rivers Rhine and Main. It is famous for its wines and Provinces annexed fo Prussia. Q.~\. What of Hanover? 2. What of the city of Hanover? Gottingen, &c. ? 3 Of Holstein, Lauen- burg, and Sleswick ? 4. Of Nassau? For what famous? Wiesba- 258 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Main is annexed to Prussia ff..^,^ portions north of the tion, Homburg is"th^e7rroip.f:r^°"''"'* ""•^^"'"•^ '"» 'eo- CiLs'^of'Gllt.y"''"""-"''-''''-""''''''' -o of tie faMous Free THE NORTH GERMAN CONFEDERATION dent of the Coofederafion.''" The ^ a^e b^rr„sK" B.Ln«'Sth«r^rrt;sn^-^^^^^^^ THE SOUTH GERMAN STATES fedtTtitt^ttm ^^ 'T'^'f''^ '^' ^'''^ ^^^'"an Con. reaeration, but still are independent. They are— Bavaria, Wurtemberg, Baden, and Hesse-Darmstadt (in part) 179 AUSTRIA. ^«"/„ 5- Of the Hessian States 9 HeasP rfl««oi 9 « u sadt? Hesse-Homburg? Homburer 7 ZnVf / ^^^^'I^a''^^- North German Confederation TSk a!:Z?S_^?^^?»-^^«-Main ? AUSTRIA. 259 are the chief rivers. Gold, copper, iron, natural steel, quick- silver, and salt abound. Grain, wine, oil, and silk are the principal products. 3. Austria has a limited foreign commerce, f he few sea- ports lie on the upper part of the Adriatic Sea. The inland trade is large. The army is the third, in point of numbers, in Europe. There is a small naval force in the Adriatic SeaJ and an armed flotilla on the Danube River. 4. Austria is a constitutional monarchy, with a parliament, com- prising a Houje of Nobles and a House of Deputies. All religious sects are tolerated. The majority of the people are Catholics. 5. The 4)opulatioa consists principally of Germans, Slavonians, and Hungarians or Magyars {mdd-ydrs'). The Hungarians, who have been long oppressed, have made several unsuccessful attempts to achieve their independence. 6. Vienna (ve-en'nah), on the Danube, is the capital, and is one of the finest cities in £urope. It contains many splendid buildings. Trieste {tre-est'), at the head of the gulf of the same name, is the principal seaport of Austria and of Southern Germany. 7. Prague is the capital of Bohemia ; Brttnn (brgin), of Moravia ; Gratz, of Styria; Lay bach (li'bahk), of Iliyria; Lemberg, of Galicia, or Austrian Poland; Zara, of Dalmatia; and Innspruck, of the 8. Lintz, Salzburg, and Steyer (sti'er) are manufacturing towns. Halle {hahVm) and Hallein (hahl'line) are noted for their salt- works, Idria for its quicksilver-mines, and Mariazell (mah-re-ah-tseV) for its shrine of the Virgin, which is annually visited by 100,000 pilgrims. 9. Marienbad, Carlsbad, Toplitz (fep'litz), and Sedlita, in Bohe- mia, are famed for their baths and mineral waters. At Austerlitx and Wagram great victories were gained by the Emperor Napo- leon over the Russians and Austrians. Wieliczka {v'yay-litch'kah) and Bochnia, in Galicia, are noted for their salt-mines. The mine at Bochnia is 1000 feet deep, and extends two miles under ground. 10. Cracow {kray'ho) and its small territory were forcibly seized by Austria, in 1847. Here is the mound raised by the voluntary labor of the people, in memory of the Polish patriot Kosciusko [kos-se-us'ko). It is formed chiefly of earth taken from every battle-field in Poland. '^i txivc, u,v; fl o r\^.^ o a i_ 0. _ iuc army .' rsavai lorcer 4. Government? Religion? 5. Population? Hungarians? 6. What of Vienna ? Trieste ? 7. Of Prague, &c. ? 8. Lintz, &c. ? Halle, &c. ? Idria? Mariazell? 9. Marienbad, &c. ? Austerlitz? Wie- liczka ? 10. What of Cracow, &c. X 260 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 180 HUNGARY. 1. Hungary is the largest and .outh eastern division of the AuBtran Empire. It h or^ of the most fertile portions of Central Europe, r.iui m area is about equal to the States of Virginia, West Virginia, and North Carolina. ^V^*®ml^^^^^® ^® ^° inclined plain, sloping towards the south. The Carpathian Mountains separate it from Galici- and Transylvania on the north an J . « The Danube and Its tributaries, the Theiss {tice), Drave, and Save, water nearly all portions of Hungary. 3. Hungary is famous for its wines, the varietv of its pro- ducts, the abundance of its cattle, and for its minerals. The climate is similar to that of France, but more changeable. 4. In its widest acceptation, it includes the kinc-dom of Hunjrarv the provinces of Transylvania, Croatia, and Slavonia, and the dil tnct called the Military Frontier. In the latter, the able-bodied men serve as soldiers, holding their lands rent-free, instead of re- ceiving pay. ' «>* ui ic 6 The people arc chiefly Magyars, or Hungarians, and Slavonians. The former are brave and high-spirited, and have long opposed the Emperor s authority. In May, 1849, they declared Hungary inde! pendent and under the direction of Kossuth and ether chiefs en- deavored to maintain their rights, but were overpowered by the superior forces of Austria and Russia. 6 Hungary was once an independent kingdom. On the death of Louis I. in 1526, his brother-in-law, Ferdinand II. of Austria, was gltrlfb7XLfrir * '' ''' ^^^^' ^^^ «^"^-^ ^- '-- ^- «»w^"^^k''" n^^'i^ ^^''^>.' *^^ ^"'P^**^^ °^ Hungary, opposite each oLv r^ ^ ^T^J"? *^^ J,°^""^ ^y °"^g««' ^"d are properly one I'^fl if^ K """"If ?^ ''' ^'^^ ^^^^«- Presburg and Co'morn are on the Danube; the first was once the capital of Hungary; Comorn 13 an important fortress. b j, v^umuin 8. Kremnitz, Sohemni(z (shcm'nifs), and Neusohl (nofzole) are Hungary Q.—\. What of Hungary? What area? 2. Of the surface ? What is said of the Carpathian Mountains? The Danube * 3^ What IS said of Hungary ? What of the climate ? 4. What does Hungary include ? What of thn Military Fr«ntif»r » 6 V/ha* -f the people ? What occurred in May, 1849 ? 6. What further'of llun- ^7 Jt.^k^ ?-^\*S-.^''"«^"^«' *«-^ «• Kremnitz, &c. ? Tokay? Debretzin, &c. ? 9. Kronstadt? Hermanstadt, &c » AUSTRIA. 261 mining towns in the northern part of Hungary : the first is noted for gold, the second for silver, and the third for copper. Tokay, on the Theiss, is famous for its wine, the finest in Europe ; the best is reserved for the use of crowned heads. Debretzin is noted for its manufactures, and Ketskemet {ketch-hem- ate') for its great cattle- market. 9. Kronstadt, in Transylvania, consists of three towns, inhabited respectively by Saxons, Szeklers {sek'lerz), and Wallacks. Heriaan- Btadt has an upper and a lower town, connected by flights of stairs. Theresienstadt {lir-ay'ze-en-gtaht\ Temesvar (tem-esh-var'), and Mishkolcz {mish-kSlts') are important towns. * I i 181 Map No. 25.— What are the principal German States? Ba., Sy., Wg., Bn., Mg., Og. Where is Bavaria ? Saxony? Wurtemberg? Baden? Mecklenburg ? Oldenburg ? Where are the Saxon Duchies (called on the map Saxe) ? Where is Hesse-Darmstadt? Brunswick? Lippe ? Waldeck ? City of Hamburg ? Lubeck ? Bremen ? What mountains between Saxony and Austria? Sc. Between Bavaria and Austria ? Bd. What between Wurtemberg and Baden ? Bk.-Ft. What river flows through Saxony into the North . ea? Ee. What through Bavaria into Austria ? De. What through Wurtemberg into the Rhine? Nr. What river forms the western boundary of Baden? Re. What a part of the southern boundary of Mecklen- burg? Ee. What a part of the eastern boundary of Oldenburg? Wr. On what sea is Mecklenburg ? Be. Oldenburg ? Nh. What is the capital of Bavaria? Mh. Saxony? Dn. Wurtem- berg? Sd. Baden? Ce. Capitals of Mecklenburg? Sn., N.-Sz. Capital of Oldenburg? Og. On what river is the city of Hamburg ? Ee. Bremen ? Wr. Near what sea is Lubeck ? Be. Map No. 25, Prussia. — What bound Prussia on the north? B.-Sa., Dk., N.-Sa. East? Ra. South? Aa., Ba. West? Hd., Bm. What gulf in the north ? Dk. What sea on the northwesi ? Nh. What mountains on the south ? Sc. What mountains west of the centre ? Hz. What two large rivers flow into the Baltic? Va., Or. What ^ca ? Ee., Wr., Es. What river in the south- three into the North west? Re. On what river is Berlin ? Se. Frankfort near Berlin ? Or. Frankfort in the southwest? Mn. Stettin? Or. Cologne? Re. Dusseldorf? Re. Map of Europe, No. 23. — What bound Austria on the north ? Pa., Ra. East? Ra., Ty. South? Ty., A.-Sa., ly. West? ly., Sd., Ba. Vthai inouaiiiins in the uortbeast? (Jn. West? As. What sea south- west? Ac. What river flows through Aijstria into Turkey? What rivers flow into the Danube in Austria ? De., Se., Ts. On what river is Vienna, the capital ? De. On what sea is Trieste ? Ac. 262 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 182 Berne. I SWITZERLAND. 1. Switzerland lies south of the German States and J^ ranee and is the most mountainous country of Europe It IS noted for the grandeur of its scenery and the free spirit of Its pohtical institutions. k' ^^ ^^ 2. It is a federal republic, and consists of twenty-two can- tons, each independent in local affairs, but united for national security and governed by a Federal Assembly. 3. Switzerland is traversed bv thp Alr»H !?»♦««»:„ u u ice, called glaciers, cover their loffy st ^fs ; av!t"che7 cZlll of vast bodies of snow, sometimes come thukderinrdowk u3 Jp valleys, ^burying travellers, buildings, and even villfges Jn on'e com! 4. In many parts of Switzerland the soil is not well adapted to Sfced" ThL tld^''^ ^"'"^^-^^ ^'. ^^^ P^^P^^' good crops a?e1r! wl;» • • P;^'^"^ «/^e gram, wine, and various kinds of fruit- but grazing is the chief pursuit of the farmer. ♦o i^kn!?® ^"^,'1^ ^fu ^''"®'*: ^''^''®' *"^ hospitable, ardently attached to liberty and to their native country. Education is general, and great crimes are rare. The Protestants and Catholic! are about Italtln'' ''"™^^''- '^^^ languages spoken are German, French, and 6 Berne (bern) ig the capital of Switzerland. Zurich (zoo^Hk) and Lucerne are important towns. Geneva (jen~e'vah) is on the lake of the same name. It is distinguished for its literary institutions, and tor its extensive manufactures of clocks, watches, &o Switzerland. ^.—1. Where is Switzerland? 2. What of its ffov- ernment? 3. Of the Alps? Avalanches? 4. Agriculture, &c. ? I'lo- ducts? 5. Of the Swiss? Of education? Languages? 6. What of SWITZERLAND. 263 7. Basle {bahl, or hahzH), on the Rhine, the most commercial town n Switzerland is noted for its manufactures of ribbons. Lausanne (lo-zahn), on Lake of Geneva, has been at different times the resi- siorbHd T'''*''^ ^^^''^'"^ "'^''' *'''^^*'"^« '^ ^°te^ for its Buspen- 8. Near Schaffhausen {shahf-hdw' zen) are the celebrated Falls of he Rhine. Morgarten and Morat' were the scenes of splendid vic- TaIT^ ? *^^ *"'"«® «f freedom. At Morgarten, 1600 Swiss routed 20,000 Austr ans. In this battle the celebrated William Tell distinguished himself. Alpine Spaniel. Ibex. 9. Among the quadrupeds peculiar to Switzerland are the Alpine spaniel and the ibex. The Alpine spaniel is one of the largest animals of the spaniel kind. They are used by the monks of St. Bernard for the purpose of discovering travellers lost in the snow llie Ibex IS a species of wild goat, and wanders among the highest precipices of the Alps, where he is often followed by the hunter 3Iap No. 25, Germany and Switzerland. —Vfhai bound Switzer- land on the north? Fe., Bn., Wg.-East? Aa., ly.-South? ly., Fe.— West ? Fe.— Where are the Jura Mountains ? Pennine Alps ^ Lepontine Alps? How high is Mount Rosa? The Jura Mountains' Where IS Lake Constance? Geneva L. ? L. Neufchatel ? LLu- T",^- JC. Zurich? Where is Neufchatel? How high are the Falls ot he Rhine? What three considerable rivers rise in Switzer- '" w?®' .^®;.' I"- -—What river ^flows through Lake Geneva? l\e. — Where is Berne ? lerne ? Zu"ch &c. ? Geneva ? 7. What of Basle ? Lausanne ? *ralburg? 8. Where are the Falls of the Rhine? What is said of Morgarten &c. ? William Tell ? 9. What quadrupeds are found in Switzerland ? ^ r 264 DESCRIPTIVE OEOGRAPHY. 183 ITALY. 1. Italy lies in the south of Europe, and is bounded on the east by the Adriatic, and we.st by the Mediterranean Sea It 18 a peninsula, in shape like a boot. It was the country of the ancient Romans, and is filled with the remains of their cities and buildings. 2. Italy is noted for the beauty and romantic character of Its scenery. It is one of the most interesting countries in the world, and almost every locality has been the scene of some remarkable event. 3 The climate is warm, and the soil is luxuriant. The chiet products are wheat, corn, rice, oil, wine, and silk The principal iruits are gra-pes, oranges, figs, dates, almonds, and olives. The fig-tree and almond-tree, the cotton-plant, and the sug;ir-cano, all flourish. 4. Some of the finest specimens of architecture in tlio world are in taly. The churches are costly and mau.iificcnt. and the dwellings of many of the nobles rival the palaces of Ttalv. Q.-\ Whei^e is Italy? What is said of it? 2. WJmt ?ruit^'&^ «a.d'/ 8. OV''\''."'»^t« -"^ «oiI ? Chief product* xrUltS. eLU.l 4. What. t\f afnl>i»a.-.»>.*.»9 ni i a ^.^^, ITALY. 265 kings and emperors; but the cities and towns are filled with begga'-s. 5. The indolence of the people, and, until reccuitly, political discontent, have prevented agriculture or manufactures from being diligently pursued. The commerce is carried on chiefly by foreigners. The principal exports are oil, silk, wine, and wool. . ' Porcupiae. Quail. 6 The principal wild animals of Italy are the wolf and wild boar. These are occasionally seen in the mountains and forests; the porcupine is found iu the southern districts. IJirds in great variety inhabit all sections ; and during the spring of every year, immense flocks of quails pass from the south to the more northern regions of Europe. 7. The Italians are distinguished for their skill in sculp- tur<^, painting, architectu. e, and music. They are a gay people, with active passions and ardent imaginations. The higher ranks wear the usual European dress; among the lower orders there are various local peculiarities of costume. Ihe better classes are well educated, and few other nations have produced so many learned and scientific men ; but the mass of the people are ignorant. 8. The war of 1859, the revolution of 1860, and the war of 1866, have produced important changes. Austrian power and influence are now extinct, and constitutional govern- ment has displaced the despotic influence of Austria, which HO long triumphed in Italy. 6. What of agriculture? Commerce? Exports? 6. What of wild animals? Of birds? Of quails? 7. What is said furn..,r »r *k«. Italiunat The higher ranks? Of the people? 8. What of the 2G6 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. J^ Itali" Costume. 9. In all the Italian stat^. the Roman Catholic is the established religion. Italy is the centre of the church- Kome IS its most noted city, and in no other place are the ceremonies of religion go splendid and imp_.ng. 10. Italy includes the Kingdom of Italy, the Papal Domi- mons (or the temporal possessions of the PopeV and San MariLo {sahn mah-re'no). Map Ko. 26, Francs and Itali/. —What mountains bound Italy on tbe north? As.— What, sea on the south and west? M -Sa 7 v. Ac— What islands lie west? Ca., Sa., Ea.— South? Sy._What islands south of Sicily? Ma., Go— What strait be- tween Italy and Turkey? Oo.-What mountains extend through Italy ? Ac— Which are the Ihree largest rivers in Italy ? P., Ao Ir. — Into what sea does thr Po flow? Ac. '' 184 KINGDOM OF ITALY. 1. The Kingdom of Italy comprises the state of Sardi- nia the States of the Church (except the Papal Dominions) the state of Naples, which includes the island of Sicily and other islands on the coast, and the state of Venetia. 2. Flor'ence, on the Arno, called the Beautiful, is the capital of the kingdom of Italy, and one of the handsomest cities in Europe. war of 1859 &c.? Of Austrian power? 9. Religion? 10. What does Italy include ? ^tngdcffi of liaijf. y.— i. What uues the Kingdom of Italy com- KINGDOM OP ITALY. 267 Milan Cathedral 3. SARDINIA.—Sardinia {sar-diu'e-ah), a state in the king- Palf M J' ^«°»P"«f the old state of Sardinia, Lombardy, Parma, Modena (mod'en-ah), Tuscany, Romagnl (ro-mahn'- yah), and the island of Sardinia. ^ ^ 4. Turin (Joo'rm^, the capital of Sardinia, is on the Po- it is the most regularly built of all the Italian cities. ' 5. Mil'an lies on a fertile plain northeast of Turin, and is a hand- some city : it was greatly improved by Napoleon I. The pub- lic buildings are* nu- merous and splendid. The cathedral is the finest specimen of Go- thic architecture in the world ; the statues with which it is adorned are said to number 6000. 6. At Pavia (pah-ve'- ah), on the Po, Francis I., King of France, was defeated and taken prisoner. Pavia is noted for ,ts university, one of the oldest in EuVope; Cremo^Ton he Po tor vjolins, Brescia {bresh'e-ah) for fire-arms and Xrgimo {bgr-ffah'mo) for its great fair. j^«rgamo 7. Parma, Modena, and Piacenza {pe-ah-chen'zak) are handsome arid important cities. Parma is noted for its numerous sdenHfic institutions, and for its cheese • Modena, for its galleries of art Bologna {bo-lone'yah), for sausages. Pisa {pe'zak)\n Ihe Amo is famed for its leaning tower, which is one hundred and dghfy eiirht feet high and inclines fifteen feet from a perpendicular Co'mo is ZeTv Ve^rt'^'^'l/^'^n^^^^- *'« beautiful surround ng scenery Ge-oa {jen'o-ah), called the Superb, is a seaport and I o\tri:ipt{';\rair"^ ^rthplace of Co^mmbus. LegCiislh: ^Lfl^TZ ^«^^^«UFCH.-The territory forming the States of the Church hes in the centre of Italy. In 1860 Komagna, its northernmost state, was transferred to Sardinia' and the remaining states attached themselves t^ the kingdom v^n^l Uomor Genoa r Leghorn? a What of ^ioltat^erofl. 263 DESCEIPTIVE QEOaaAPHY. GeDoa. of Italy, with the exception of a strip of territory on the Mediterranean, including the city of Rome and some adja- cent cities. 9. Ancona, on the Adriatic, is a flourishing seaport. Perugia Camermo {kah-may-re'no), and Tivoli {iiv'& le) are important towns. The Oity and Bay of Naples. 10. Naples.— The state of Naples h in the southern part of Italy, and includes the old kingdom of Naples, and the islands of Sicily, Lipari {lip'ak-re), and others in the Medi- terranean. As a state it ranks next to Sardinia in extent and population. 11. Naples, the capital, it; the most populous city in Italy. It if situated on a bay of the same name, near thd bise of Mount Vesuvius, and is noted fo/the beauty of its situation. This city is remarkable for the great number of nobility, and for the gayety of the people. The people of the lower class are called laaaaroni {lid-tah-ro'ne). Church? What occurred in 1860? 9. Of Ancona? Perugia, and Other towns? 10. Where is thp state of Naples? What does it in- clude? What rank has Nanles? 11. Of the canital? How «i»ij- KINGDOM OP ITALY. 269 12. Taranto {tah'ran-to) is remarkable for shell-fish, which abound m great vane y. Bari (bah're) and Salerno, on the 'coast, are sea- TnSn ir^ ikap'yoo-ah), Foggh {fod'Jah), and Lecce (Ic'chay) a?e considerable inland towns. Gaeta {gah-ay'tah) is strongly fortified 13. Palermo the chief city of Sicily, has a famous university and considerable commerce. Catania {kah-iah'ne-ahV Messina (mi' se'nah) Marsala, Trapani(^raA>«A-n;), and SyracL ( ^S £ . on the coast, are the principal towns in Sicily. The first two have Bufiered frequently from earthquakes. Marsala is noted for Us wine 14 Sicily («ye/-e) is the largest and most fertile island in the Mediterranean Sea; in ancient times it was so productive that it was called the granary of Rome. Mount Etna! the most noted volcano in Europe, is in Sicily. 15. North of Sicily are the Lipari Islands,— on one of which ^cromboh pw6o-,>), i, an active volcano: it is called the iS SiTnolfToo^''r""%"''^"-- V^ ^^°^«« maybe-seenatnlghtra . pumU-stone" ''• ^^'"' '^' P'^^^'^"' '"^"'^^' '^^^^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^^ The City of Venice. 16. Venetia. -T> ..c of Venetia is separated fr )m Austria by the Alpv, a,; I lies on the northern part of tfte Adriatic Sea. ated? For what remarkable ? 12. Of Tarauto? Bari and galerno? ^:^''':h l^iOf Palermo^^ Other towns in Sicily ? 1^ wZI lands of Htromboli ? 16. What is said of Vene'aa? 17. ' Sicily? What What further? 270 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. from Ins^^t At3VfSuf In,; " ''"' '^"'-"^ «f Ar«-*i.« T 1 -Alps, ana is iruitiui m the various Drodnr>to of Northeri Italy, especially in rice. vunous proaucts ,l^^^Jf^ i^^n'iss), the capital, was long the chief citv ' *j, two slands, jomed by three hundred and sixty bride-pV wtl! ^" canals instead of streets, and boats or /onl^lasiSad^'oTVa" oldL^rj^ZinC'^C'f^ '' ^^'^ ^''^ ^^ university, one of the fort^Ln T' ^r^t"^' on the Mincio fmn'cAo), for it« Vtronl for^fications ; ter^ma (vat/^o'nah), on the Ad^e (aJ-jXfo^ its v"? Roman amphitheKre. At Areola (aVko-lah^ on the AdiS n1. leon I. gamed a pmi nctory over the Austriins in 1796. ^" of fS5°' f ' ^*'''''' ^'^''^^' (^''— What is the capital of the kinedom la t/ sir «^''''''- -^^'"i ^°^J*^^« '^^d ^«P"t>lic north of ifalv^ F. ft1:rf n t t *°'P1^. "^^'^ ' ^-S*- Aa.-Empire northwest » Mi"'co ^f %"h '°"'^; ^•■®*-' »^-What three lakes nortt Wk. ^fV '^ *"* *''® *^® °"°«* beautiful lakes in Europe Th« »'\t ii^r^^^:sf "^^'-^^^^^'^^ ^^^^^^ '^^^ garder£!wh'i: Napoleon Bonapart. duTn^, ."^J^y'i^Ts "^I^^^^ States of the Cuv&cu Man ATn oa r ^. . kingdom of Italy are t J Sta^^of tie Ch";;rch f ^' ^^'i '^ 'i' central part —What sea «*** vL ^'^^ ^^"^ch? Ans. Near the Tr._On^hats.ais rconi? t;"~^'*™'' Mn.- What river? Of 'ittf; irthrre-;f''T.^:«f :;!: tv^"'' °^ ^^^ ^-g^- east? Ac.-Sep. wJ' Mn aJf ^^o^^^m" P^^* —What sea ^lunjr iji, — wnat mountains in Nanlei' Ao Vo i.. o- -i o M Jual "VSr? ' A"°oTar" ' ^''™' "™«" ' "Of I"*""' ' GREECE. 271 186 THE PAPAL DOMINIONS. 1. The Papal Dominions occupy a strip of territory on the Mediterranean Sea, near the middle of* Italy, including the city of Eome and several adjoining places. 2. Rome, the capital of the Papal Dominions, on the Ti'ber River, is the most famous city in history. It contains a great number of churches, superb palaces, and magnificent remains of antiquity. St. Peter's Church was one hundred and eight years in building, and is the largest temple in the world. Civila Vecchia (che've-tah vek'ke-ah) is a seaport on the Mediterranean. The artificial harbor of this port was constructed by order of the Emperor Trajan, eighteen hundred years ago. SAN MARINO. 1. This little republic, the smallest state in Europe, is situated near the shores of the Adriatic Sea. It has been independent thirteen hundred years. The territory consists of a craggy mountain, on the side of which stands the capital. Map No. 26, France, Italy, ^c— Papal Dominions.— Where are the Papal Dominions? What is the capital? Re.— On what river is Rome? Tr. — What seaport in the northern part of the Papal Domi- nions? C.-Va. San Marino.— On what sea is San Marmo? Ac— What is the only town in San Marino? Ans. San Marmo. 1, Malta.— Malta {mawl'tah) is a celebrated island in the Medi- terranean Sea, south of Sicily. It is noted for the strength of its fortifications, and belongs to Great Britain. Valetta, the capital, is strongly fortified. Gozzo {got'zo) is a dependency of Malta. 187 GREECE. 1. Greece is a peninsula, lying south of Turkey, and is one of the most famous countries in history. More than two thousand years ago it excelled in learning and the arts. 2. The chief divisions of Greece are Hellas, the peninsula Papal Dominions. Q. — 1. Where are the Papal Dominions? 2. What is said of Rome ? Of Civita Vecchia? San Marino. Q. — 1. What is said of San Marino? Malta. Q.—l. What is said of the island of Malta? Or n 77 «iari> 15 S^u OZ ^i 'it. vuier 272 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. The Greeks destroying a Turkish Man-of-War. th^^cJlZ%^"i^;if^' ^"J" *« '«'»''^^- The latter include {nai/gro^ont}, and the Ionian Isles. '' ^ ^ terior?,'d?,Ti'LTw!rh°"''* > •""""'■'"'' 8"lft -nd b»ya; the in- oUWb irmfl,! ,1 *'"" ™«8'=<' mountains and feitile yalleys. The ctrro?'Ltt™^'i?utop:.'" """" *" ""^ ^"""^ ^'^ "'"^^ and other TW Tf.V ' ^'.'''°'^'»'". J-=ws, Italiar.s, Germans, is extensi, .nSTrospe/ou;" ""' " """"""= "=°"""'^"«> »"°'' a;if^Vr;7e|:l.%l-^^^^^^^^^^^ ties were perpetrated by the Turks Tn isoq t ^'j '^*^"' g^®^\cruei- the indeDendenpp nf cLlT n- °^^' ^^i^^ey acknowledged The s„vrgt"he1o°n'g?[rSre r J^f Z^ o7 D^ ^ ' "°''^"'^- «Afut;^pThltt«:^^^^^^^^^^^ losophers, and artists of ancient times. The Acrop'oHs the nS." of Greece twenty centuries ago, still exists, but is Z^AyinJn,' Gnlf of Pa rnf ' {mis-o.lonff'ffhej and Patras {pah-trahs'), on the ence Patras haTan L' '^ .fortresses during tlie war of independ! T'nfA TK K /f. an extensive trade in currants. Livadia (liv-ah- Cor i'fh ?JtfJ'^' ^'^^ ^"P'^'^'^o ^r« th« chief towns in faellas pioDk?'rhitV^°*'*'!- ^?''^'>^- ^^^°^**«^ Products? 4. The people ? Chief occupation ? 6. How long were the Greeks subieot in lurkey? What occurred in 1821? In 1829? 6. Of Sns? 7_%^^^ and Ceri These is Britain, 11. Th and Italii olive oil, town. C( Map N' South and Ma. — W] Ch.— Whi west of Gi the east c Ni. — Wesi Lo., Ea.— do the loi group ? I 1. Tu Europe s and Afrii Egypt, ^ 2. Tui and Mon (^i'ah-lets by the S civil and polonghi, cipalGree Turkey OTTOMAN EMPIRE. 273 8. Tripolizza [tre-po-liVsah), Napoli (nah'po-le), and NaTarind [nah-vah-rc'no) are the principal towns in the Morea. In the harbor of Navarino, in 1827, a great naval battle took place, in which the Turks were totally defeated by the combined fleets of England, France, and Russia: this decided the independence of Greece. 9. The principal Grecian islands are the Ionian group, on the west coast, and Negropont, Andros, Naxos, Milo (me'lo), Zea (ze'ah), and Syra (se'rah), in the Archipelago. Syra, the chief town of Syra, has an extensive commerce. 10. The Ionian Islands are Corfu (Jcor-foo')^ Cephalo- nia, Zante, Santa Maura (sahn'tah mow'rah), Paxo, Ith'aca, and Cerigo (cM/e-go), which lie on t^e west coast of Greece. These islands were formerly under the protection of Great Britain, but in 1860 were annexed to the kingdom of Greece. 11. The inhabitants of the Ionian Islands are principally Greeks and Italians. They carry on a considerable commerce in wine, olive oil, and currants. Zante [zahn'te), in Zante, is the largest town. Corfu is the chief town of Corfu. Map iVo. 27, Greece. — What bounds Greece on the north ? Ty. — South and west? M.-Sa. — East? Ao. — What peninsula in the south? Ma. — What division north ? Hs. — What isthmus unites the two ? Ch. — Which is the southern cape of Greece ? Mn. — What islands west of Greece ? In. — Groups east? N.-Ss., Cs. — What island near the east coast ? Nt. — What gulf on the south? Ca. — East? Ea., Ni. — West? Ps. — What gulfs nearly separate Hellas and the Morea? Lo., Ea. — What mountains in the north? Ps., Ps. — On what coast do the Ionian Isles lie ? Ty., Ge. — Which is the largest of the Ionian group? Ca. —Most northern ? Cu. — Southern? Ze. 188 OTTOMAN EMPIRE. 1. Turkey, or the Ottoman Empire, comprises Turkey in Europe and Turkey in Asia, with the dependencies in Arabia and Africa. The dependencies are the Hedjaz, in Arabia, and Egypt, Nubia, Kordofan, Tripoli, and Fezzan, in Africa. 2. TurLjijr in Europe (except the Danubian Principalities and Montenegro) and Turkey in Asia are divided into eyalets (^i'ah-lets), each governed by a pasha (pah-ahaw') appointed by the Sultan. The dependencies select their own officers, civil and military, subject to the Sultan's approval. golonghi, &c. ? Livadia, &c.? 8, Tripolizza, &c,? Navarino? 9. Prin- cipal Greek islands? Of Syra? 10. Ionian Islands? 11. Inhabitants? Turkey. Q. — 1. What does the Ottoman Empire comprise i 2. 274 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. to tUe sun and moon.'' '^'"' "^ *^"''' »•"» " brother lie xrivan is the great council of the Grand Seigniof . Grand Vizier, Mufti. selected from the Sultan's favorit!^ ^" ''®**'^' *™ Pork and wine a™ prohSX tK™ aV" Cofl"!? """rinking.' pal beverage; ardent spirits and^inm^Taiso^:^' "" '"' "''""■ jeot tl^eir c"^' Mdelfarf ""'• , '^i'^'^ "■'«<'«■• '«":«« who re- all ™oh to subjeel\^.''%jf JS'cfei"'"'''." '"""" '" «d»« in smoking, lo^nginj^. and baSg. """ ''*'"* "'»' »' ">««■ '^e ^«vyhaTbl™^:*'^r.eSXrtJ^ "f^'^ '^''^ »™y -" European nations, (he arts and tf "-" ""^ "^"'^ "^ ">« '^''^K introduction r" common ,rwlT'''•r^,''"'"'^<'■ »»<1 'tl imiimited freedom S^^^r^t.-^-'-^'-^V' *''-^""'''- 8. The Turks-orOsmanlis (o.'^an-tcn), as they call themselves wK oTtrooir 5^^&S7y"-,^r «°--™™' ^ *• Religion? What of the better clas'rwh."'^ ''*''"«•*'■• «• Army and nary » Arts .^ll„ '. '; '^'"'* '™P«rlant changes? Turks? Of nobility? ' ""'°'' '^''- ' «• "'''« toU'oi' of th. TURKEY. IN EUROPE. 275 M — are the ruling people ; but they are less than half the population. The remainder are Greeks, Albanians, Armenians, Turcomans, Arabs, Ki ids, Jews, and Gipsies. There is no hereditary nobility in Turkey, — the only difference of rank being that of office. 189 C!on8tantinopl& TURKEY IN EUROPE. 1. Turkey in Europe lies south of Austria and Russia, and is nearly surrounded by great seas. Its surface is moun> tainous, with many fertile valleySv 2. The soil is for the most part fertile, but is cultivated in the most primitive manner. The climate is subject to sudden and violent changes. The products are Indian corn, wheat, rice, cotton, silk, oil, wine and fruits. 3. The minerals are numerous ; but very little attention is paid to mining. The manufactures are limited; the com- merce of the cou:.try is conducted principally by foreigners, and is almost entirely confined to Constantinople. 4. The horses and cattle are superior ; the former are from the Arabian siipck. The Wallachian sheep are remarkable for their long straight wool. Waterfowl are numerous, among which are the pelican and flamingo. 5. Wallachia {waw-lay'ke-ah) ard Moldavia (united siuce 1861 under the name of Roumania), and Servia, are governed by princes of their own choosing, but pay an annual tribute to the Porte. The Turkey ^ Europe. Q. — 1. Where is Turkey in Europe? What is said of its surface ? 2. Soil and climat^? Products ? 3. Minerals ? Commerce? 4 Horses and cattle I Wailachlan slieei I G. YVhai 1 m ^. ^. IMAGE EVALUATION TEST TARGET (MT-3) 1.0 !f I.I 1.25 125 112.5 ■^ 1^ 112.2 1.8 114 111.6 ^. «^ P> ^ /Q A ■^^ PhotDgraphic Sciences Corporation 33 WIST MAIN STRUT WIBSTIR.M V I4SI0 ;716) I72-4S0J '^ a % > n 276 I>E8CRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Wallachiiaa Sheep. 'les, or caiquep (*«y-^e/t*'), plvinir in ThL . ^'^^^e ^i-e 80,000 wher- ^ 8. Adrianople tl e second c^v ''' '^""""^ '^^ <^^y key, is near The' Mari La SteT"^ U w^t'"'^^" '" European Tur- fultans Bucharest {booZlreBA TC '"? I^^ residence of he 1*J«' ^ir;y city, built iu a 8wtJ; \ll'^''''} '>f Wallachia, is a and Shunila {shoom'lah) are strS'wfi^^'"''^®' ^'d''"' Sili^'tria f-yay'vo), Salonica M-Zo-nSK l'^-'^*^^"^- Semjevo S^I ^^«^'«-''«^) are all places of L^le^il"''^^* ^"■•^^'«^)' '^"^ YaSa southeast of Greece? cJ liPx "lountains. «n._Wtmt ;.i i and the Sea of E/ora^5;'!^^;^,f-;* ^^^'-^ the Arc in"' mora to the Black Sea ? Bs tTL T'^ ^'*"°^ ^'^« ««'^ "^ Ma^r- Constantinoplo. The harbor of (''If " '^^ "'l"^'^ *''« Channel of Bo.phorus, and is called the .•Goldriw'^^'^^ '' '^^ ^^^^^ ^^ ^^^ fa 86 id of Wallachia, &c~W)f \fnn# T~ * For Montonecro. aan Mn« o« Aaia. ASIA. 1. Asia (ai/she-ah) lies south of the Arctic Ocean and east of Europe and Africa, and is the largest of the grand divisions of the globe. Area, 15,196,000 square miles. It was the seat of some of the most powerful empires of ancient times, uiid the theatre of many of the most interesting events recorded in history. 2. Here our first parents were created, and from hence the descendants of Noah peopled the world after the flood. It wan also the birthplace of our Saviour, the scene of his miracles and death, and the field on which the apostles first published salvation to man. 3. Within its vast territory is found every variety of soil und climate. Its rivers are inferior only to the great streams of the Western Continent; and its mountains are loftier than those of any other part of the world. 4. Asia is distinguished for (ho variety and value of its pro- ducts. It supplies the other parts of the world with tea, with some of the finest spices and perfunioH, and with large cjuan- tities of silks, diamonds, and precious stones. Asia. Q.—l. Wherois Anil? Area? Of what has it been the Beat? 2. What, is said of our first parents? Of our Saviour? 8. Of the soil and climate? Riters? Mountaina? 4. For what is Asia i 278 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. seems to have beea made intCstl!'"" J^ '^""^ of the manufactures, though conduS w th he molrZole^? 7. A great commerce has been carried on in Asia ft.«». *i. JihlTdrtt'ocZ'sT/e^t'' "";■"»" f ^"» "« »i« ■"«p'>»«t, the north ar. theTwe efmin. f"'''' """^ '^""' """» «"»«'• I" able f»r-be.ring\ntl!'Tu^X;ertC\,rl°'''7 '^^ animals of Europe —the sh«An L "t"®^®'* *^»<^ »» the domestic our domestic fowl's excent tf; T u P'' excepted,_as well as all from Asia. / ' ''^^ ^^* *"^^«J^- ^^re originally brought ostrichlClTorTornt" n^dV^rLT'^"' *V ^T °™^' «^-"- ^^ ^^e varied plumagrabound! ^ ""^"''^ '^ ^'^^^ ^^ ^"»i»"t and MuBk Deer. Tiger. the 'south^; s^pts^-rgti^e ^Litlnir .^" ^'^S '^^^ ™ '^^ Python, from twenty toThbtv fltf'inn ^^'5^ ^^? ^'K'^"*^^ ««»"« jungles. ^ ^'^'^ ^^^^ ^<*n«» infest the lowlands and 11. The population^j^Asi^^pHses a^reat variety of races. tulfTrtiLft^ &c.f 6. Agrl. of the animals 9 Bird f 10 cZTA ^ *''''^'«" ''^^' ^ «• ^'^at mrasT 10. Crocodile, serpents, &c. f 11. What Hinnnriaa ASIA. 279 Ji^^!?"® n*"'' Georgians, Turks, Persians, Arabs, and Hindoos are of the Caucasian race; the Tartars, Chinese, and Japanese of :tltT2V;32t'or ^ ^^ ^^^-^^' ^' ^^« ^^^^^- ^^« Po^^^^atiot «r,i^; ^"^ religion the c>»ief part of the inhabitants are pagane.— and comprise Brahmins, Buddhists, worshippers of the Grand Lama of Confucius, and of spirits or genii. The exertions of ChristTan missionaries, and the distribution of the Scriptures in various Asfa tlSs grTt^X:";/' " '^^^'' '^'^ '' ^'^ «^^^^^-^ -^-p^- o' 191 Map m. 28, ^«a._.How is Asia bounded ? Which is the largest, city? ^n*.Yeddo.— Largest river? ^««. Yang-tse-Kiang. Siberia Bounded ? Turkestan . . . Bounded ? Capital ? Turkey Bounded? Capital? Arabia Bounded? Capitals? Persia Bounded ? Cr, ■ ai? Afghanistan Bounded ? Capital ? BeloochistanBounded ? Capital ? Hindoostan..Bounded ? Capital ? Where is the Sea of Kara? Birmah Bounded? Capital? Siam Bounded? Capital? Anam Bounded? Capital? China Bounded? Capital? Chinese Em. Bounded? Thibet Bounded? Capital? Corea Bounded? Capital? Japan Bounded? Capital? Kamtschatka ? Ochotsk ? Jesso ? Yellow Sea? Eastern S. ? China S. ? Arabian S. ? Red S » ? Mediterranean S.? Black S. ? Caspian S.? Sea of Japan ? Dead S Ar'al? Where is the Gulf of Obe ? G. of Lena ? G. of Anadir (ah-nah- rf6cr)? Tonquin? Siam'? Martflban'? Manaar (maA-nar')t Cam- bpy? Cutch? Oman? Persian Gulf ? Bay of Bengal? Where is Behring Strait? Perouse? St'rait of Sangar' ? Corea? Hormosa? Malacca? Ormus? Bab-el-Mandeb ? Where is Cape Cevero Vostochnoi {my-vay'ro vos-tok'noy) ? C. Chalagskoi? East Cape? Cape St. Thadeus? C.Cambodia? C. Romania? C. Com'orin? C. Ras-a)-Gat? C. Isolette (c-*o-/c<') ? Where is the Obe River? Yenisei (y-n-.-^ayV)? Lena? Amoor? Pei-Ho {pay-ho'y. Iloang-ho'? Yang-tse-Kiang'? Cambodia? Meinam {inay-e-nahm') ? Salwcn' ? Irrawaddy ? Brahmaputra ? Ganges? Godavery? Nerbuddah ? Indus? Euphrates? Tigris? Ilelmund'? Ural? Amoo ? Sihon («<>-Ao/i') ? Casligar? Where are the islands of Nova Zembla ? New Siberia ? Behrinjr Is.? Aleuhanlo.? Kurile Is. ? Saghalien (««A-^«A-/eVn) ? JessS {yes'so)'i Niphon (ni/-«n') ? Sikoke? Kxn^m {ke-oo-se-oo')t The of the people? Population? 12. What of religion? What of mis- 280 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Ceylon J Laooadle IsT mS Is. KTZsY ' "'"^^^ >- ' Hindoo-Koosh ? Ilimala™ rLw ; '^'■'":"«' '„ Caucasus ? Elbo, „ ? Where'is Tisthtus oT Sue^T o"fVraw?""'' ^~'"' ' '"'■'™"'« ' Th?T\^'*'(/-)?''"T"L1s*'tt' S "f^;;'""'' "-»' Salt De,er,v Khiva? ^ ' '^ ""' ^"'"'y I*'*"" of India. Desert „f Where is the Tundra (toor'drah\ l Ti.:. • underlaid with ice, and AoO mnetVn Wth'' W^"'' ^'l'^^^ P^*^'"' {pO'leen'yah) ? "* length. Where is the Polynja 192 ASIATIC RUSSIA. the district smith p^* ^«°;P^'«^« the whole of Siberia, with Little Altai Mount ns the st^LS^Kr^^'^' T^ '' '''' Mant h i^. south of the^ Gr^Ali^f^^^^^^^^^ of the Amoor and the coast down to 'o g^. „orth latitude 4. feiberia contains more than a third mrf nf A«;o n • silt Jo:,*:;' :Sd' fold' ' Tt"'^ i!!°""'t'"', """•«■" ■"'"- «f ^oi'i. abound. fo„;i° iv„y'-<,„J,'^:,i;'''"'f™^r''r '■"■.-'""'■•ing a„i^,„U tinct mammoth is tomJlTiV'^ ., " '"'■" "»'' ""■"' "t 'ho e^- mmotu, IS found on the northern shores and islands. The iot:utZrZl^7\^^^^^^^ "'™" ' What Siberia tT The Ural and AItT M ' ® ''■"",' '' ^'"" ''>"•"'" "' ino Ural and Altai Mountains! The sable? Fossil ASIATIC RUSSIA. 281 inhabitants consist of Russians and the Samoieds, Tungouses, and other barbarous tribes. 5. Omsk, on the river Irtysh, in Western Siberia, and Irkoutsk (ir-kootsk'), on the Angara {ahn-gah-rah'), in Eastern Siberia, are important towns. Siberia has, properly speaking, no capital. The Governor of Western Siberia resides at Tobolsk, and the Governor ot Eastern Siberia at Irkoutsk. Tobolsk is inhabited chiefly by exiles and their descendants. Kiachta i^ke-ahk'tah), in Siberia, and iMaimatchin {mi-mah-cheen'), adjoining it, in China, are the places appointed by the Russian and Chinese governments where lawful trade may be carried on between the two countries. Nicolaieff (ne-ko-li-ejjft), near the mouth of the Amoor River, is a new and important town, and a military and naval station. Ayan {ah-yahn') and Ochotsk {o-kotsk') are ports upon the Sea of Ochotsk. Alexandrowsk (ah-lex-an-drovsk') and Constantinowsk {kon-siahn-te- novsk') are new towns on the east coast. 6. Caucasian Russia.— This part of Asiatic Russia com- prises the territory on both sides of the Caucasus Mouatainn. It extends from the Black Sea to the Caspian. 7. Greorgia, the largest division, lies south of the Caucasus Mountains; Mingrelia lies northwestward of Georgia; Abasia (ab-hash'e-ah) extends along the coast of the Black Sea; Nak- shivan is near Armenia. 8. The surface slopes from the summits of the Caucasus, and is subject to a great variety of climate. Products common to tem- perate and tropical countries are obtained. The vine grows luxu- riantly. 9. The inhabitants are Christians of the Greek and Armenian Churches. The Georgians are a handsome race ; the women, although darker in complexion than those of Circassia, rival them in 1 eauty. The Armenians are devoted to commerce, and, as merchants, are found all over the East, from Turkey to Chinr, 10. Teflis, on the Kur {koor^ is the capital of Georgia ; it is noted for its hot baths. At Nakshivan', Noah is said to have planted a vineyard after the flood. Map No. 28, ^«a.— What bounds Siberia on the north ? A. -On. —Seas east ? S.-Ka., Ok.— What countries south? Ty., Tn., C.-E.— West ? Ee.— What rivers flow into the Arctic Ocean ? Oe., vi., La. — The northernmost cape of Siberia? C.-Vi.— Eastern? Et.— Southern? La.— What strait between Siberia and North America ? lig.— How wide is it? What lakes in Siberia? Bl., Bh.— What ivovy ? The population? 5. Omsk, &c. ? Irkoutsk, &c. ? What of a capital, &c. ? NicolaieflF, &c. ? 6. What of Caucasian Russia? 7. Of Georgia? 8. Surface? Products, &c. ? 9. The inhabitants* Ihe Georgiani? Armenians? 10. What of Teflis? NakahiTan? 282 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. \ Kr.-Sea east, C„.-Sea we^tT BL-SoTnl^n^XSt'J't.'' ' 193 TURKEY IN ASIA, ob ASIATIC TURKEY boi^-Set^ii^^^^^^^ Asia, an. Turkey ar, EUodes, Samos, Soio i.i-lt'Zo), LT^Me'S^^r^ the BUok Sea, is ite empoHuTotS parttX' e^""''^' °" pirates (y<.o-/™v'(«Tarrimn! , «^f"'..?'"* Bas'soi-ah, on the Eu noted JWZi:^e.ot ZllT^TX^'u"'' (W«W) i» after their flight from Hunsarv On ^l ^7 Hungarian patriots Babylon, the most spIenSToUy o? a^.W ?-^'''"'' "^ ""' '"'»« »' Ninenh, the once rLowned cfnUal ^f ,h l"""': ''''« "^'^''•"^ «' the Tigris, below Mo'suL '^ " ■^''y^n empire, are on SYRIA. -H, e,ua. in a.a to1rsrJ:r^i:^Lt^Ter^ '! Baa.e„«and PaJ— 1^0^:;^^^^^^^^^ cMef 1 tv^hat^nh. i^a^s /'s'","'*'^ '"Z™' ^l"" "»- 't «- *c.. S. Wh.Uf Syriarn^atlsfSlfrtlrol^rrprsr; TURKEY IN ASIA. 283 gardens. Aleppo was the largest city in Syria In lft29 ,•* Christ and his Waciplea on the Mount of OUvea. 8 Palestine {pdres-tine), or the Holy Land, lies in the southeastern part of Syria, it is fa„,ous for being the scene of many events recorded in the Sacred Scriptures T t' ^^® »"r{ace is diversified by mountains and vallevs Mount sctTo?the"trarfi '°"«."^'^'. '^/''^ ^^^^^^ Mount tX was?h ZJtl^l u- *^*««fig"ration of Christ; and the Mount of Olives the place of his ascension to heaven. ""ves, ine 10. Jerusalem in ancient times was the canital nf *1,a t^^JoI. na ion, and there Christ and his disciples oft^n^tarrij^ It HeTIs miles east of the Mediterranean Sea. In it sood the great temple Mott Cawlry:^^^^"^ ™ °^^'^"^^^^ ^^^^^^ '^ ^- c^ucmrntn 11 Bethlehem, six miles south of Jerusalem, is the birthplace of 8 What of Palestine? 9. The surface? Mountains *« ? in t «alem? U. Of Bethlehem? Of Nazareth &o r ' ^^^ '^''" r-:i I 284: DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. M^^'^WhJ^- ^'^^^^^■"''-rWhat sea bounds Palestine on the west? 194 Bedouins attacking a Caravan ARABIA. Sea'toYhtptri: '^7x1'^^'/"'' •*'*''" ^J ^!;'"" *« ^'^ spersed with S?e spote. "" " " ''■''y '^<'^<'''' '■"*'- oAlmel'^oZ^'J^f^''* Nf ^J^'' (-'^y<"')- ='nd the states S Zl ??•! ' ^*^™'»™t C^l^rah^J), and Lahsa. tents, and lead a wand°rSl?fe Thev nv. "' ''"'''"'-'"^) "'» '" courteous to those whn S IL i .^,^'' generally hospitable and vans that p°ass tZ^gS Ihettuitrj! ""'"' *""* "'"' "^ "»« «""'- can'bo''?r;versfd"onirby ™r™"" "'J'' "T^"™'' '»'-'-»--» sufficient force to pro^eet^itLT/StreVeSlr''™"' ""'^' "» '" - »S:.^r^e\r^r^t^sno;»s- z- SoTX .,. Tmtr" °''""'°'^ ™ "" •''" «-' -•""■-ling the Hedja., iT;;;^^,;. PERSIA, AFGHANISTAN, ETC. 285 carrying a burden of 600 or 700 pounds Cni?^^ ^of«» tombfftX'rmS'"*iiddfand v'^"'^' it is celebrated for the open to the ships of all nJtTons.^ ''' steam-vessels. It is 9. Oman is the most fertile part of Arabia Mnarnf *h^ -- •* i ."et: •a^:;' " -'*-""«' "^^y^ «"'■'"- ttu7aU1vXte1 the Red Sea? Hz Yn Thn T k- ^^'-^^at provinces lie on 195 PERSIA, AFGHANISTAN, ETC. 1. Persia lies east of Turkey and north of the Persian trulf. It was once the most powerful emnire in A^;! w has now lost much of ite importance ^ ^''^' ^^* the shiresof hJcaS^C^^^ ^^^"^ fertile. ^ ^''^' ^^^^^^r, the soil is rich and s'Z^elS:^^:^^ 7. Medinat Psnia. ^.^1. Where is Persia? What i- * Eli tiA ^r 'X a M a... 19 UX XL I iue 8ur- 286 DESOEIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Teheran, the Capital of Perela. wander about with their flicktaSd VerdJ^ «L ^Z"**^'' *^* ^''"^^ dations on the inhabitants rfthrtown8'Thl^-K''T^^l'P'«* chief part of the Military force of plrsik. *"^'' ^"'^^'^ *^« iht'c^\;^X^^^'^'^''''' "^"^'^^^' ^^^ assafoetida are than at p^resent thev co^S n?""'' ^«r\formerly n-ore important swords r^^®7,-V»«y consist of carpets, shawls, silk goods! euns c::;iI^d'onV euro's" ''""*''" '^ -considerable, aid isXfl^^ frot ^afr^oXk X^ntTaTcTut^ T^-« are said to be insincere and fmmorr The i^' T^^ 7T''^-'' ^"^ Mohammedans of the Shiah hhT^fA^L ■ .?^P^® f ^®^^'* »^e sequence disliked hythelrdsT^^^^^^ ^^^ ^^« ^^ «««- of the Sunni sect. ' ' ^ °*^®' Mussulman nations ri.L J«^™'>«'-» »f tors,., ,„d u„,„el,, »„,i The ..^.; lc9 I 7;;1 T " '^' ^l^"' •'^ ^'"^^ "*" ^««»»'erce? 4. luw .i> .8, &c. 7 0. Ihe Turcomans? • Rinoo tho anuoxufior. of tlm Kirwuia ctj. n /. Ave fimoH tho area of VrginiabvKS ah. Kl'-'^r""'""'^' '^ '''"*'•''=* i»ny Tartars iu Turko8tan. ' ^ *" ^^^'""' ^'^^'^ '^^" °» I<'«g«'' INDIA. 289 r,n5?' ^T l^' t^*'«-:What great division of the Russian Empire Turtln" r?" M ^ *he Chinese Empire ? Sa.-What sea wes? of lurkestan? Cn.— Mountains east? Br— South? Ez., Ho -Kh — Tea' ir'sn'' wV ?'^P^".- ^A^-What rivers flow i;to the Aral beai' Ao., Sn.— What states m Turkestan? Ta., Ka., Ba., Kz. 197 INDIA. 1. India comprises the two peninsulas in the southern part ot Asia : the western is called Hindoostan', and the eastern, Jbartner India, ' 2. They are remarkable for their numerous rivers. The inundations the heat of the climate, and the richness of the soil, make India the mo3t fertile country in the world 3 The elepliant here attains his greatest size, and has been do- r.n « • ' ^L "'• V,^^/*^«- In «irmah and Siam they are believed con am the spirit of some departed monarch. As such, they hive HINDOOSTAN. T! xi tit trxj\!ril ~ ~ -'"^ 's iiw lar^ont arvisiOii ui India; it is a great plain, broken by mountains, extending from Aighaii- Tmlia. ^.-1. Where is Indm? 2 What is said of the rivers? Tn- undfttions? Soil, &o. ? 8. The elephant ? White elephants? 4. Hin- 290 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. istan and Beloochistan to Birmah, and bounded oft the north by the Himalayas, the higliest mountains in the world. 5. It includes twenty-seven degrees of latitude, and varies patly m climate. The soil is fruitful in the productions of both the temperate and torrid zones. Cotton, sugar, opium indigo, pepper, cinnamon, rice, and other grains are produced! 6. The cotton fabrics of India were long celebrated for their fineness and beauty, but are now equalled by those of European countries. Silk is an important manufacture ; the shawls of Cash- mere are unrivalled. 7. The inland trade is carried on by Banians (ban-yanz% or native merchants Armenians, and Parsees. The foreign commerce is chiefly in the hands of the English and Americans. Gold, iron, tin, zinc and diamonds, the finest in the world, are among the minerals. 8. In complexion the native inhabitants vary from dark brown almost to white, with straight hair and pleasing features. They arc indolont and spiritless, have no patriotism, and are said to be nearly destitute of moral honesty. ^ ^.^'J^^y^^^^^'^^^ of several distinct nations, of which the chief are the Bengalees, Hindees, Mahrattas, Tamuls, Rajpoots, and Seiks. There are also Europeans, Arabs, Persians, and Afghans. 10 More than twenty different native languages are spoken m Jlindoostan. The Sanscrit or sacred language is known only by the Brahmins. The larger portion of Hindoo learning is in this tonirue and IS mostly m verse. * ' 11. The Hindoos are divided into four castes or classes:— 1 the Brahmins, or priests; 2, soldiers; 3, merchants ami l.irmerJ; 4 laborers. Tneae castes are kept distinct from each other bv the most rigorous laws. ^ 12. Brahminism is the religion of nearly all the Hindoos ; it is a system of idolatry filled with superstition and cruelty. They wor- ship the god Brahma and millions of inferior divinities, the river Ganges, the cow, ape, and other animals. 198 13. India was known at an early period to the Greekn and Romans. They regarded it as the richest country in Asia, and imported from it spices, precious stones, and other valuable commodities. dooBtan? 5. The climate? Soil? Products? 6. Cotton manufaa tures, &c. ? 7. Inland trade ? Foreiffn oommprnft? Mincr*^'"' S Of tho Hindoos? 9. Of what do thov consist? 10. Of' languages'' 11. How are the HiudooH divided ? 12. What ? 13. What is Haid of India? 14. Of is said of Hrahrainism ? it.s invasion by Alexander the INDIA. 291 14. It was invaded more than two thousand years ago, by Alexander the Great. About two hundred years afterwards it was ravaged by Tartar conquerors, who destroyed hundreds of the cities and towns, and millions of the inhabitants. 16. In the year 1498, Vasco da Gama discovered the passage by sea to India. Subsequently the Portuguese, Dutch, French, and English established themselves at various points. The Mogul Empire, the most important Indian state of modern times, flourished for about two hundred years. It declined during the middle of the last cen- tury, and is now extinct. 16. Nearly the whole of Hindoostan was until 1858 either subject or tributary to the East India Company. Their vast possessions have now passed to Great Britain. Nepaul' and Bootan' are inde- pendent states. France and Portugal have small colonies on the coast. The Europeans who rule this vast region number about 60,000, or one in every two thousand of the population. 17. British India. — British India comprises the Presi- dencies of Bengal', Bombay', and Madras'. The provinces in Birmah and Malacca are under the government of Bengal. 18. The Governor-General, who is also President of Bengal^ assisted by a council of five members, makes the laws for the whole of British India, subject to the approval of the Parlia- ment of Great Britain. He has likewise sole direction of the army. 19. The Anglo-Indian army numbers about 200,000 men, exclu- sive of a subsidiary force of half that number. Of these 30,000 are British ; the remainder are natives, and are called sepoys. The infevor otiicers are Hindoos, but the superior are English. The service is voluntary, and was once very popular with the natives. 20. The chief tributary princes are the Nizam', and the Nabobs of Berar, Mysore, Oujerat {guzh-er-aht'), and Joudpore {jood-pore'). These rulers are mere vassals, being wholly under British ..irection and control. 199 21. Cnlcutta. the capital of British India, and of the Pr 'tidency of Bengal, is on the Moogly River, a branch of the Ganges, 100 miles from the sea; it comprises two divisions, — the English town, in- Great? By Tartar conquerors? 16. What occurred in 1498? What is said of the Portuguese, &o. ? The Mogul Empire ? 16. Of nearly the whole of Hindoostan? Nepaul and Bootan? France and Por- tugal ? Europearia? 17. What of British India? 18. Its govern- m.nt ? 19. The Anglo-Indian arni;y ? The officers? The service? 20. Tributary princes? What are they? 21. Whi.t ot: Calcutta^ .22. Bombay ? Madras? Railroads? 2a 292 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. but,. lae oitadel^on S"^%Stnlr.S:r' '""",''°» View in Calcutta. building. ZdrartS^'caJa^Th "p^'^i*' commerce*^ and ship- flat a an^ shor:r:'nd haZoll i^ Cm'Sluft^R'^'^^K ^^ ^^ ^ Madras railroads extend into the interior ' ^°"'^''^' "'^^ n.e'rthas" nTbtTSlr'itl'^ ^^^rf V' *^« ^''^^^ Cash- aA'm), on thi Ganges rth. /^•''-'^'^ '^^^^«- ^*^"«rcs (ben- noted^fbr the Taje Mahal tl«^^ T"* ,"''T- f *^^ *^'"^«««- Agra is SeringapataLi'^iJ Kmb :fT;d:fAH ^' ''"' " ^'^ ^«^^^' -^ once- th^'t^Sfitrin ffild'SsUn^' l^ "^^^i;^ ^^P'-' -^^ -- the rebels during th^eLsurrect on of ILT '^' head-quarters of nearly destroyed by the BrS pLS- ,^"Po^V" ^^^'' «"d ^«« the capital of the French and Gok nf?h p^T''^ (pon-de-shgr're) is sions. ' *'''' ^0* o^ ^i'® Portuguese Indian posses- finest cinnamon in the world tid for 'i*?^^ i'« ^ .^^^P^'«"^«' *^« is the chief city. ' ^ ^""'^ '*'' pearl-fisheries. Colombo gro^^ps.^'^TherS'wesft^^ '^« ^^««'"^^'>« --^ Maldive nume*;x,u,, they arl sLaH in ^?' ^I'^ Hindoo8tan. Though considerable abnndanc? The ^nU^'ll '\^^ P'"^"''' cocoanuts in called Moplays "''*"*''^- ^^^ ^habitants of the Laccadives are Of Flyderabad, Nairpore &o f 9d tt«, -♦ • « ^^.»..i. oca, .„", ^if WJVc"X%^Tt.o^- ,t: INDIA. 293 Map Ko. 28, Asia.—Yiovf is Hindoostan bounded ? What rirers flow into the Arabian Sea? Is., Nh.— The Bay of Bengal? Ba (is., Hy., My., Gy., Kh.— What mountains are in the northeast? Ha' —How high are they ?— Where is Mt. Everest ? This is the highest mountain in the world.— Mountains southwest? Gt.— What island south of Hindoostan? Cn.— How long and wide is it? What culf separates It from Hindoostan ? Mr.— What islands west and south- west of Hindoostan ? Ce,— What is the southeast coast of Hindoo- stan called ? CI — The southwest ? Mr. - 200 Birman Templei and War-Boats. FARTHER INDIA. 1. Farther India lies south of Thibet and China, and east of Hindoostan. Its chief divisions are Birmah, Anam biam, and the British territories. 2. Further India is well watered and fertile; the products are similar to those of Hindoostan. Nearly all the inhabit- ants profess the religion of Buddha. Some of the temples are large, an : cry gaudily ornamented. ^ 8. The war-boats of these nations, particularly those of the .-irmans, are ofteu ono huridred ft^ef long, but are very narrow. Fa rfhflr India. (>.— 1. Wh ere is Further India ? Chief divisions? 2. What is said of it? Of the inhabitaatf? Thetemples? 8. War- 294 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. They carry from eighty to one hundred men each, and have a small cannon at the prow. omjtn *!, ^' 'i^^ governments of Farther India are absolute despotism«. • the nobles are submissive to their sovereign, and fall on their handi and knees when they approach him. The morals of the people are m a low state; the women are treated little better than slaves: thev perform the principal part of the labor, and in Anam they conduct all the operations of buying and selling. •j!ji'^^^^'^^~'^^^ Birman Empire was founded about the middle of the lust century, after the conquest of Pegu and some other territories. It was for a time a powerful state, but has by its late contests with the British, lost its eminence. ' 6. Ava and Amarapoora, on the Irawaddy River, are the chief cities of Birmah. Mandelay {mahn-day-W), founded in 1856, is the capital. Ava was nearly destroyed by an earthquake in 1839. 7. Anam. — Anam' dates from the beginning of the present century. It comprises Tonquin {ton-keen'), Cochin-China Cambodia, and part of Laos (lah'oce). ' 8. Hue {hwaj}), the capital of Anam, is on a small river, 10 miles from the sea. It is a v«st fortress, in the European style. Saieon {si-ffone'), on a branch of the Cambodia, is the chief seaport of Anam, and its largest ci.y. Kesho, in Tonquin, is an important town. The city of Saigon and a considerable territory adjacent nave been conquered by the French. 9. SfAM.— The kingdom of Slam' lies between Birmah and Anam : it is fruitful in rice, sugar, and other products. The people are mild and courteous, but cunning and avaricious. - 10. Bangkok', the capital, is on th.j Meinam (may-e-nahm')- the houses are built partly on its banks, and partly on rafts in the river which can be easily moved from place to place. The rafts are in- habited chiefly by Chinese emigrants. 11. The British Possessions.— The British Possessions comprise the provinces of Assam', Aracan', Pegu {pe-goo') Tenas'serim, Wellesley, and Malacca; also the islands of Pulo Penang and Singapore. On the latter is the city of Singapore which is a free port. Rangoon is the seaport of Pegu. ' 12. MALACCA.—In the peninsula of Malacca there are several small independent states. The inhabitants are called Malays, boats ? 4. What of the governments ? Nobles ? Morals, &c ' Of the women ?\ 5. What of the Birman Empire? 6. What is said of Amarapoora, Ava, &o, ? 7, What cowl ilium o iirK - " TT 11,- Hue? Salmon? 9. What of Siam ? 10. Bangkok ?' ll' What of the British possessions? VI. Malacca? 13. Andaman and Nicobiir Islands ? \ \ CniNESE EMPIRE. 296 and are chiefly Mohammedans ; they are by turns merchants and pirates. 13. The Andaman and Nicobar Islands lie in the Bay of Bengal. The former are inhabited by a fierce negro race, and the latter by a people similar to the Malays, but more pacific in their habits. Map No. 28, ^«ia.— Where is Birmah ? Siam ? Anam ? Ma- lacca? What rivers flow into the Gulf of Marta .i? ly., Sn. Gulf of Siam? Mm.— China Sea? Ca.— What isthmus connects Malacca with Siam ? Kw.— What strait separates it from Sumatra? Ma.— What cape in the southern part of Malacca ? Ka.— Southern part of Cambodia ? Ca.— What islands west of Siam ? An., Nr. 201 Group of Chinese. CHINESE EMPIRE. 1. The Chinese Empire lies in the centre and eastern part of Asia, and comprises China and the dependencies Corea. Mantchooria, Mongolia, Elee, and Thibet. It contains more people than any other country in the world. They are prin- cipally Chinese ; but the ruling race, to which the Emperor belongs, is the Mantchoo, who conquered China in 1644. Map No. 28, Asia. — Bound the Chinese Empire. What mountains north? G.-Ai. — South? Ha. —What volcanoes in Elee? Pn., Hw.— What two deserts ? Ci.. Sy.— What three great rivers ? Ar., H.-Ho, Y. -Kg.— Seas east? Jn., Yw., En., Ca.— Name the six divi- sions. Ca., Ca., Ma., Ma., Ee., Tt. China. Q. — 1. Whore is the Chinese Empire? What does it com' I 296 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. CHINA, OR CHINA PROPER. 2. China, in the eastern part of the empire, compriGes a territory about half the area of the United States It' is noted for the antiquity of its government, the singularity of the manners and customs of its people, and its reserved policy towards other nations. ^ 3. The climate, owing to the great extent of country is various. The soil is carefully cultivated; even the mountains and rocks are made to yield some product. 4. China produces a great variety of fruits. The trees which Or- nish camphor, tallow, varuish, and cassia are common. Tea/the dried leaves of a shrub five or six feet high, is the most noted pro- duct Vast quantities of rice, and nearly all other grains, are raised m diflFerent parts of the empire. 6. Manufactures are numerous, and have been carried to a state of grefct perfection. The Chinese excel in porcelain or china ware rich silks, and ornamental works in ivory, pearl, and tortoise-shell! 6. Foreign commerce is allowed at Canton, Shanghai ithang-M) and the other free ports, chiefly with the Americans, English, and French, in tea, di Iks, and nankeens. The export of tea to Great Britain and the United States is more than one hundred million pounds annually. 7. The Americans supply the Chinese, in return, with ginseng, a root whose medicinal virtues they regard with the highest favor- the English furnish them with opium. The use of the latter drug is prohibited by law, but it is largely imported: it is smoked in a pipe, and is extremely pernicious to health. The inland trade of Lliina, on the rivers and canals, is very extensive. 8. The Great Wall and the Grand Canal are striking examples of Chinese industry. The first is 1500 miles long, and 24 feet high • it was built 2000 years ago. The Grand Canal from Pekin to Hang - tchow extends 700 miles: it is 200 feet wide and 60 feet deep in some places ; in others, it is raised 20 or 30 feet above the level of the adjacent country. 9. The Chinese women of the upper classes are remarkable for the smallness of their feet, which from infancy are bound up to prevent their growth. The shoes of a Chinese lady arc about four inches long, and two inches wide. Women of the lower orders adopt the custom partially. prise ? What of the people ? 2. Where is China ? For what noted? 3. What of the climate? Soil? 4. Of products? Tea? KlCe " 6. MariufftfitlirfiS ? R Fnixiirm ««^^.^ O r- ^in . . sa.d of Americans? English? Opium? Inland trade? 8. The Great Wa I? The Grand Canal? 9. What of the women? 10 Jtood? 11. Learning? CHINA. 297 10. The principal food of the Chinese is rice; with the poor rata and mice are common articles of food; the^ often suffer frJm famine. Soups made of edible birds'-nests, and other Telatinou^ substances are among the luxuries of the rich Po?k is til fn vnr^? animal food; sharks'-fins and fish-maws arrrega^dtdrstntTes' 11. Learning is highly valued by the Chinese. They have manv books, yet are deficient in literature and science ThJ Hl^ ^^ or great officers, employed by jrovernment Zain n • ,*"°^J title by tLeir skill in letters ^ TreyTe SiVided ?nf n • '*",^ ^""^ eacli of^which is aesignated by a diKnVtird '.ZoZVLT::^ 202 12 The Chinese are remarkable for their order industrv nn^ regularity; but their treatment of females, thefr idolatry an J'the^? general disregard of truth, lower them in the scale of nktlons and rank them below every Christian community ^""^ Chinese Military. C^^s. T.ere are sLXo^^^'cI'^^, K^ i^tut.! .■.n"'ce'^''™f°r™^'"V' •'■"?<"?''■ »»^ '' conducted ^ith great form nrUTabroui ,1^''?, *-"P"»V', "'y'"'* ""> Son of Heaven; when .0 sr»u^Vo:tr''„trrre,:'::zr;'g:^r„'d"^'''' "■'- -" "'■°- .f^o^ttr -'"'„£';,lr'/™"'"""«.L i".- Roiif^-n The government? ' peror? 14. 15. What of Pekin? The shops? 298 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. ?ro'wded. ^^' '^"^' "'" '^"°^^'°"«' '^"^ '^' «*'««*« «'e greatly ..ni^u-^*"'''"/' *.^® ^"°^''* ''^P^*'^^' i« °oted for its porcelain tower and Its manufactures of nankeen. Canton was until lately thernlv free port ; its commerce is very great ThP hnnt Tnwr. !*• n ! V the ' Free Ports," were opened to Europeans and Americans Rv a later treaty with the United States, new priyilegt were " rant^^ the citi^nf 'p'l.-" ^^".V^'. \"^^"^^" ambassador w^as admLed imo in IftfiL . ^^^"'/•th. ^» the courtesies of the Chinese court; and Ind China 9? "^^ T^'^ ^^' concluded between the United States and China. Shanghai, in extent of commerce, is next to Canton Teentsxn (te-en-tseen') is the port of Pekin, and a great saLemporium 18. Macao (maA-A:5«,'), at the mouth of Canton River, has belonired to Portugal since 1586. Hangtchow, Kingteching Ikd Voo chfnl Tw^hTh r ' f'''\ Hongkong, an island ft the m^^uth of the rfye? todl isthe'^re? ttT' "" °^'^^ ^^ ^^-* *o ^^« British. Vi" «.«l^' '''mt P'l^^'.'P.'^^ Chinese islands are Hainan (hi-nahn') and For. mosa. The first is partly Chinese and partly ndependent there being still unsubdued tribes among the mountains of the Sterior Formosa is a fertile island, and notid for ^he abundaLe of "ts rice and sugar. The native tribes differ essentially from the Chinese Map No 28, J«<^.— How is China bounded ? What sea between China and Corea? Yw.-What rivers flow into the Eastern Se"? Wh r^' H-Kg.--What islands east of China? Lw.-Cw., Pa. -South? Hn How long is Formosa ?-How long is Hainan v_ What mountains m China ? Pg., Ng. -Lakes? Tg.fPK. -Where is Hongkong?- Where is Pekin ?*" Nankin? Canton ? ^ — 203 THIBET, COREA, ETC. rated from it by the highest mountains on the globe. Thibet 18 the most elevated inhabited region in the world. Some of the largest rivers on the Eastern continent rise within its 16 Nankin? Canton? 17. What ports are open to foreigners? What IS said of Shanghai? T^xpntain 9 iq ivfL„. »._ o ^/r " kong? Victoria? IQ." The Chinese Islands r'^"^""' "'" """^' Thibet and Corea. ers north ? Ar^Tn -Sea eas ? /n.-Chief towns? Mn., in- J!, .nd Monrolf.._Moun: tains north? G.-Ai.-East? E.-\l.~.l>estns? C Sv -CMpf towns ? Oa , Mn.-Bound Elee. Mountains north ? L.'-Ai -South ? Kn.-Near the centre? T.-Sn._Volcanoes in the Thian-Shan? Pn IIw-Desei-t south ? S.-Dt._River ? Cr.-City in Soongada ? Ee' —Cities in Little Bokhara ? Yd., Cr., Kn. s*^". J^e. 0. What of Mantchooria, Mongolia, and Elee? 10. Of the whole « temperate eone.. ia^Zn ^r^ !«'*»"'•«'« Sahara, a vast desert 8000 miles long and 1000 miles wide. Its surface is oovpr«.I whh «on^ „-„-„i »>.i -*,,._ 9. What treaty ? ""IJffV lV^''r?^ 11. Of Nagasaki? Of the re.ont Of the Lew-Chew Islands? 4fnca. ^.-^1. Where is Africa? fi. What of its extent ? Area? AFRICA. 303 Africa. 4 The livers of Africa are few; and none are navigable by large vessels for any great extent. The principal are the Niger (nper) and the Nile. The Nile is remarkable for flowing 1500 miles without receiving a tributary. ^u'^lf inountains of Africa are the Atlas range, in the north, Mountains of the Moon, near the east coast, Snow Mountains, in the «outh, Mocambe, Crystal, and Kong Moun- tains, near the west coast. mn^r* Jnn P,""^'!'*^ ^f^^*'*" *n'"'^^« a^e the gorilla, a kind of monkey X.!* r^ resemblmg man than any of the brute kind, the ele- phant, hippopotamus, giraffe, two-horned rhinoceros, lion, leopard ;? thet^th ^' ''•' -tejopes there are not less than sixty VarEi of these, the springbok is found in great droves. The camel in burden''' *'" ^" ^^'^''''' ^^"^* *''* ^^® «*^^«^ '^^^^^^ <>" 7. The African ostrich is the largest bird in the world. It runs with grea rapidity, but does not fly. The secretary vulture, ol .erpen -eater, is remarkable for devouring the most noxious of the ■erpent tribe. The sociable vulture is as large as the condor and ...nilar to it in its habits. Bustards, guinea-fowl, grouse, par- fridges, and water-fowl of various kinds, are numerous S. CTQoodiies ar« found in ail the rivers of i|^e tropical part^ 8. The climate? Great Desert? 4. Rivers? 6. Mounlains? 6. Whatofapimals? 7, Qi birds? P. Of orpcodileB, Ac. ? WhiteantsI 304 DnscRirxivE oeoguaphy. African Lion. Springbok. ^'k r*W^"'*u^.®'*P®''*^' scorpions, and lizards of various kinds abouud. The white ants build nests ten or twelve feet high! which TJ^'^"^ '''''' ""''^^^ chambers, galleries, and apart menrs lor jpro Visions. \ 9. Africa has few great kingdoms; it has a number of petty states n^TlUr'^'T^''^' are despotic. The agriculture and manufacture; are rude and imperfect; but, owing to the fertility of the soil, the products are in many places very abundant. .„i?;^ J^tk'"*'^^ ""^ lu* '>*^"°'' '^ *"^"^«^ «" V caravans, ^^ih nnTf;- 7 ""aV^u ^-'"'^ ^" ^''^^'^^^ directions, and pe;form, on this sea of sand, the business accomplished by ships on the ocean! Commerce, on the northern and western coasts, is carried on mostly by l!.uropeans, and on the eastern by the Arabs. 11. Africa has furnished slaves to other parts of the earth for hundreds of years; and the traffic, though checked, is still carried on. Great Britain and the United States were once engaged in the slave-trade; but both nations have forbidden it, and now punish it ar. P'racy Tbe Spaniards and Portuguese still pursue it on certain parts of the African coast. 12. The people of Africa are of two races— the Africnn and the Uuioasian. The Africans are the chief part of the inhabitnnts south of the Great Desert. They are nearly all pagans. The Moors, Arabs, Berbers, Egyptians, Abyssinians, and Fellatas belong to the Cauca- Binn race, and are chiefly Mohammedans. Though superior to the Amcan race, they are rude and barbarous. m^^!!'**, '"/f,^^.^^ n* kingdoms? Agriculture? Manufactures? J-.-. iT-ue 1,1 tiiC interior? rounuffceT 11. What is said of slaves t Great Hr.tam and the United States? 12. To what races do the people of Africa belong? Where is the African found? Where the Caucasian? AFRICA. 305 206 Map No. 30, 4/nca.— How is Africa bounded ? Morocco Bounded ? Capital ? Algeria Bounded ? Capital ? Tunis Bounded? Capital? Tripoli Bounded? Capital? Egypt Bounded ? Capital ? Nubia Bounded? Capital? Abyssinia. ..Bounded? Capital? Liberia Bounded? Capital? Where is the Gulf of Sidra ? Ashantee Bounded? Capital? Dahomey Bounded? Capital? Yoruba Bounded? Capital? Congo Bounded? Capital? Angola Bounded? Capital? Benguela Bounded? Capital? Cape Colony .Bounded ? Capital ? Mozambique Bounded? Capital? Strait of Bab-el-Mandeb ? Gulf of Aden? Mozambique Channel? DelagoaBay? St. Helena Bay? Santa Cruz Bay ? Walwisch Bay ? Great Fish Bay ? Gulf of Guinea? Strait of Gibraltar ? "^ "uii oi Where is Cape Bon ? Cape Guardafui ? Cape Bassas ? Cape Delgado.' C Cornentes? C. Agulhas? C. of Good Hope ?* C. doTaAmto? ^•'''^"'^' ''•^^^'- ^-^^^"^^^ ^-^^J- Where is Lake Tchad? Dembea? Fittre? Dcbo? Lowdeah? Victoria Nyanz*? Tanganyika? Nyassi ? Nzige? Ngami ? Lake Victoria Nyanza in Ethiopia is believed to be the long sought-for mam source of the Nile. ^ St. P'l' Is ? Niger ? Tsadda? Congo? Orange? Limpopo? Zambezi? Rufiji ? J„ba? Haines ? In 1840 the Nil. was ex- ? win 'i^ ? Egyptian expedition, to Bari, in latitude 4° north, and 3c)U0 miles from its mouth. Here it was found, even in the dry sea- son, to be a large stream. ^ Where are the Atlas Mountains? Mts. of Kong? Mts. of the Moon? Snow Mts.? Mt. Abba Yared? Mt. Kenia? Kiliman! jaro Ihe two last-named mountains are near the equator, and are always covered with snow : they are 20,000 feet high, and tho highest mountains in Africa. 6 , u mu Where are the Azore Islands? Madeira Is. ? Canary Is. ? Cnpo Vordls.? Where is Fernando P.)? Prince's I. ? St. Thomas I ' Annobon? Asconsion? St. Helena? Ethiopian Archipelago? Mascaronha Is.? Mauritius? Bourbon? Seychello Is.? Almi- rantols.? Com'oro Is. ? Zanzibar? Bemba? Soo'otra? hall'tr?^ '^ ^^"^ ^""^"^ Besert? Libyan D.? Nubian D. ? Kali- Africa contains 87 degrees of north and 35 of south latitude what latitude is it mostly ? Nh. It contains AO d«i,r..«g nf ouui lb ot west longitude. In what longitude is it chiefly? Et In * ^»"«';' Jy ''•y <»f distinofinn. the "Cape." Seamen nay of a vessol bound to India or China, "She hasv^ono nmuU tho Cape." 306 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAniy. 207 Arab Families removing. BARBARY. 1. The BarbXry States are in the northern part of Africa, and include Morocco,. Algeria, Tunis, Tripoli, and Beled-el-Jerid. 2. The Atlas Mountains range through Barbary : between them and the coast the climate is mild, and the soil gene- rally fertile, but poorly cultivated. Wheat and barley are the principal products ; grapes, olives, almonds, dates, and other fruits are raised in perfection. 3. The commerce of the Barbary States is smnll. The exports consist principally of the products of the soil. The most active trade is carried on by caravans with the interior country south of the Great Desert. 4. Piracy was once the chief employment of the people. Many vessels were captured, and many European and Ameri- can sailors were enslaved, by these pirates; but the practice has now ceased. 5. Barbary is inhabited by several varieties of the human race. The Moors, the ruling people, live in towns. The Arabs live in tents, and raise cattle and grain. In removinpj from place to place, the women and children are carried by camels; the men, on horsiihack, drive the cattle, and are armed, ready to defend their property or to repel aggression. Barbary. ^.~1. Where is Barbary ? V/hat does it include? 2. What mountains? What of the climate? Soil, &c. ? Products? 8. Commerce ? 4. Piracy ? 6. What races ? What of the Moors and MOROCCO. 307 6. The Berbers and Shelluhs inhabit the Atlas Mountains, and live chiefly by hunting and agriculture. They belong to the Berber variety, and are supposed to have been the first people who inhabited this part of Africa. The Kabyles of Algiers, and the Tuaricks of the Great Desert, are of the same variety. 7. There are many Jews in Ba ^ary ; they are much oppressed, but often become wealthy. There are also negroes brought as slaves from Soudan. In Morocco, half the army of the sultan is com- posed of negroes. Yiuw of the Plain of Morocco, Mid the Atlaa Mooatains. MOROCCO. 8. The Empire of Morocco is the most important of the Barbary States. It includes Morocco and Fez, and other territories. The sultan or emperor is a despot, whose will is law. 9. Morocco is less flourishing than formerly ; the government does not encourage agriculture or useful industry ; and its commerce is almost destroyed. Morocco leather is the most important manufac- ture ; it is made in all the large towns ; as well as saddlery and carpets. 10. The city of Morocco, the capital, lies on a fertile, wooded plain near the foot of the Atlas Mountains, 180 miles fr»m the sea. It is surrounded by a wall. Fez is the largest city, and was for a time the most splendid city of Western Africa ; it is now much decayed. 11. The inhabitants of Mequinez (mek'e-ngz) are the moat civilized in the empire. It is sometimes the residence of the sultan. Moga • Arabs? 6. Berbers, &o. ? 7. Jews, &c.? 8. What of Morocco? 9. What further of Morocco ? 10. Of the city of Morocco ? Fer? 11. What 308 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. dore is a seaport. It was founded in 1760, by the emperor Sidi Mohammed, who worked on some of its buildings with his own hands. 12. Rabat' is one of the most important towns on the coast, Sallee, on the opposite side of the river, was once noted for its piracies.* Tangier (tan-jeer') and Ceuta (soo'tah) are on the Strain of Gibraltar. The first is the residence of the foreign consuls; th« second has belonged to Spain since 1640. Map No. 30, Africa. — Yfh&t bound Morocco on the north? M.-Sa A.-On.— East' Aa., B.-Jd., Sa.— South? Sa.— West? A.-On.-- — What straic separates it from Spain ? Gr.— What islands west of Morocco? Ma., Gy.— What mountains extend through Morocco? As, —The principal peak ? M.-Mn.— How high is it ? 208 ALGERIA. 1. Algeria lies east of Morocco, on the Mediterranean Sea. Its inhabitants were once the most daring pirates in Barbary, and committed such depredations on the seas as ren- dered the Algerines a terror to Southern Europe. 2. In the year 1816, Commodore Decatur chastised the Algerines, and compelled them to pay 60,000 dollars as an indemnity to the United States. In the following year Lord Exmouth cannonaded the city of Algiers [ahl-jeerz') with a powerful British fleet, and compelled the government to liberate all the Christian slaves. 3. The French, in 1830, landed a large army, and took the city of Algiers, and afterwards conquered the whole country. This conquest has entailed avast expense on France, as a strong 'military force is constantly maintained. ^ 4. The city of Algiers is 600 miles east of the Strait of Gibraltar It has a good harbor, is strongly Ibrtified, and has considerable trade Algiers is now partly a French and partly a Moorish city ; half of the population are Europeans. , 5. Constantina and Tlemsen are the most important towns in the interior. Oran, in the west, and Bona, in the east, are seaports. Bona is the seat of a noted coral-fishery. of Mequinez? Of Mogadore? 12. What of Rabat and the other towns ? Algeria. Q.—\. Where is Algeria? Its inhabitants? 2. What took place in 1816? In the following year? 3. In 1830? What is eaid of the eonquebt ? 4. Uf" the city of Algiers ? 6. Constantina, &c. ? * Bco Map of Europe. BARBARY STATES. 309 6.. Tunis.*— Tunis lies east of Alders. It is the bpst cultivated part of Barbary, and the peo^ple are the most ci v t zed portion of Its population. Olive-oil and wool are exported and there is some traffic with interior Africa. ^^'""ea, 7. The city of Tunis, the capital, lies on the Bay of Tunis Tt i« the largest cx.y in Barbary; the inhabitants are /oiong"? en Jeed m piracy and have applied themselves to manufactures and com merce. Kairwan {kire-wahn') is the next important town «nl\-5.^v.'T';V^-?P^^^ («n>'o-^) lies southeast of Tunis, and IS the least fertile state in Barbary. There are some fer! tile districts along the coast; but the chief part of its teni- tory is a desert. It is governed by a Pacha. tolerant'thC^jLl ^ f ^'^ are vicious in their habits, but are more tolerant than those of any other part of Barbary. An extensive Fezzan, Barca, and Angela are subject to Tripoli. Sirica. 10. The city of Tripoli, the capital, has a irood harbor ruc! ..o^ neson some commerce. The streets' are nafro;,and7he houses' mean and low; but the palace of the Dey and some of the mosoZ TriDoIi^rtblTT^rj'Q-^' ^^'r* I^iV. i« separated from Iripoli by the Gulf of Sidra. It was in ancient times noted valf T^ *^l I"' ' '"^"^^ P"^'^«" «^ '"^ ««i^ i« »«w culti- Vdted ihe inhabitants are Arabs, who wander about the country with their flocks and herds. 12. The ruins of ancient cities in Tripoli are numerous of thp« Map iVb 30, Afnca.-WhBi bounds Algeria north ? M.-Sa -East 9 Ts -South? B.-Jd.-West? Mo.-What mountains in the south^ vl:7^7 t^'^rr^'^ '^'^y\ what bounds Tunis north? M -Sa _ l.ast? M.-Sa.. TK-South? B.-Jd.-West? Aa.-What cape north? ^Tl!°'^- I' '!^^ capital? Other town? 8. Tripoli? 9 Wl^t • Tunis and Tripoli are nominally aubjcot l<, Turliev The Brv of Tun , ana h, Pa„ha of Tripoli .,„ nsuall/ chosen from am.,„„ the Turk i! ^10 DESCRIPTIVE QEOGRAPHY. '— »■ A Tombs of Cyrene. Bn.— What lake south ? Lh.— What bounds Tripoli north ? M.-Sa. —East? M.-Sa., Sa.— South? Sa.— West? Ts., B.-Jd.— What gulf separates Tripoli from Barca? Sa. — What bounds Barca north! M. Sa.— East? Et.— South? L.-Dt.— West? G.-Sa. 209 BELED-EL-JERID, ETC. 1. Beled-el-Jertd {he-lect-el-je-reedf)^ or Land of Dates, Btretches along the northern borders of the Great Desert, and extends north to the Atlas Mountains. 2. The soil, though dry and arid, produces dates in abundance, which are the chief article of food. This region comprises Si petty states, peopled by Berbers and Arabs. * 8. Nearly all the towns are surrounded by walls, and some are i.' habited by two or three different tribes. Furious contests oftet occur in these towns between the various tribes. When these feuds take place, the authorities close the gates connecting the different quarters until pence is restored. Tuggurt' and Gadames {gah-dah'- mes) are the principal towns. THE GREAT DESERT. 4. The Great Desert extends from the Atlantic Ocean almost to the river Nile. It is a series of table-lands varying in elevation. In some parts the surface is covered with sand, in others it is rockv and stony. Beled-el-Jerid. Q.—l. What is said of Beled-elJerid ? 2. Soil? States, &o. ? 8. Towns ? 4. Describe the Great Desert. 6. How THE GREAT ArRICAN DESERT. 311 .-Sa. gulf )rth! ites, and mo'c, e 1.^ )ftet euds jrent iah'- ;ean nng md, loil? How «nl' wfl T " '".f^ ""^ *«■■« diversified with watered //.A , 'r ^ f*'.: "*."•*'* '^'*''" »*' *>""»«. Fezzan', Tibesty cipal ' ' '^'^'^^' "■"* ^"*'' "« '•'« P""- *n fh^Afi' I"'-"*' ^n*.^?** ^'^'•' e'f'ending from Pezzan lL\n ?h •"? ?"^' '""= knowledge of the arts. Mourzouk (w,or! ?^ri2'i Al^fi.'rr.-J' '"■'f"'?"«d town, 600 milesToSof Tib\o:s\„Trh^r.'i.rr-iw:,,««'^r tratt^& aezvous. The Tuancks are a tall, handson.. people with brirf>t KUt^rpe:-^. "' " °"-'""'"'' '""• "-''- Van tK'f hv^thl"/,'"'"'"'^ the Great Desert, Irnvellers are ofYen plundered "P by ™r;,s''th id Vl :" ""/".'""^T" "y "■« -n^bTo-n overwhoir, Xm Th • ■* f"!;''.^"' "" »'"■ »■"• sometimes z^i^X^u s?m"etir -alt n : ":-,"h^ 7:^ 1^::::^ f^\rpSd'"wir,c '^^' " »™-' °' i««^ =rs FeLtrt^Ihe Tih?„"' f t" "'I''^;' *"■ ' ^- ^^'-' " »«'<' of ieaooastr Tuarioks? 9. Travellers f 19. Th. 312 DESCRIPTIVE GEOQKAPHY. 10. On the sea-coast of the Desert are various predatory tribes, who often plunder vessels shipwrecked on their shores. In various parts of the Sahara there are mines of rock-salt, which is trans- ported to Soudan by caravans. Map No. 30, Africa.— novT is Beled-el-Jerid bounded? How is the Great Desert bounded ? What tribes are in the centre and east' Ts., Ts.— On the west? Ms., Ws., Ts., Bs.— What salt-mines in the Great Desert? Tt., Ty., An.— Oases? Fn., Ty., Bh., Ar., Tt., Aa., Sa., Sh., E.-Dl., E.-Kb. — How long and wide is the Great Desert? What capes are on the coast? Br., Bo.— Where is Sahara? Libyan Desert ? '' 210 THE REGION OF THE NILE. 1. The Region of the Nile includes that part of Africa watered by the river Nile and its tributaries, comprising Egypt, Nubia, Abyssinia, Kordofan, and Darfur. EGYPT. 2. Egypt lies in the northeastern part of Africa, and is celebrated for its antiquity and for the early civilization of its inhabitants. Its vast pyramids, splendid obelisks, and the ruins of its ancient cities, attest its former magnificence. The Region of the Nile. Q. — 1. What does the region of the Nile include ? What does it comprise ? 2. What is said of Egypt ? The EGYPT. 313 t 3. It includes the districts of Bahari (hah'hah-re), Voatani iyo8-tahne\ and Said (sah-eed'). The territories are Nubia and Kordofan' The whole is 1400 m..es long, and from 300 to 500 miles wide. Tn^iftfF?!* belonged to Turkey for more :han three hundred years. In 1811, Mehemet Ah became Pacha, and for a time Ejrypt was in- dependent. He introduced schools and manufactures, but taxed the people grievously and monopolized nearly all trade. 6. In 1841 the great European powers compelled him to Bubmit to the authority of the Porte, and to relinquish his possessions in Syria ^yPrus, and Candia. The government of Egypt is hereditary in his 6. Egypt is very fertile, owing to the annual overflowing of the Nile. Agriculture is diligently pursued, and of some products three crops are raised annually. Indian corn, rice, wheat, sugar-cane indigo, tobacco, and cotton are the chief products. ' 7. The inhabitants are native Egyptians, or Fellahs, Arabs, Turks and Copts, with some negro slaves. Except a few Jews and Eu- ropeans, they are all Mohammedans. The army numbers 145 000 men, disciplined like European soldiers. The navy comprises several ships-of-the-line and frigates. 8. Egypt abounds ifl antiquities ; among them the most remark- able are the pyramids, of which Cheops {ke'oj>s), the largest, is four hundred and eighty feet high: its base covers thirteen acres of ground. Ancient historians sta^^ that one hundred thousand men labored twenty years in its construction. 9. The ruins of ancient Thebes extend for seven miles along both banks of the Nile, and comprise magnificent temples, deco- rated with sculpture, great numbers of columns, and long lines of colossal statues. The two largest and least dilapidated temples are those of Karnak and Luxor : the former covers an area of nine acres. 10. C*iro (ki'ro), the capital, is on the Nile. The streets are nar- row and crooked, and camels and ^sses are used instead of horses. Mosques are numerous, and some of them are splendid structures! There are several large schools, a university, museum, magnetic observatory, European theatre, and other public buildings. A rail- road extends to Alexanaria, 120 miles, and another to Suez across the desert, 180 miles. * 11. Alexandria, near the western mouth of the Nile, is the great pyramids? 3. The Bahari, &c. ? Territories? 4. How long did this country belong to Turkey? What occurred in 1811? 5. In 1841? 6. What is said further of Egypt? Of agriculture? Of Indian corn, &c. ? 7. Of the inhabitants? Army? Navy? 8 An- tiquities? 9. Ruins of nncicnt Thebes? 10. What of Cairo ? What of mosques, &c. ? Railroads? 11. What of Alexandria? When 814 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. The Great Square in Cairc. emporium of Egypt. It was founded by Alexander the Great, about 2200 years ago, and was long the seat of the arts and sciences. It has now an extensive commerce, and looks like a European rather than an African city. Its naval, military, and commercial establish- ments are extensive. The trade is chiefly with Great Britain and Turkey. ^ 12. Damiet'ta ii at the eastern and Rosetta at the western moutk of the Nile. Their trade, which was considerable, has been trans- ferred to Alexandria. Siout (se-oof) and Girge (j'eer'jeh) are the largest towns in Upper Egypt. Suez (soo'ez) Is on the Red Sea, and 18 a station for the Bombay steamships. Map No. 31, Eff7/pt—Wh&i bounds Egypt on the north? M.-3a. —South? Na— East? R.-Sa.^West? Ln.-Dt.— What river flows through Egypt ? Ne.— What isthmus connects Egy^t with Arabia ? Sz.— -How wide is it? What is the country at the mouth of the N'le called? Da.— What is a Delta? (See page 72.) What vast struc- tures nearly west of Cairo ? Ps.— What ruins in the south part of Egypt? Ts.—For how many miles is the Nile navigable for steamers ? 211 NUBIA, ABYSSINIA, ETC. 1. Nubia lies south of Ejjypt, and is composed chiefly of rocky and sandy deserts. Since 1821 it has belonged to Egypt, and comprises two divisions, — Lower Nubia and Upper Nubia. 2. Lower Nubia extends from the rivci* Atbara north to Egypt. Its only productive soil is a narrow strip on the founded? Commerce, &c.? 12. What of Damietta, &o.? Siout. fro. ? Suez, &c. ? ^ubia, Jfc. Q.—l. Where is Nubia? What is said of it? 2. 9f :A ABYSSINIA. 315 WQst side of the Nile, irrigated by water raised from tlio liver. 3. Upper Nubia includes Sennaar (sen-nar'\ and extends south from the Atbara Kiver to Abyssinia. It is drained by the tributaries of the eastern branch of the Nile. 4. The inhabitants of Lower Nubia are of the Berber race • those hlu L T 'I-* ^l^\ The latter were noted robbers, but a^e now held m subjection by the Pacha of Egypt. 6. There are many remains of ancient temples. They are either under ground or cat out of solid rock on the surface.^ EbsambS Ltnumlts^ "' " "'''' 'P^'"^^^' *"^ """^^ "^y ^^ '^' E«yP« "» ,n»^;t5^*'!?-°'' '^ *.^® principal town of Nubia; it is a noted alave- Ztf\ niH 'A «*'"«^"«^^ ^l Egyptian troops. New Dongola {donff'- ffo-lah), Old Dongola, and Shendy are small towns. Sennaar, once a large city, is no>y decayed. At Suakem {soo-ah'kem) MohamiLedan pilgrims from the interior take passage for Mecca. ihl' ^**^'Sfn ?' ^iu"**^*^ r®'^ ^^ *^« ^^^^« Nile, was conquered in Koi^n 1 ^/ *^' ^r*'* °^ ^«yP'- ^^^^^^ {dar-foor'l west S Kordofan, is a dry sandy country, but the tropical rains cause it to produce wheat and millet. Berooo, or Wad ay (wah'di), west of Darfur, is reported to be populous. ^ ^ nnL.'^o^®-®"''''/^/ (^At-WooA^), on the White Nile, are blacks of of^rwhu'/M^M '^l^^^^i ?""' (*«^'"^)' ^^^^^ ««« o» l«>th sides of the White Nile, DOO miles farther up than the country of the Shil» illV 'l^^^'^f *>y * ^l»«k people of still greater size and strength, the men being from seven to seven and a half feet in height. ABYSSINIA. ^ 9. Abyssinia (ab-ts-si7i'e-ah) lies southeast of Nubia • it IS rugged and mountainous, with deep fertile valleys. Though situated m the torrid zone, the climate is generally temperate. Wheat, barley, and teff are the chief products ; salt is the principal mineral. 10. The people are in some respects superior to those around them ; but their manners are cruel and 'icentious. At their feasts they eat raw animal flesh Human life h but little regarded. Intoxication revaiir'' * P^'*'*^'*^ ^^ ^ives is common, and great depravity n. The religion is a corrupt kind of Christianity, intermixed with Jewish rites and ceremonies. Baptism and the Lord's Supper are - LowerNubia? 3. Of Upper Nubia? 4. The inhabitants? 5. Ancient fiTrf' Q ^u^^'^^.^^T^: *«: I I Kordofan, &c.? 8. The Shilluks Ban? 9. Where IS Abyssinia? 10. What of the people? 11. Of 316 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. administered, and Saturday and Sunday are observed as a sabbath. Learning is confined to the priests, and connected principally with their system of religion. 12. Abyssinia was for a long period an absolute monarchy subject to one ruler; but, by internal dissensions and the invasion of the Galla trioes, it has been broken up into several states governed by independent chiefs. ' 13. Gon'dar, the capital, is now much decayed. Antalo and Adowa {ah do-wah) are the other principal towns. Axum (ahk-soom') is in ruins, and is remarkable for its antiquiiies. Mas'suah is the seaport of Abyssinia. ^ Map No. 80, Africa.— Wovf is Nubia bounded? What river in Nubia ? Ne. The chief brauches of the Nile are the Bahr-el-Azrek and XhQ Bahr-el-Abiad: the first is also called the Blue, and the second the White Nile ; the latter is the chief branch.— What desert in Nubia? Nn.— What bounds Abyssinia on the north? Na.— East? R.-Sa.— South ? Al., Ea.— West? Sn.— What lake in the centre? Da.— What river flows from it? Br.-Ak.— What mountain south? A. -Yd.— What tribe west of Abyssinia? Ss.— Country west of Dar- fur? Wy.— Whai river flows through Bergoo ? Md.— What towns are on the Nile ia Nubia? On the Bahr-el-Azrek in Abyssinia? 212 \VE8TERN AFRICA. 1. Western Africa extends aloug the Atlantic coast from the Great Desert to the Nourse River. Its chief divi- sions are Seuegambia, Upper Guinea, and Lower Guinea. It is noted for its productive soil and ltd luxuriant vegetation. 2. The inhabitants are mostly ignorant and barbarous; their chiefs are despotic, and are regarded by their subjects as a sacred race. The least barbarous tribes have adopted the Mohammedan religion ; but Fotichism, or the worship of snakes, lizards, and other disgusting objects, prevails. 8. In this region the slave-trade has been carried on by Europeans to a greater extent than with any other part of Africa; and, notwith- standing the exertions made to suppress it, it is still pursued. SENEGA MBI A. 4. Senegambia comprises that portion of Western Africa between Sahara and the Colony of Liberia. It has a number What of the Gallas ? 18. Gondar, and religion? 12. Government? the other towns? WetttrnA^frka. ^.—1. What of Western Africa? 2. The inhabitants! SIERRA LEONE. 317 of small states, of which Foo'ta Jallon', Bambouk (hahm- ^ohk ) and Soohinana, all in the interior, are the principal. iJambouk is noted for ite gold. 5. The inhabitants of Foota Jallon belong to the Foulaha. The * oulahs are found scattered over Western and Central Africa Thev onn?/ ♦I T ««'»'P'*^>on' ^i*h high and pleasing features, and consider themselves superior to the people around them. Thi Ja- lofts and Mandingoes differ from the Foulahs in complexion and general appearance. ^ 6. The English, French, and Portuguese hare settlements on various parts of the coast, and trade with the natives for ivory gum-arabic, gold-dust, and palm-oil. , ^' SIERRA LEONE. 7. The British colony of Sierra Leone (Ae-gr'rah le-o'tie) was established in 1787, with the view of suppresiiinK the slave-trade on the western coast of Africa. It is a small colony, and la maintained at the cost of the British eovorn- mcnt. . ® 8. The population is about 60,000, nearly all of whom are libe- rated slaves taken from captured slave-ships. About 100 of the in- habitan 8 (chiefly the government officers) are whites; the climate is unhealthy. Freetown is the capital: there are a few amall viUaire. Religion? 8 Slave-trade? 4. Where is Senogambia? 5 The Foulahs? Jaloffs, &o.? 6. Tbe English, French, Ac? Sierra Leoms. g.—7. What of Sierra Leone? 31 a What of tht 318 DESOaiPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. LIBERIA. 9. Liberia is a republic, and extends along the western coast of Africa, from the river Gallinas, 420 miles southeast, to the San Pedro,, and from the coast north about 40 miles. The immigrant population is about 15,000, and the native 200,000. 10. Liberia was esttoblished in 1821, by the American Coloniza- tion Society, as a place of refuge for the free negroes and emanci- pated slaves of the United States, and is regarded as a successful experiment. 11. The society, in 1847, relinquished its authority to the colo- nists, who then organized a republican government, modelled after that of the United States. Several of the neighboring tribes have placed themselves under the protection of Liberia, for the purpose of acquiring the arts and customs of civilization. 12. Monrovia, the chief town, contains about 400 houses, in- cluding churches, schools, &c. There are several other towns and settlemeats at various points on the coast ; of these, Buchanan, Bassa Cove, Greenville, iEdina, and Harper, are the chief. Map No. 80, Africa. — How is Sencgambia bounded ? What four rivers? 81., Qa., Nr., R.-Ge. — How long is the Senegal? What cape on the west? Yd. — What French settlement on the Senegal River? S.-Ls.— British settlement on the Gambia? Bt. — What settlement on the Rio Grande ? Pe.— -What islands lie west of Cape Verd ? C.-Vd,— What British colony in the south ? S.-Le. Map No. 32, Liberia. — What are the principal rivers of Liberia? How long is St. Paul's River ? Which is the most northern cape ? Mt. — Southern ?« Ps. — Near what cape is the capital V Mo. 213 UPPER AND LOWER GUINEA. 1. TTppER Guinea extenda along the Atlantic coast from Senegambia to the Cameroons Mountains. Points on the coast, from west to east, are called by navigators the Ivory Coast, Gold Coast, and Slave Coast. 2. Upper Guinea contains the native kinjrdoms of Ashantee, Dahomey, Yoruba, and some British and Dutch settlements. inhabitants? 9. What of Liberia? Of the population? 10. What is __;-! _l*ii_ x_l_l'„1 aO ¥T •_ Ji __J _Jft ^ t ¥iri-_i % ■s«#A^ \>i i\tT> vH* «*i* t zrisi tiicza * i x*wW sr? •*■ rci^tSt \{i>v« ■ i i* tt risi. ocCtilTC^ in 1847? Neighboring tribes? 12. What of Monrovia? The other tow. , &o. ? Upper and Lower Quinea. Q. — 1. What of Upper Guinea? 2. 1 I LOWER GUINEA. S19 8. AsHANTEE' lies between the Kong Mountains and the Gnlf of ?hpTh h-f 'f '?' '^''' ^^P'^'"''^"^ ^^^i^« «t^t« in Western Africa Ihe inhabitants have some of the elements of civilization hnr J vl in a state of shocking barbarity. civilization, but liye 4 The horrid custom of sacrificing human beings on the death of he sovereign prevails. Coomassit (A:oo-ma*'..fthe capitel U well built, and has a fortified palace. ^ capital, la 5 On the Gold Coast there are several European forts or Z J2i'r^ n^^^ n' ^^^P'^rpo^e of trading with the natives or gold-dust ^ape Coast Castle is the principal of the British lactones, and Jilmina (el-me'nah) of the Dutch. 6. Dahomey (rfaA-Ao'may) lies east of Ashantee, on the Gulf of t'nT' ^Y' ^''''^^:^^^ }\^^^^^ited by a warlike and ferocious people A large portion of the army is composed of women. Abo- mey {ab-o-may') is the capital. tend; loTt^nl'r f^^ o;^J>ahomey, on the Gulf of Guinea, and ex- 1m 1 Z\ ? . Kong Mountains. It includes Benin {ben-een>) and ot^er petty states. Abeokuta, the chief town, is 11 miles in cir- ChrlJL '' • ^ ^'^^'*. "^'^'■** ^'''^'' ^^«^n' ^nd contains several FnrnnZ "^^'.«'°"'Y^ ^*,^tion8. On the coast the chief trade with ±iUropeans is in palm-oil. LOWER GUINEA. 8. Lower Guinea .extends along the Atlantic coast from the Cameroons Mountains to the Nourse River, and comprises iiiafra, 1 ongo, Loango, Congo, Angola, and Benguela. The sea-coast of these countries is known to navigators bv the name of The Coast. . 0. BiAFRA and Ponoo lie between the Atlantic coast and Crystal Mountains ; they are fertile and populous. Loango, south of Pongo has a fine climate and fertile soil: the slave-trade is carried on from Its chief ports, Cabenda and Loango. 10. CoNoo, Anoola, and Bknquela {hen-gay'lah) lie south of the river Congo. The whole region is said to be fertile, though but thinly peopled. These territories were discovered by the Portuguese in 1487. and have been under their control ever since; but their autlutrify in the interior is nominal. 11. St. Salvador is the principal town of Cntigo, St. Paul de Lonndi and St. Felipe de Benguela nro the chief seaports in Angola ftQd Ji. nguela: from these ports the slave-trade is corried on. Kinstdoms. ^c? 8. Ashnntee? 4. What of human sacrifice' Coo- "T*"!"^ /> The Gobi Coast ? 0. Dahomey? 7. Wlint of Yoruba? 8. What_^ of Lower Guinea? 9. Of Biafra, &c. ? Of Abeokuta? 10, Of Congo, Ac? 11. St. Salvador? 320 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Map No. 30, Africa. — What bounds Upper Guinea on the north ? Sn.— East? L.-Ga.— South? G.-Ga.— West? Sa., La.— What moun- tains on the north ? Kg. — How is Lower Guinea bounded? I^ame its rivers. Co., Az., Ca., Ne. — Mountains. CI., Me. — What islands in the Gulf of Guinea? F.-Po., Ps., S.-Ts., An. — To what power do the last thr^ belong? What mountains between Upper and tiower Guiilea ? Cs. - 214 liusiituau disguisitid i\& an Odtrich. SOUTHERN AFRICA. 1. Southern Africa comprises nearly all the territory south of Ethiopia. It includes Cape Colony, Caifraria, Ornn^e River Free State, Natal, Trans- Vaal Republic, Zoolu Coun- try, the districts inhabited by the Hottentots and the Bedui- anas, and those watered by the Zambezi {zam-hay'ze) River and its branches. 2 Capb Colony was settled by the Dutch in 1650, and camo into the possession of Great Britain in 1815. The population consists of British, Dutch. Malays, Hottentots, and Negroes. 8 The soil along the coast is fertile, and produces grain, wine, and fruits. In the interior is the Great Karroo, a dry, storilo pin In, much freqtiented by the ostrich. The firinrr'*, or Doers {hovrs)^ occupy extensive larms, and raise largo herds ot cattle. Snufhfirn ji^Jra. Q. — 1. What docs Southern Africa comprise? What does it include? 2. What of Capo Colony? 8. The soil? SOUTHERN AFRICA. 821 \ 4. Cape Town, the capital, is on Table Bay, at the base of Table Mountain. It is an important stopping-place for vessels sailing to and from India. Graham's Town is the next important place. Constantla {kon-atan'ahe-ak), near Cape Town, is famous for its wine. 6. Caffraria was once a large territory, but' is now greatly re- duced in its dimensions. It lies northeast of Cape Colony. The Caffres have been nearly exterminated by wars between them and the colonists. 6. The inhabitants are athletic, of a deep-brown color, with frizzled though not woolly hair. War, hunting, and tending their herds of cattle are the employments of the men. The women cul- tivate the ground, build huts, and make baskets of reeds that will hold milk. 7. Natal {nak-takVf 'ib a British settlement, chiefly of Dutch Boers from Cape Colony: it extends 200 miles along the coast, and is a finel;? -watered district. D' Urban is the chief town. 8. The Oranqe River and Trans-Vaal {trans-vahV) Republics are in the interior, northeast of Cape Colony, and on the west side of the Draakberg {drahk'bgrg) Mountains. The white inhabitants are Bo«rs from Cape Colony who were dissatisfied with the govern- ment; they number about 28,000. The British have acknowledged their independence. 9. The ZooLu Country extends north of Natal, and is very similar to Natal in surface and soil. The inhabitants, called Zoolus, re- semble the Caifres, and raise fine cattle. 10. Country op the Hottentots. — This country is inhabited by the Damaras, Naniaquas, Griquas {gre'kwahz), and other tribes, all known by the general name of Hottentots. They are a quiet, igno- rant race, dirty in habits and ugly in person. Some have bp»in taught by the missionaries to cultivate the ground, raise cattle, and work at a few of the most common trades. 11. The Bushmen, or Wild Hottentots, go almost naked, and re- side in holes in the ground, or clefts in the rocks They use poisoned arrows in killing wild beasts and in War. They display some ingenuity in disguising themseveM in imitation of the ostrich, and when thus disguised are enabled to approach that shy bird sufficiently near to destroy it. 12. Country of the Be^^HuaNas.— The Becliuanas {betch-oo-ah*naz) are similar to the Caffres (kd/'ferz), but have made more progress in the arts. They live in towns, nnd cultivate the Soil. Kiiruman (koo'roo-mahn), Maahow {mah-shSw'), Kolobeng', and KUrrecehano {kur-rt-kah'nay) are the chief towns. farmers? 4. Cape Town, Ac? 6. What of Caffraria f 6. What of the inhabitants? Their employments? 7. Of Natal, &c. ? 8. Oivmnro River and Trims- VanI llcpublicM? 0. Tlio Zoolu Country ? 10< Country of the Hottentots? 11. The Bushmen? 12. CountVV 322 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Kurreechaue. 13. That part of A,,ica lying north of the Bechuansi and the Kalihari Desert was explored, between the years 1849 and '56, by 'he missionary Dr. Livingstone. Here he discovered Lake Ngnmi [ngah'me), and the head-waters of the Congo and Zambezi Rivers. 14. These countries have numerous rivers, which overflow their banks in the rainy season. They are for the most part fertile and well peopled, and abound in animals, wild and- domestic. The popu- lation consists of semi-barbarous tribes, of whom the Makololo, the Balonda, and the mlobale seem to be the chief. 15. These tribes are friendly to the missionaries, and are desirous to trade with Europeans and to acquire the arts of civilized life. American and English cotton cloths, and other fabrics, were found there by Dr. Livingstone, having been obtained from Portuguese traders in exchange for ivory, skins, and other native products. Map iVb. 30, Africa. — What countries south of the Tropic of Capricorn? C.-C, Ca., Nl., O.-R.-F.-S., T.-Ro., Zs.— What tribes? Hs., Bs., Ns., Gs., Ds., Cs., Ba., Mo., Be. — What is the southernmost cape of Africa ? As. — Cape northwest of Agulhas ? G.-He. — Chief rivers? Oe., Ka., Ta . Lo., Zi. — Mountains? Sw., Dg. — Desert west of the Bechuanas? Ki. 215 EASTERN AFRICA. 1- Eastern Africa extends from Abyssinia to the Zoolu Country on the Atlantic coast, a distance of 3000 miles. Scarcely any other part of the world is so little known as the interior of this region. of the Bechuanas ? Towns ? 13. When was that part of Africa north of the Bechuanas explored? By wliom? What did he discover? 14. What of these countries ? Of the animals ? The population ? 15. What of these tribes? What arc they desirous of doing? What were found among them ? How wori' (liose nrticles obtaiiH.l ? J^astrrn Jj'i'.ca, (?.— 1. What of Ijistorn Africa? 2. What of the EASTERN AFRICA. 323 2. The east coast of Africa, down to 10° south latitude, is inhabited in the north by the Somaulies, and in the south by the Suwahillies. They are of dark complexion ; the Somaulies are the lightest and most intelligent. 3. The Country of the Somaulies extends from Abyssinia to Zanguebar. The Somaulies trade with the Arabs. Hindoos, and the interior tribes. The surface is hilly and fertile; it is the native region of incense, myrrh, and sweet-smelling gums 4. Ber'bbra and Adel (ah-deV) are the chief States on the northern coast; the principal towns are Berbera and Zeyla {zay' i\, HuRRUR is an independent State in the interior The capital is a walled town of the same name. The people are bigoted Mohamr medans. ' 6. A.TAN {ah-zhahn') extends south from Cape Guardafui. It is sandy, hiMy, and, except in the northern parts, barren. Magadoxo, once an important State, belongs to Zanzibar. Its chief town, Magadoxo, has some commerca. 6. Zanguebar extends jalong the coast from Juba River to Cape Delgido. The Suwahillies are the most numerous people. They trade with Uniamesi {oo-ne-ah-ma/se) and other interior countries in slaves, ivory, gum-copal, and ostrich- feathers. 7. The city of Zanzibar', on the island of the same name, is the chief commercial port of Eastern Africa. The sultan, whose power extends over the coast from Cape Dalgado {del gah'do) to Cape Bassas, and those who compose the ruling race, are Arabs origin- ally from Muscat. 8. The native commerce of this region is carried on by means of vessels callcid dows, the planks of which are sewed together. The ports of Zanzibar, Mombas, Lamoo, and Juba are visited by American ships. 9. Mozambique (mo-zam-beek') belongs to Portugal; it extends from Cape Delgado to Delagoa Bay. This colony was once im- portant for its trade, but is now much decayed. The inland tribes are independent. 10. The city of Mozambique is the residence of the Portuguese governor. Quilimane {ke-le-mah'nay), Sofala, and Inhambane {een- ahin-bahn') are the other chief towns on the coast; those in the in torior are Sana {say'nah) and Teto {tay'tay). The trade is chiefly in slaves, gold, coffee, ivory, and manna. east coast? 8. The country of the Somaulies? What is said of thorn? The surface? 4. Berbera and Adel? Hurrur? 6. Of Ajan? Magadoxo? 6. What of Zanguebar? The Suwahillies? 7. The city of Zanzibar? Tlio sultan? 8. Commerce? 9. Of Mo- •ambiquo? 10. The city ? Chief towns? 824 DESCKirTIVE GEOGRAriiY. Map No. 30, Africa. —yihfki gulf north of Berbera? An. — What people north of the Juba River? Ss. — What country on Haines River? Mo. — Mountains west of the Somaulie country? Mn. — What country south of Juba River ? Zr. — What people in Zangue- bar? Ss. — What islands south of the equator near the coast ? Pa., Zr., Ma. 21" CENTRAL AFRICA. 1. Central Africa comprises the interior countries south of Sahara and north of the region explored by Dr. Living, stone. The chief divisions are 8oudan and Ethiopia. 2. Soudan (soo-dahn!), sometimes called Nigritia {ne-grish!- yah), is an extensive region, bounded north by the Sahara, east by Darfur and the White Nile, south by Ethiopia and Guinea, and west by Senegambia. 8. The river Niger flows through a considernble portion of the territory into the Gulf of Guinea. Lake Tchad {chahd) is a large lake in Soudan. Other lakes are Pittre {fil'tray)^ east of Lake Tchad, and Debo, an eicpansion of the Niger River. 4. The region along the Niger was explored first in 1795, and again in 1805, by Mungo Park, and the lower portion in 1880 by the brothers Lander. 6 Between the years 1822 and 182G, Denham and Clapperton, two y. — I. What does Central Africa comprise ? Chief divisions? Soudan. -—^L Whore is Soudan? 3, What of the river Ventral Africa. visions ? Son Niger? 4. Of the rejjiou along the Nigjor? 5, Of l>cnli;iiu and Clav)- CENTRAL AFRICA. 325 \ and British travellers, crossed the Sahara from Tripoli to Soudan, and explored the kingdoms of Bornou and Houssa {hdw'sah). They were the discoverers of Lake Tchad. 6. From 1849 to 1866, Dr. Barth, and Messrs. Richardson, Over- weg, and Vogel, crossed the desert through Fezzan and Air, travelled eastward to Lake Tchad, and, like their predecessors, explored the kingdoms of Houssa and Bornou. Dr. Barth visited Tinibuctoo on the west, Begharmi on the east, and Adamaua on the south. 7. The people of Soudan consist of negroes, Fellatahs, and Shouas They commenced their conquests on the Niger about the year- 1800. Their dominions extend from Sahara southward to the river Tsaddn, and from Senegambia to Darfur. They are Mohammedans. The Shouas of Bornou are of a light olive complexion. 8. Soudan consists of numerous kingdoms, of which little is known. The soil variec in fertility. Indian corn, cotton, titnl indip seem to be everywhere cultivated. The climate is hot, and various petty states. The population of Soudan is estimated at 10,000,000. 9. Ethiopia was the name given by the ancients to the region south of Egypt. As discoveries have been made, the territory has become more and more restricted. At present the name is applied to the unexplored region of Central Africa on both sides of the equator. 10. It is the field of the explorations of Beke, Petherick, and others, who entered it from the north. Petherick explored the country to Mundo, near the equator, and made important discoveries. 11. Between the years 1857 and 1869, Captains Burton and Speke, of the British East India army, travelled inland from Zanzibar Island until they reached Uniamesi, or the Land of the Moon. 12. Here, in 1859, Burton discovered Lake Tanganyika {tan-gan- ye'kah), due west from Zanzibar. To the northeast, 200 miles distant, Speke, the same year, discovered Lake Victoria Nyan'za. These arhief products. The Cape Verds belong to Portugal. 6. Fern. N DO Po, Prince's, St. Thomcs, and Annobon are small islands near the coast of Lower Guinea. The first belongs to Spain, the others to Portugal. 7. Ascension Island is a small island in the ?i*outh Atlantic. St. H'ilena also lies in the Atlantic : it is noted as the place of exile •^nd death of Napoleon Bonaparte. These belong to Great Britain. 8. The Ethiopian Archipelago, situated on the eastern side of Africa, comprises Madagascar, the Mascarenha {inahs- kah-ren'yah), Seychelle (sny-sheel) Alrairaute {alme-rantf), Cora'oro, and some other smaller islands. 9. Madaqasoar is the largest African island. It has a fertile soil, African Mandt. Q, — 1. What of the African islands ? 2= Of the Azores ? 3. Madeira Islands ? 4. Canary Islands ? 5. Cape Verd Islands? H Fernando Po, &c. ? 7. Ascension and St. Helena? 8. What does the Ethiopian Archipelago oomprise ? 9« What is said of OCEANICA. 327 and is rich in minerals The inhabitants consist of various tribes; the Ovahs and Sackalavas are the most important. They nianulac ture iron, carpets, and cotton goods, and raise considerable quanti ties of sugar. 10. Imkrina {e-maf/'re'nah) is the most important state in Madagas- car. In 1846 all Europeans were expelled: and for many years after- wards the .ative Christians were cruelly pcrsecuttd. Since 1851), however, a spirit of toleration has prevailed. Tananarivou [tahnak nah~re-voo') is the capital. Bomhetok Bay, and some of the otbei' bays and ports, aro occasionally visited by American vessels. 11 The Mascarenha Islands, east of Madagascar, are Bour- bon, Mauritius [maw-rish'e-uts) or the Isle of France, and others. They are very fertile: coiFee and sugar are the chief products. Mauritius is noxed as the scene of the touching tulc of l?aul iind Virginia. Bourbon contains an active volcano, which serves as a light-house. Port Louis, in Mauritius, and St. Denis, in Bourbon, are the chiet towns. 12 The SEYCH'jiLLE and Almirantk Islands are a dependency of Mauritius: they produce cotton; tuo C'ocos de 3Ier, or double cocoa- nut, grows in Mahe {mah-hay'), the largest of the Seychelles. The Comoro Isles are mountainous, but fertile and well peopled. 13 MoNFiA (moii'fe'ah), Zanzibar, and Pemba are fertile, well- settled islands Zanzibar City, on the island ol ihe same name, is the capital of the possessions of the Sultan of Zanzibar. Soc'otua is noted chiefly for the superior quality of its aloes. All these islands belong to the Sultan of Zanzibar. 31ap No. 30, Africa^ — To' whom' do the Azores belong? Madeiras? Canaries? CapeVerds? Ascension? St. Ilelexia ? Mauritius? Bourbon? Alrairan.e? Seychelle? ^. hat channel separates Mada- gascar from Africa? Me. — Its northern cape? Ao. — Southern? S -My. — What island? west of Madagascar? Co. — What Islands be- long to Zanzibar? Pa,, Zr., Ma., Sa. — Near what cape is the island of Socotra? GI. — 218 OCEANICA. 1. OcEANiCA comprises the islands which He south of Asia, and tho^e between Asia and America in the I'acifio Ocean ; they are on both sides of the equator, and are di voided into Malaysia, Australasia, and Polynesia. 2, Oceanica extends from north to south about 6200 miles, Madagascar? 10. Imovina? 11. What of the Mascarenha Islands? 12. The Seychelles, &c. ? Comoro ? 13. Monfia, &c. ? Socotra ? Octanica, Q. — 1. What of Oceanica? 2. Its extent? Area of land I. 328 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. and from east to west 11,000 miles, comprising almost one- third of the superficies of th'^ globe, and about one-eleventh of its land surface. Area of the land surface, 4,500,000 square miles. Inhabitants of Oceanlca. 3. The discovery of the islands of Oceanica commenced soon aftei* the discovery of America. More than three hundred years ago, Magellan, the first navigator who sailed round the globe, passed through the strait which bears his name, and crossed the Pacific Ocean in a direction from southeast to northwest. 4. After Magellan, the Spaniards, Dutch, and English continued the work of discovery. Captain Cook contributed more to our knowledge of the Pacific Ocean than any other individual. Since his time, many navigators and whalers have explored it in various directions. In the year 1841, the American Exploring Expedition Visited a number of these islands. 5. The islands of Oceanica are principally within the tropics, and are exposed to a considerable degree of heat. Some of them have a delightful climate, and are among the most fertile spots on the globe. e. Nearly all the large islands are mountainous, and volcanoes fcre numerous. The smaller islands are low : some scarcely rise above the surface of the water, and are Without Vegetation or in- habitants: some are covered with groves of coooanut and other trees, and are Well peipled. surface? 8. What is said of its discovery, &c.? 4. What took place after Magellan ? What in said of Captain Cook ? Wliat has occurred ftinoc his time? In 1841? 6. What of these islands? 6. Of the MALAYSIA. 31^9 7. The animals are like those of Southern Asia; but there are several peculiar to these islands. The orang-outang is found in Sumatra and Borneo; the Malay tapir; in Java and Sumatra; the kangaroo, emeu, duckbill, and black swan in Australia. 8. The natives of Oceanica differ in manners, customs, and con- dition. They are for the most part of two racc3, — the Malays, and the Papuan, or Melanesian Negroes. 9. The Malays comprise two classes, — nobles and slaves. In some quarters they are civilized, in others they are extremely barbarous. The people of Polynesia are both Christians and Pagans ; those of Malaysia are Mohammedans and Pagans. 10. The Papuans, a variety of the Black race, are smaller in size than the African negroes, and not so dark in complexion. They are generally destitute of clothing, have no permanent dwellings, and live on the most common food. 219 Malays captaring a European Vessel. MALAYSIA. 1. Malaysia receives its name from the Malays, who compose the chief part of the inhabitants. It contains the islands of Sumatra, Java, and Bor'neo (usually called large islands? 7. Animals? 8. Natives of Oceanica? 9. The M^ilays? 10. Papuans? Malaysia. Q. — 1. What is said of Malaysia? What does it con- 330 DESCRIPTIVE aEOGRAPHY. the Sunda Isles) ; the island of Cel'ebes, the Moluccas, or 8piee islands, the 1 hiiippme Islands, and some smaller groups. 2. The climate is hot. The soil is productive, and yields in abun- dance valuable spices and fruits, among which a.e the clove, nutmeg, muce, cinnamon, and pepper ; sugar, cott'ee, cotton, rice, tobacco, indigo, and gutta percha are produced. 8. The commerce is in the hands of the Europeans and Chinese. The latter, in their ships, called junks, trade with all the islands. Edible birds'-nests are exported to China, where they bear a high price. 4. The Malays are generally of a yellowish-brown complexion. They are Mohammedans, and have a strong passion for gambling. Many were pirates, and formerly captured European and other merchaut-vesstjls. A number of Chinese emigrants have settled in various parts of Malaysia, and are noted for their industrious and quiet habits. 5. Sumatra is divided into several petty native kingdoms, and is partly subject tp Holland. Some of the interior tribes are canni- bals. The Battas eat the prisoners taken in war. The island of Banca, on the eastern coast, is noted for its tin. 6. Java is a fertile region, and one of the richest islands in the world; It is remarkable for the number of its volcanoes. About three-fourths of the island belongs to the Dutch; the remainder is governed by two native princes. » 7. Batavia is the capital of Java, as well as of all the Dutch possessions in the East. It is a great commercial city. Sama- rang is the next important town. Djokjokarta {jok-yo-kar' iah) is the capital of the emperor's, and Surakarta of the sultan's dominions. 8. East of Java are the islands of Bally, Sumbawa, Floris, and Timor {te-more'). Sumbawa [soom-haiv'wah) is noted for its ter- rific volcano. Timor belongs jointly to the Dutch and the Por- tuguese. 9. Borneo is a large and fertile islaftd, rich in gold, diamonds, and other minerals. The interior is inhabited by ferocious warlike tribes. The island has several distinct states. Sarawak' is under the pro- tection ot Great liritain; mission stations and sohools have been established here. Tiie Dutch have considerable influence in the south- ern part of the island. Borneo and Banjarmassin [bahn-yar-mahs- ain') are the chief towns. 10. Northeast of Borneo are the Soolno Islands The people are v^cscbes is a IfifgC island ; tho northern part is iu- H tain? 2. Wlint of the rlitnute? Soil. ^c. ? 8. What of commerce? 4, The Mnlaya? 5. Sumatra? 6. Java? 7. Batnvia, &c. ? 8. What of Bally, &c. ? 9. Borneo, &c. ? Sarawak ? 10. Tho Sooloo AUSTRALASIA. 331 habited by the Bugis (boo'jeez), and the southern by the Macassars. Macassar, the chief town, belongs to the Dutch. 11. The Spice Islands belong eftiefly to the Dutch ; cloves, nut- megs, and mace are the products. Qiiolo, Ceram', Bouro, Banda, and Amboy'na are the principal islands. 12. The Philippine Islands belong to Spain, and comprise two large and a number of smaller islands. They are rich in natural resources, and furnish many valuable articles of commerce. The inhabitants are chiefly of the native races, the Tagalas, Bisayas, &c. 13. Manilla, in the west part of the island of Luzon Uoo-zon^), is the capital of all the Spanish colonies in the £ast. It is the centre of an extensive commerce, and its harbor is thronged with Euro- pean, American, and Chinese vessels. Map No. 83, Oceanica. — What great circle passes through Malay- sia? Er. — In what zone is Malaysia? Td. — Which is the longest of the Sunda Islands, Sumatra or Java ? Sa. — The most populous ? Ja. — Which is the largest of the Philippines? Ln. — How long and wide is Borneo? What strait separates Sumatra ffom Malacca? Ma. — Sumatra from Java ? Sa. — Borneo from Celebes ? Mr. — How wide are the Straits of Sunda 7 220 M AUSTRALASIA. 1. Australasia comprises the* islands lying southeast of Malaysia : Australia, New Guinea, and New Zealand are the largest. The native inhabitants are chiefly Tupuau ne- groes. 2. Australia is the largest island in the world, and h now called a contineni. It belongs to Qreat Britain. Victoria, New South Wales, Queensland, North Australia, South Australia, and West Australia are its chief divisions. 8. The climate and products of Australia are, owing to its extent •f latitude, extremely various. The Blue Mountains is the most, extensive range of mountains, and the Murray the largest river. Immense quantities of gold have been found in New South Wales and Victoria, and some copper in Sou*h Australia. Coal and lead abound. The land generally seems better adapted for grH/mg than for tillage. Sheep are abundant, and their wool and tallow are im- portant articles of export. Islands? 11. What is said of the Spice Islands? 12. Philippine Islands? 13. Manilla? Auafralngia. Q, — 1. What of Australasia? 2. chief divisions, &o. ? 8. Climate, &o. ? Mountains ? Australia? Its Rivers? Gold? ^ w i ij 'W i wiy . ' « ii*'n ^« w m i !■ i i i ww ifi w^ ' NV i '' '^*'' " ****""''** *"' ' '' '" "'' ^*'' 332 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. Convicts landing in Tasmania. 4. The aborigines of Australia are savages of the lowest order : those in the interior live on roots and the products of the chase ; those on the coast, by fishing, notwithstanding their canoes are of the rudest kind. They are often merely a large piece of bark, folded and tied up at each end ; in other cases they are cut out of a solid log, p-nd admit but a single Canoos with one man. person, who sits and rows and steers with his hands. 5. A penal colony was founded in 1788, in New South Wales, to wliich many thousand criminals were, from time to time, transpoi'ted from Great Britain. But this was abolished m 1840, and the popu- lation now consists of free settlers. 6. Since the discovery of gold, in 1861, the colonies of New South Wales and Victoria have greatly increased in population. South Australia and Queensland are flourishing colonies. No great im- provement has yet taken place in North or West Australia. 7. Sydney, in New South Wales, is the capital. Melbourne (mrl'- thtirn). in Victoria, is the largest city in Australia. Both have excel- lent harbors and an extensive commerce. Most of the gold found on the isliind is exportod from these cities. Adelaide is the chief town of South Australia, Brisbane of Queensland, and Perth of West .Austral' a. 8. TAaMANiA i^ uuai'ly iniunl in area to the State of South Carolina. 4. What is said of the aborigines? 5. What of a penal colony? ti. Of the increase in poptilation? 7. Of the principal cities? 8. AUSTRALASIA. 333 I The climate is cooler than that of the southern part of Australia, but the productions are nearly the same. Hobart Town is the capital. 9. New Zealand (z^land) belongs to the British, and comprises the islands of New Ulster, New Muuster, and New Leinster (lin'aier). In combined area they are about equal to the State* of New York and Pennsylvania. The soil is fertile, and produces Indiaa com, wheat, yams, potatoes, and flax of excellent quality. 10. The natives are well formed, varying in complexion from a, chestnut color to a dingy white. They were formerly very warlike and ferocious, and were cannibals. Tattoo- ing was general, and the faces of the chiefs were almost entirely covered with figures of various kinds. The New Zealanders make good sailors, and many of them serve on board merchantmen in that capacity. 11. In New Ulster the migsionaries have converted the greater portion of the na- t ^es, and taught them to read and write. Here nearly all the British colonists are settled. Auckland is the capital, and Wel- lington and New Plymouth are the next important towns. 12. Papua (pah'poo-ah), or New Ouiwjba, is a very fertile island, so far as it has been explored. Louisiadb (loo-e-ze-ahcF), New Britain, New Ireland, Solomon's Abchipklaoo, New Hebiiides, and New Caledonia, lie in the northeast of Australasia, and are* but little known. The inhabitants are divided into petty tribes, who are constantly at war with each other. The French government took possession of New Caledonia in 1652, and established a eolonj there. 13. The Antarctic Continent is about 2000 miles south of Aut- tralia. It was discovered in 1840 by the American Exploring Expe- dition, commanded by Captain Wilkes. About the same distance south of New Zealand is Victoria Land, discovered in 1641 by Captain Ross, of the British Navy. Both these regions are covered with ice and snow, and are uninhabited. (See Map No. 8.) Vvw Zealand CUe£ Map No. 83, Ocf^nica.— What great circle forms the north bouni- ary of Australasia? Er.— What tropic passee through Australia? Cn.— In what lones is Australasia? Td., 8.-Te.— What strait sepa- rates Australia and Papua or New Guinea? Ts.^Australia and Tasmania? Bs.— Name the New Zealand Isles. Lr., Mr., N.-Lr. — What strait separates New Munstor from New Ulster? Ck. Tasmania? 9. Now Zealand ? 10. tattooing? 11. Of New Ulster? Louisiade, &«. ? New Galeduul.i ? toria Land? What of the native^ &c. t Of Auckland? 12. Of Papua? 13. AuUimUo CoutiocQt? Vio- 334 DESCRIPTIVE OEOGRAPHT. Sandwich Islanden deatroying their Idola. POLYNESIA. 1. Polynesia comprises the islands which lie in the Pacific Ocean, between Malaysia, Australasia, and the 108th degree of west longitude. The climate is similar to that of the West Indies, but more mild and regular. 2. The chief products are the bread-fruit, yam, taro root, sweet potato, plantain, banana, cocoa-nut, oranges, limes, citrons, pine-apples, figs, &c. 3. The people of Polynesia are called South Sea Islanders; they are generally mild and gentle, but fierce and warlike when stimu- lated by interest or revenge ; their wars have been carried on with such ferocity that some islands have been almost depopulated. 4. The Ladrone Islands were discovered by Magellan, in 1521. The Caroline Islands, or New Philippinks, extend 2000 miles froiu east to west, and comprise many groups. Both these groups belong to Spain. 5. The Sandwich Islands, or kinijdora of Enwnif (hah-wi'e), is the roost civilized group in Polynesia. Hawaii, the chief island, is about equal in area to the State of Connecticut. It is moun- tainous, and contains the volcano of Kilauea Ike-ldw-ay'ah). whose qrater is the largost in the world. Pohfnetia. <).—l. What of Polynesia? Climate? 2. Products! 8. The people, &c. ? 4. Ladrone? Caroline? 6. Sandwich Islands? POLYNESIA. 335 6. The people, in 1819, destroyed their idols; in the fc 'lowing jear the Christian religion was introduced by American missiona- ries. The inhabitants now read and write, churches are numerous, and books and newspapers are printed in the language of th,e country. 7. Honolulu, on the island of Oahu {wah'hoo), is the capital of Hawaii ; a portion of the inhabitants are Americans. Many Ame- rican and European whalers and other ships frequent the ports ; some small vessels belong to the natives. Lahaina {lah-hi'nah) is a considerable town. The native population of these islands de- creases rapidly. 8. The Mendana Archipelago comprises the Marquesas {mar- kay'aahs) and Washington Islands. They are fertile, and furnish food almost without labor. The natives are finely formed, and are not much darker than Southern Europeans. The Marquesas Islands belong to France. Tahitliin Dunce. 9. The people of the Society and Georoian Islands were the first in Polynesia to embrace Christianity. Eimeo (i'me-o) is the chief station of the English inisaionaries. TaJiiti (fah-he'te), or Ota- hoite {o'tah-he-te), the largest of the Georgian Islands, is governed by a queen ; it was taken possession cf by the French in 1846. 10. The Pear.. Islands comprise an extensive group of small islands: they are but little known; many are uninhabited. The Austral, Hervey, and Palliser IriAwos are near Tahiti; the people speak a languago siniMar to that .f the Tahitians, and have been nearly all converted to Christianity. 0. What occurred in 1819? 7. What of Honolulu ? 8. Of Mendana Archipelago? 9. Society and Georgian Islands? 10. Pearl U. ? 336 DESCRIPTIVE GEOGRAPHY. 11. The Friendly Islands comprise the Navigators', Tonga, Hapai [hah-pi'e), and Feejee Islands. The Feejee Islands belong to Qreat Britain. The Feejees are the most savage and warlike people in Polynesia; they are muscular, and of very dark complexion. In the Tonga and Hapai Islands, a great number of children are instructed in the schools, and many of the natives are church- members. 12. PiTCAiRN Island -was settled by the descendants of the muti- neers of the ship Bounty; the inhabitants were removed to Norfolk Island, but h ve lately returned. The Central Archipelago, the Archipelagoes of Magellan and Anson, and the Bonin {bo-neen') group, comprise a number of small islands that are but little known and seldom visited. Map No. 83, Ocecmca.— -What great circles pass through Polyne- sia ? T.-Cr., Er., T.-Cn.— In what zones is Polynesia ? N.-Te., Td., S.-Te. Map No. 34. Oceanica. — Which is the largest island of Polynesia? Hi. — The most northern ? Mh. — Southern ? Kc. — On which island is Mt. Mauna Kea [mdw'nah kay'ah)t Hi. — This is the highest mountain in Polynesia. — How many inhabitants in the Sandwich Islands in 1853? The population of the Sandwich Islands has decreased one-half in about thirty years. On what island was Captain Cook killed, and when ? Austral, &c.? 11. Friendly Islands? Feejee Islands? 12. Pitcairn Island ? Central Archipelago, &c. ? Bonin Islands ? THE END. OAXTON PRggM or BIIERHAN * 0,, P U I L A 0K H- III A. -y — .^-^-^J^ ^ CATALOGUE or Ipprobeb School anb CaHtje fd-foohs, PUBLISHED BY E. H. BUTLER & CO., 137 South Foarth Street, Philadelphia. Goodrich's Pictorial History of the United States. A Pictorial History of the United Statea, with noticoB of other portions of Amertc». By 8. 0. Goodrich, author of " Pe-ier Parley's Tales." for the ase af Schools. ReTiseU and improved edition, brought down to the preseut time (1860). Re-written •ud newly illustrated. 1 vol. 12mo., embossed backs. Upwards of 460 pagea. Goodrich's American Child's Pictorial History of the United States. An introduction to the author's "Pictorial History ot tb« United States." Goodrich's Pictorial History of England. A Pic- torial History of England. By 8. Q. Goodrich, author of " Pictorial History of tfa« United States," eto. Goodrich's Pictorial History of Rome. A Pictorial History it Ancient Home, with sketches of the History of Modern Italy. Bj 8. Q 'lOODRioa, author of " Pictorial History of the United Stati>8 " For the OM ol Boiiouis. MeTisod and improved edition. PnbliBbed by £. R BUTLEB & GO., Pbilad«lpbia. z OATALOOUE OF STANDARD BOOKb. Goodrich's Pictorial History of Greece. A Pictorial fliirtiory of Greece ;*AncIent and Modern. By 8. G. Goodrich, Rothor ot " Pictoria) Htotory of th« United Stater." For the use of Schoola. Revhied edition. Ooodrich's Pictorial History of France. A Pictorial HiBtory of France. For the nse of Schools. By 8. G. GoouwoH, author of "Pio torlal History of the United States." Jtevised and improved ediUon, brought dowB to the present time. (ioodri{3h*s Pariey's Common School History of the Votld. A Pictorial History of the World; Ancient and Modern. For the cse ol Schools. By S. G. Goodrich, author of " Pictorial History of the United SUtes.'- etc. Illustrated by engravings. Goodrich's First History. The First History. An Introduction! to Parley's Common School History. Designed for beginners al Home and School. Illustrated by Maps and Engravings. By 8. G. Goodrich. author of the Pictorial Series of Histories, etc. Goodrich's Pictorial Natural History; Embracing a View of the Mineral, Vegetable, and Aninml Kingdoms. For the use of Schools By Sakuii. G. Goodrich. 800 engravings, 1 vol. l2mo. Geographic E^ementaire a TUsage des Ecoles el des Families. Hit tr6e par 16 cartes et 30 Gravures. Par Piter Parlet. Histoire des Etats Unis d'Amerique, avec Notices Jes autres parties du Nonvean Monde. Par Samcii G. Goodrich. Petite Histoire Universelle a I'Usage des Ecoles ai das Families I'ai S. G. Goodrich. Mitchell's First Lessons in Geography. First Les sons in Geography; for young children. Designed as an fntrodnction to th^ •other's Primary Geography. By 8. AuooBTna Mitohxil, author of a Series c» Geographical Works. Illustrated with mans and nnmarnna e»greTin<^. Published by E. H. BUTLEK & CO.. Philadelphia. CATALOGUE OV STANDARD BC0K8. » ictorial f" Pictorial n. ictoria] lor of •♦ Wo >ught •lowB of the * the Lse ol lei SUtes.*' ^ An iginnera al OOOORICH, tracing of Schoote IVIitcheirs New Primary Geography. (The se«x)nd book of tbe Series.) An Easy Introduction to the Study of Orography. Intradofr tory lotlie Now Intermediate Qeograpliy. Illustrated by nlaeteen ooloral M^t and nearly one hundred Engravings. By S. AueosTOB Mifomox. 1 rot naall «te This Is an entirely new and beautiflil book. Mitchell's New intermediate Geography. An entirely new work. The maps are all en«»raved on coppe', in the best manner, and brought down to the present date. It is profusely illustrated with beautiftil engravings, and is the most complete quarto Geography ever issued in the woild. Mitcheirs New School Geography and Atlas. En tirely new.— Text, Maps, Illustrations,— ready January Ist, 1866, t Mitcheirs New Ancient Geography. An Ancient aeoKTaphy. Cl.wslcal and Sacred. By 8. Augustus MiTCHtXL An entir.'ly oew edition, drawn from the best authorities, sncient aud mwlern. DesiKned for the use of Schools and Colleges. Illustrated with numerouh Engravings. I'imo muslin. les el T. I^otices B. (les iii t Les on to thi i Series cl i^ Mitchell's Primary Geography (Old Series). An Easy Introduction to the study of Geography. Designed foi the instruction ol childre in Schools and Families. Illustrated by nearly on^ hundred Engravlngf and sixteen colored Maps. By S. Aogustus Mitohxll. Mitchell's School Geography and Atlas (Old Series) Now Revised Bdltl».n. A System of Modern Gegography, con.nrising a descriptloa *f the present state of the World, and its five great divisions, America, Europe, Asii^ Afrir*. and Oceanica, with their several Empires, Kingdom^ States, Twritoriw. etc EuibellishMl bj numerous engravings. Adapted to rhe capacity of ytolb Accompanied by an Atlas containing thirtj two maps, drawn and engraved e> presfelv fir thlt woik, Bv S^ AnGUSfca Mitcri!!.!.. Published by £ fi. BUTLEE « ^'0 , Philadelphia. CATALOGUE OF 8TANDAKD BOOKS. MitchelFs Ancient Geography and Atlas (Old SerieR). WmBdlMon. I»a.lgiiedforAc.deini«,,8choolB,andFam».e,. ASy»tcmofCla«lciu »nd Swred Orography. emVelltahed with engraving, of remarkable evett.. Tiers of Mdent cme^ and T«rlon« Intereflting autlque remalas. Together with «> Andent AUaa, containing map, Minstratlng the work. By 8. AuoosniB Mitomu. Mitchell's Geographical Question Book (Old Series). ComprlHlng Geographical DolJnitions, and containing question, on all the n.ap. o< Mitchoir, School Atla,; to which 1, added an Appendix, embracing valuable Table, In Matheciatical and Physical Geography. Mitchell's Biblical Geography Sabbath School Geography, deaignsd for inetrnctlon in Sabbath School and Bible ClasBee. llluBtrated with colored maps and wood-cut engraving,. By S. Augustus Mitch«il. Hows' Primary Ladies' Reader. Primary Ladies' Ro«ler, a choice collection of Prose and Poetry, adapted to th« capacities of young children. Hows' Junior Ladies' Reader. A choice and varied collection of Prose and Ve-se. with a synopsis of the Elome-Uary Principles o« Eloction ; expressly adapted for the une of the young, and designed as an iatro duclion to the Ladies' Keader. By John W. 8. Hows, Professor of Elocution. Hows' Ladies' Reader. Designed for the use of Ladies' Schools and Family Reading Circles; coa.prising choice s^'ectionc from -tandard authors, in Prose and Poetry, with the essentia. Rules of Elocution, rtmplifted and arr;.nged for strictly practical use. By John W. S. Hows, Profewer of Elocution. Hows' Ladies' Book of Readings and Recitations. The Ladies' Book of Readings ana Recitations : a collection of approved Extract, from Standard authors, Intended for the use of Higher Chisses fn «:hooJ, and •emiflarica, and .or Family Reading Circles. By John W. 8. Hows, author of • The LadioB' Reader," "The Junior Lndios' Reader," "Th. Ladles Flnrt Re^J*." •tc , etc. etc Fttblithtd by E. H. BtTTLEB A CO., PhiladelpW». CATALOGUE OF STANDARD BOOKS. Cuppee's Elements of Logic. Elements of Logic, D«dgned as a Manual of Inatructlon. By Henry Coppm, A. M., ProfeaMr of Ki«ll>b Litemtare iu the Univerrity of PentMylvanla ; and lat. Principal Assittaat ProfeMo- of Ethi<» and English Studies in the United States MiUtary Acadomy ■« West Point. Joppee's Elements of Rhetoric. Elements of Rhetoric. Designed as a Manual of Instruction. By IIewet Coppei, A. M., untho* of "Elemento ol Logic," etc. New edition, revised. * Coppee's Academic Speaker. Containing a large number of new and appropriate Pieces, for I>ro8e Jleclamation, Poetical Recita- tion, and Dramatic Reading, carefully selected from the best authors, American, English, and Continental. Arranged in a rhetorical order, and adapted to tne wanU of classes in Schools, Academies and Colleges. By Henrt Coppee, A. M., Professor of English Literature in the Umversity of Pennsylvania, 1 vol. 8vo. Tenney's Geology. Geology ; for Teachers, Classes, and Private Students. By Sawborn Tenwkt, A. M„ Lecturer on l^hy-ical Ge» graphy and Natn.al History In the Massachusetts Teacheis' Institute-, lllustrat.-, with Two hundred Wood Engravings. Stockhardt's Chemistry. The Principles of Chemis- try, Illustrated by Simple Experiments. Dy Dr. Juiros Adoiph Stockhabdi, Professor in the Royal Academy of Agriculture at Tharand, and Royal Inspector of Medicine In Saxony. Translated by C. H, Pbihce, M. D. Fifteenth Thocsand. Reid's Essays on the Intellectual Powers of Man, Essays on the Intell>>;iual Powers of Man. By Thomas Rbib, D. D., F. R 8 B Abridfred, with aotes and illustrations from Sir Wiluam lUKhtos and dib«n Edited by James Walker, D. D., President of Harvard College, Stewart's Philosophy of the Active and Moral Powers of Man. The Philosophy of the Active and Moral Powers of Man. h) BCOALD Stewart, F. R.SS. Lond. ard Ed. Revised, wi*-. ,misslons and .Mltlons by Jamks Walser. D^ D„ Prftaids^^t f.t H .. I r*^tt. iUOITSStl wUIICgO Publiihed by E. H. BUTLER ft CO., Philacieipbl* CATALOGUE OF srANDARO BOOKS Hart's Constitution of the United States. A Brief KzpiMition of tlio CoiiHtitiiH m ( the UnittHl States, for the u*a of CcmmoB 8cbiH>l8. By .loHN 8. Hart, LL. D. PiincipHl of tbo i'hilHdelphia IligL School and i'rofosHor of Mural, Meutal, aud Political Scieuce iu the ttaioe. Hart's English Grammar. Part. 1. An Introduo don to the Qruiuiiiar of the Knglish Language. By John S. Hart, LL. I). 1 vol 12IIIO. Hart's English Grammar. English Grammar, or An Kx|MiMiti I'rincipleii annHi8tiiiK of Selections from DititingniHhed Knir'Iah and American Poets, from riiauoer to the prnsfiit day. The whole arr.iiged in chronological order, «ritfa IHoifrHlihlcal and ( ritiial I{.'iimrk» By .loiiN S. Hart. LL. D, I'rincipa! of the Phuaom Dist^ngnished Euglioh and American Authors, from Chaucer to the present day. The whole arrangoefectiTf Articulation ; comprising numerous diagrams and engraved figures illustrativs "' \t» subject. By Andrkw Covstogk, M. D., Principal of the Vocal and PMyglott Qfrnnasiom. Twentieth edition, enlarged. Publisho'l by E. H. BUTLEB & CO., Fbiladelphia CATALOOUE OP STANDARD BOOKS. Flanders's Constitution of the United States. An Exposition of the Constitution of the United States. Designeil m a Msnnal of Instruction. By ILewht FLANDitas, author of " The Lives and Times of .he Chief Justices." etc. Donnegan's Greek and English Lexicon. A New Greelf and English Lexicon, on the plan of the Greek and German Lexicon of Schneider; the words alphabetically arranged-^istinguishing such as are poeti cal, of dialectic variety, or peculiar to certain writers and classes of writers; witl Examples, literally translated, selected from the clasHical writers. By Jambh Dow NROAN, M.D., of London, RevlHed and enlarged by Robert B. Patton, I'rofessoi of Ancient ijinguages in the College of New Jersey; with the assistance of J. ADDl «0N ALEXANDER, D.D.,of the Theological Soniinary at Princeton. 1 vol. 8to. 1400 pp Fleming and TibbinsV French and English, and English and French Dictionary. 8vo. fine sheep. A New and Complete French aiKl Kiiglish, and Knglish and French Dictionary, on the basis of the Royal Dictionary, KngliHh and French, and French and Knglish. By Profeanor Fleming, formerly Professor of Knglish in thw College of Louis le Grand, and Professor Tibbins, antb if of several lexicogrHpliical works. With Complete Tables of the Verbs, on at entirely new plan, to which the verbs throughout the work are referred. By P W. Genoemure, I'rofessor of Foreign Unguage^- in Qirard College The whole pr* pared, with the additions, in their respective plft> "s of « very great niunber of Terms in the Natural Sciences, Chemistry, Medicine, etc., etc., which are not to be found in any other French and English Dictionary ; by J. DoiisoN, Member of th« American Philosophical Society, of the Academy of Natural Sciences, etc., eto. New edition, revised and corrected. 1 vol. 8vo. Fleming and Tibbins' Pronouncing French and English, and English and French Dictionary, abridged. A New and Completa French and English, and English and French Dictionary, on the basis of the Roy«) Dictionary, English and French, and French and Knglish. By Professor Flimino, formerly Professor of English in the College Louis ie Grand, and Professor Ttbbwii, Professor, and author of several lexicographical works. Witl. Complete Tablet of the Verbs, on an entirely New plan, to which the verbs throughout the work •re referred. By P. W. Gengembre, Professor of F)reign Languages in Qinri ber of the .T.iueric«n rhilosopnicai Society, of the Ac»demy of Natural Sciences, of Philadelphia, etc., .itc. Fubliflhsd by B H, BUTLEB & CO.. Philadelphia. CATALOGUE OF STANDARD BOOKS. Nuger.fs French and English Dictionary. A New Pocket Dictionary of the French and English Languagoi, In two parte : 1. Fretch and EngllBh; 2. Engllah and French. Containing all the words in general use, and authorized by the best writers. Bjr Thomab Ndoent, LL. D Forney's Syllabaire Francais or French Spelling Book. Revised, corrected, and Improved with the addition of the most ne<^sarj verbs, acyectives and idioma^ical phriuies alphabetically Prranged. By J. Mbeb. late Professor of French and German in Yale University. Becker's Book-Keeping. A Treatise on the Theory and Practice of Book-keeping by Double Entry. Designed to elucidate the Prin- ciples of the Science, and impart a knowledge of the forms observed by Practlcnl Accountants, In the various departmente of business. By Oiorok J. Bbcker, Pia fessor of Dra,^ng, Writing, and Book-keeping In the Girard College. The Scholar's €ompanion. Containing Exercises in Orthography. Derivation, and Classification of Engllah WopIh Kovised Editiou, with an Introduction and Copious Index. By Rofcs W. Bailey. Walker's Pronouncing Dictionary. A Critical Pro- nouncing Dictionary and Expositor of the English Language. To which Is annexed a Key to the Classical Pronunciation of Greek, Latin, and Scripture Proper Names, Ac. By John Walker. Selections from the Scriptures of the Old and New Testamento; for Families and Schools. By the Rev. David (Jr.en IIa8IIN>. llintoria Sacra. Epitome Historise Sacrae; with a Dictlonaiy ooiitaiuirig all the Words found in the Wjrk. Vm RomaB. Viri Illustres Urbis Rouite; to which ia «dJ»d a Dictionary of M the Words which occur in tho B( ok. * Published bv E. H. BnTT.«p a nn ti».n.j. ..».._ (\V